1

N I T

NIT No. : 05/EE/FOD-4/DDA/2014-15

N.O.W: C/o 03 NOS. ADDITIONAL CLOVER LEAVES AT SARITA VIHAR FLYOVER I/C SLIP ROAD/APPROACH ROADS, BRIDGE, FOOTPATH, CYCLE TRACK & UNDERPASS (RUB) TO CONNECT ROAD NO. 13-A TO ROAD NO. 13.

S.H.:- BALANCE WORK OF C/o 03 NOS. ADDITIONAL CLOVER LEAVES AT SARITA VIHAR FLYOVER I/C SLIP ROAD/ APPROACH ROADS, BRIDGE, FOOTPATH, CYCLE TRACK & UNDERPASS (RUB) TO CONNECT ROAD NO.13-A TO ROAD NO. 13 (ON RISK & COST OF M/S VALECHA ENGINEERING LTD).

1. Estimated Cost : Rs. 6,06,88,235/-

2. Earnest Money : Rs. 12,13,765/-

3. Performance Guarantee : 5% of Tendered amount

4. Security Deposit : 5% of Tendered amount

5. Cost of Tender : Rs. 1500 + 5% VAT

6. Time Allowed : 60 days .

The NIT amounting to Rs.6,06,88,235/- (Rupees six crore six lacs eighty eight thousand

two hundred thirty five only) is hereby approved.

Certified that NIT contains pages 1 to 350 (One to three hundred fifty only)

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

2

INDEX

S.No Description Page1. E-tender Press Notice 4 – 6

2 Notice Inviting Tender Form for e-Tendering 7 – 13

3 Instruction for Online Bid Submission 14 – 16

4 Tender Acceptance Letter 17

5 Item rate tender and contract for work form 18 – 20

6 General Rules and Directions 21 – 24

7 Conditions of Contract 25 – 28

8 Clauses of Contract 29 – 71

9 Special conditions of Contract 72 – 91

10 Schedule A to F 92 – 99

11. Schedule of Quantities 100 – 118

12 Scope of Work 119

13 Site conditions 120 – 123

14. Materials and Testing 124 – 150

15 Particular Specifications 151 – 249

16 Miscellaneous 250 – 269

17. APPENDIX – A 270

18. APPENDIX – B 271

19. APPENDIX – C 272

20. Annexure – A to T 273 – 350

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

3

E-TENDER PRESS NOTICE

Item rate tenders are invited through e-tendering mode for following works by the Executive Engineer/FOD-4/DDA/Sarita Vihar/New Delhi – 110 076 upto 3.30 PM on date mentioned below on behalf of DDA from the approved and eligible contractors of DDA in the appropriate class and non-DDA contractors registered with Govt. Department i.e. CPWD, MES, Railway & BSNL with the condition mentioned below which shall be opened on the date mentioned as under at office of Executive Engineer, Flyover Division No.4, DDA. For eligibility criteria, mode of payment of tender cost, & Earnest Money and other details of the tender visit the website www.eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app or www.dda.org.in. For any assistance on e-tendering please contact concerned EE or M/s NIC on email cppp-nic@nic.in or 24x7 helpline number 1800-233-7315.

S.N

o. Name of Work & Location

Ear

nest

Mon

ey /

cos

t of

tend

er

Per

iod

of C

ompl

etio

n

Last date & time of submission of tender

Time & date of Opening of tender .

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1

Name of Work: C/o 03 nos. additional clover leaves at Sarita Vihar flyover i/c slip road/approach roads, bridge, footpath, cycle track & underpass (rub) to connect road no. 13-a to road no. 13.

SH.:- Balance work of c/o 03 nos. additional clover leaves at Sarita Vihar flyover i/c slip road/ approach roads, bridge, footpath, cycle track & underpass (rub) to connect road no.13-A to road no. 13 (on risk & cost of M/s Valecha Engineering Ltd).

Rs

6,06

,88,

235/

--

Rs

12,1

3,76

5/- +

Rs.

150

0/-

+ 5%

VA

T

60- D

ays

03.0

9.20

14 A

t 3.3

0 P.

M.

05.

09.2

014

At 1

1.00

A.M

. ----

-

Note:-

1) Those contractor who are not registered with DDA should have satisfactorily completed three similar nature of works each of value not less than 40% of the estimate cost or two works each of value not less than 50% of the estimated cost or one work of similar nature of value not less than 80% of the estimated cost in the last ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

4

7 years ending last day of the month previous to the one in which the tenders are invited. The value of executed works shall be brought to current costing level by enhancing the actual value of work at simple rate of 7% per annum; calculated from the date of completion to last date of receipt of applications for tenders.

2) Similar works means “Rigid and / or Flexi pavement” 3) The intending tenderer should ensure before tendering in DDA that the requisite fee has been already deposited with CRB.

4) For terms and conditions, eligibility criteria of specialized work, the manner in which Earnest Money, cost of tender etc. are to be deposited through RTGS mod and other information/instructions, please visit DDA’s website https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app or www.dda.org.in. For any assistance on e-tendering please contact concerned EE or M/s N.I.C. on email cppp-nic@nic.in or 24 x 7 helpline 1800-233-7315.

Important terms & conditions for tenderers. Tenderers are required to go through the same before participating in the tender.

1. The unique transaction reference on RTGS against EMD, tender fee shall be placed online at specified location for tender for Electronic Time and Attendance Recording System. First cover containing “Technical Bid” as wsell as reference of EMD, tender fee”.

2. The Tenderer technically qualified will be at liberty to be present either in person or through an authorized representative at the time of opening of the Price Bids with the Bid Acknowledgement Receipt or they can view the bid opening event online at their remote end.

3. The tenderer should furnish `.12,13,765/- as Earnest Money. The amount will be retained by DDA as part of security deposit, in case tender is accepted, otherwise it will be refunded. However, no interest shall be payable on the earnest money.

4. The bidder will use one UTR for one work only. In case it is found that he has used one UTR number for different tenders, all the tenders submitted by him will be rejected and he will be debarred from further tendering in DDA in future.

The Tender shall be submitted online in two part, viz, technical and Price bid:-

Technical BidThe tenders are required to furnish following documents in technical bid.1. Scanned copy of Unique transaction reference of RTGS/NEFT cost of tender.2. Scanned copy of Unique transaction reference of RTGS/NEFT Earnest Money.3. Scanned copy of Proof of Payment of E-tendering fee in CRB of DDA.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

5

4. Scanned copy of Enlistment Order of the Contractor.5. Scanned copy of Certificates of work experience as required under Note.1.6. Scanned copy of certificate of Registration for Sales Tax/VAT and Service Tax7. Scanned copy of Tender Acceptance Letter (To be given on Company Letter Head).

Any Tender found lacking with respect to the necessary information and/ or documents and/or Earnest Money will the Technical bid will not be considered.

Price Bid:-

i). Schedule of Price bid in the form of BOQ XXXXXXXX.xls.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

6

NOTICE INVITING TENDER(E – TENDERING MODE)

Item rate tenders are invited through e-tendering mode for following works by the Executive Engineer/FOD-4/DDA/Sarita Vihar/New Delhi – 110 076 upto 3.30 PM on date mentioned below on behalf of DDA from the approved and eligible contractors of DDA in the appropriate class and non-DDA contractors registered with Govt. Department i.e. CPWD, MES, Railway & BSNL with the condition mentioned below which shall be opened on the date mentioned as under at office of Executive Engineer, Flyover Division No.4, DDA.

Name of work :- C/O 3 Nos. additional clover leaves at Sarita Vihar Flyover i/c slip Road/ approach road, bridge, foot path, cycle track & Under pass (RUB) to connect Road No.13-A to Road No.13.

SUB Head:- SH.:- Balance work of c/o 03 nos. additional clover leaves at Sarita Vihar flyover i/c slip road/ approach roads, bridge, footpath, cycle track & underpass (rub) to connect road no.13-A to road no. 13 (on risk & cost of M/s Valecha Engineering Ltd).

The enlistment of the contractors should be valid on the last date of submission of tenders. In case the last date of submission of tender is extended, the enlistment of contractor should be valid on the original date of submission of tenders.

1.1      The work is estimated to cost Rs. 6,06,88,235 .00 This estimate, however, is given merely as rough guide.

1.1.1 The authority competent to approve NIT for the combined cost and belonging to the major discipline will consolidate NITs for calling the tenders. He will also nominate division which will deal with all matters relating to the invitation of tenders.

For composite tender, besides indicating the combined estimates cost put to tender, should clearly indicate the estimated cost of each component separately. The eligibility of tenderer will correspond to the combined estimated cost of different components put to tender.

1.2 Intending tenderer is eligible to submit the bid provided he has definite proof from the appropriate authority, which shall be to the satisfaction of the competent authority, of having satisfactorily completed similar works of magnitude specified below :

Criteria of eligibility for submission of tender documents.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

7

1.2.1 To become eligible for issue of tender, the tenderers to furnish an affidavit as under:

1. “I/we” undertake and confirm that eligible similar work(s) has/have got executed through another contractor on back to back basis. Further that, if such a violation comes to the notice of the Department, then I/we shall be debarred for tendering in DDA in future for ever. Also, if such a violation comes to the notice of the Department before the date of start of work the Engineer-in-charge shall be free to forfeit the entire amount of earnest money deposit /performance guarantee.”

2. Agreement shall be drawn with successful tenderer on prescribed form attached. Tenderer shall quote his rates as per various terms and conditions of the said form which will form part of the agreement.

3. The time allowed for carrying out the work will be 60 days from the date of start as defined in Schedule F or from the first date of handling over the site, Whichever is later, in accordance with the phasing, if any, indicated in the tender documents.

4. The site for the work is available.

1. The tender document consisting of plans, specifications, the schedule of quantities of various types of items to be executed and the set of terms and conditions of the contract to be complied with and other necessary documents except standard general conditions of contract form can be seen from NIC website www.eprocure.gov.in/eprocure.app or www.dda.org.in.

2. Earnest money `.12,13,765/- and cost of tender `.1575/- shall be deposited through RTGS/NEFT in the account of CAU/Flyover having account no.13940110014868* with Uco Bank Branch at Shahpur Jat, New Delhi ( IFSC code UCBA 0001394). The unique transaction reference of RTGS/NEFT shall have to be uploaded by the tenderer in the e-tendering system by the prescribed date. The Executive Engineer concerned will get tender cost / earnest money verified from CAU based on the unique transaction reference number against each RTGS/NEFT payment before the tenders are opened.

The bidder will use one UTR for one work only. In case it is found that he has used one UTR number for different tenders, all the tenders submitted by him will be rejected and he will be debarred from further tendering in DDA in future.A part of earnest money is acceptable in the form of bank guarantee also. Earnest money up to Rs. 20.00 lacs will have to be deposited through

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

8

RTGS/NEFT mode. If the amount of E.M. is more than Rs. 20.00 lacs then the amount of E.M. beyond Rs. 20.00 lacs can be deposited in the form of Bank Guarantee also. Such Bank Guarantee is to be scanned and uploaded to the e-tendering website within the period of tender submission.

Earnest money and cost of tender have to be deposited through separate transactions.

(i) Cost of tender document : Rs. 1575/= (to be deposited through RTGS/NEFT in the account of the CAU/Flyover.

(ii) The intending tenderer shall have to registered themselves with Delhi Government under VAT ACT-2004.

The unique transaction reference of RTGS/NEFT against EMD. Cost of tender document and Bank Guarantee shall be placed in single sealed. envelope superscripted as “Earnest money, cost of tender Documents” with name of work and due date of opening of the bid mentioned thereon and will submit tender opening Authority by Not required.

Both the envelopes shall be placed in another envelope with due mention of Name of work, date & time of opening of tenders and to be submitted in the office of Executive Engineer during the period mentioned above.

Online tender documents submitted by intending bidders shall be opened only of those bidders, whose Earnest Money Deposit, Cost of Tender Document and other documents placed in the envelope are found in order.

The bid submitted shall be opened at 11.00 A.M. on 05.09.2014.

7. The contractor, whose tender is accepted, will be required to furnish performance guarantee of 5% (Five percent) of the tendered amount within the period specified in Schedule F. This guarantee shall be in the form of cash (in case guarantee amount is less than Rs 10,000/-) or Deposit at call receipt of any scheduled bank/Banker’s cheque of any scheduled bank/Demand draft of any scheduled bank/Pay order of any scheduled bank (in case guarantee amount is less than Rs. 1,00,000) or Government securities or fixed Deposit Receipts or Guarantee Bonds of any Scheduled bank or the State Bank of India in accordance with the prescribed form.

8. Intending Tenderers are advised to inspect and examine the site and its surroundings and satisfy themselves before submitting their tenders as to the nature of the ground and sub-soil (so far as is practicable), the form and nature of the site, the means of access to the site, the accommodation they may require and in general shall themselves obtain all necessary information as to risks, contingencies and other circumstances which may influence or affect their tender. A tenderer shall be deemed to have full knowledge of the site whether he inspects it or not and no extra charges consequent on any misunderstanding

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

9

or otherwise shall be allowed. The tenderer shall be responsible for arranging and maintaining at his own cost all materials, tools & plants, water, electricity, access, facilities for workers and all other services required for executing the work unless otherwise specifically provided for in the contract document. Submission of a tender by tenderer implies that he has read this notice and all other contract documents and has made himself aware of the scope and specifications of the work to be done and of conditions and rates at which stores, tools and plant etc will be issued to him by the government and local conditions and other factors having a bearing on the execution of the work.

9. The competent authority on behalf of DDA does not bind itself to accept the lowest or any other tender and reserves to itself the authority to reject any or all the tenders received without assigning any reason. All tenders in which any of the prescribed condition is not fulfilled or any condition including that of conditional rebate is put forth by the tenderer shall be summarily rejected.

10. Canvassing whether directly or indirectly, in connection with tenders is strictly prohibited and the tenders submitted by the contractors who resort to canvassing will be liable for rejection.

11. The competent authority on behalf of DDA reserves to himself the right of accepting the whole or any part of the tender and the tenderer shall be bound to perform the same at the rate quoted.

12. The contractor shall not be permitted to tender for works in the DDA Circle (Division in case of contractors of Horticulture/Nursery category) responsible for award and execution of contracts in which his near relative is posted as Divisional Accountant or as an officer in any capacity between the grades of Superintending Engineer and Junior Engineer (both inclusive). He shall also intimate the names of persons who are working with him in any capacity or are subsequently employed by him and who are near relatives of any Gazetted officer in DDA or in the Ministry of Urban development. Any breach of this condition by the contractor would render him liable to be removed from approved list of contractors of this department

13. No Engineer of gazette rank or other Gazetted officer employed in engineering or Administrative duties in an Engineering department of the Government of India is allowed to work as a contractor for a period of one year after his retirement from the Government service, without the previous permission of the Government of India in writing. This contract is liable to be cancelled if either the contractor or any of his employees is found anytime to be such a person who had not obtained the permission of the DDA as aforesaid before submission of the tender or engagement in the contractor’s service.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

10

14. (i) The tender for the work shall remain open for acceptance for a period of sixty (60) days from the date of opening of tender. If any tenderer withdraws his tender before the said period or issue of letter of acceptance, whichever is earlier, or makes any modifications in the terms and conditions of tender which are not acceptable to the department, then the DDA shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to forfeit 50% of the said earnest money as aforesaid. Further the tenderer shall not be allowed to participate in the re tendering process of the work.

(ii) If the contractor withdraws his officer immediately after the award of work.

The earnest money deposited by the contractor shall be forfeited absolutely and disciplinary action as deemed fit shall be taken by the department against the contractor

(III) if the contractor withdraws his offer after award of work and taking over possession of site.

It is deemed that the contractor has entered into agreement and action to penalize the contractor for not completing the work within the stipulated period under Clause-2 & 3 will be taken against the contractor, if he abandons the site after taking over the possession of the site from the Engineer-in-charge. For taking action under Clause – 2 &3, the only documentary proof required will be the document showing signature of the contractor of his authorized representative for taking over the possession of site. It is further clarifies that action under Clause 2 & 3 of the agreement attracted even though the contractor fails to sign the agreement on Rs. 50/- non-judicial stamp paper but do not start work from the tenth day after date on which the order to commence the work is issued to the contractor. The date of start of the work will be considered as date of taking over the possession of site.

15. This ‘Notice Inviting Tender’ shall form part of the contract document. The successful tenderer/contractor on acceptance of his tender by the Accepting Authority, shall, within 15 days from the stipulated date of start of the work, sign the contract consisting of :-

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

11

(a) The Notice inviting tender, all the documents including additional conditions, specifications and drawings, if any, forming the tender as issued at the time of invitation of tender and acceptance thereof together with any correspondence leading thereto.

(b) Standard NIT Form 7/8 or other Standard DDA Form as mentioned.

15.1 (a) Labour Cess: Cess under the provision of Building and Other Construction Workers (RE & CS) Act 1996 and the Building and Other Construction Workers Welfare Cess Act 1996 @ 1% of the cost of construction/project shall be deducted at source from the bill paid to the contractor. DDA shall not bear any liability on account of cess being deducted and reimbursed to GNCTD in pursuance of Building and Other Construction Workers Welfare Cess Act, 1996 read with Delhi Building and Other Construction Workers (RE & CS) Rules, 2002.

(b) Tax @ 2% of total payment will be recovered under Delhi Value Added Tax Act 2004.

16 For Composite Tenders:

16.1.1The Executive Engineer in charge of the major component will call tenders for the composite   work. The cost of tender document and Earnest Money will be fixed with respect to the combined estimated cost put to tender for the composite tender.

16.1.2 The tender document will include following three components:Part A: - Notice Inviting Tender form, Contract for work form including schedule A to

F for major component of the work, General Conditions of Contract for works.

Part B :- General/specific conditions, specifications and schedule of quantities applicable to major component of the work.

Part C :- Schedule A to F for minor component of the work, (SE/EE in charge of major component shall also be competent authority under clause 2 and clause 5 as mentioned in schedule A to F for major components) General/ specific conditions, specifications and schedule of quantities applicable to minor component(s) of the work..

16.1.3 The tenderer must associate with himself, agencies of the appropriate class eligible to tender   for the minor components individually.

16.1.4 The eligible tenderers shall quote rates for all items of major component as well as for all items of minor components of work. It will be obligatory on the part of the tenderer to sign the tender document for all the components (The schedule of quantities, conditions and special conditions etc.).

16.1.5 After acceptance of the tender by competent authority, the EE in charge of major component of  the work shall issue letter of award on behalf of the DDA. After the work is awarded,   the main contractor will have to enter into one agreement with

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

12

EE in charge of major component   and has also to sign two/or more copies of agreement depending upon number of EE's/DDH in  charge of minor components. One such signed set of agreement shall be handed over to EE/DDH in charge of minor component. EE of major component will operate part A and part B of the agreement. EE/DDH in charge of minor components) shall operate Part C along with Part A of the agreement.

16.1.6 Entire work under the scope of composite tender including major and all minor components shall be executed 'under one agreement.

16.1.7 Security Deposit will be worked out separately for each component corresponding to the estimated cost of the respective component of works. The Earnest Money will become part of the security deposit of the major component of work.

16.1.8 The main contractor has to associate agency(s) for minor component(s) confirming to eligibility criteria as defined in the tender document and has to submit detail of such   agency(s) to Engineer-in-Charge of minor component(s) within prescribed time. Name of the agency(s) to be associated shall be approved by Engineer-in-Charge of minor component(s).

16.1.9 In case the main contractor intends to change any of the above agency/agencies during the operation of the contract, he shall obtain prior approval of Engineer-in-Charge of minor component. The new agency/agencies shall also have to satisfy the laid down eligibility criteria. In case Engineer-in-Charge is not satisfied with the performance of any   agency, he can direct the contractor to change the agency executing such items of work and this shall be binding on the contractor.

16.1.10 The main contractor has to enter into agreement with the contractors) associated by him for execution of minor component(s). Copy of such agreement shall be submitted to EE/DDH in charge of minor component as well as to EE in charge of major component.  In case of change of associate contractor, the main contractor has to enter into agreement with the new contractor associated by him.

16.1.11 Running payment for the major component shall be made by EE of major discipline to the main contractor. Running payment for minor components shall be made by the  Engineer-in-Charge of the discipline of minor component directly to the main contractor.

16.1.12 Final bill of whole work shall be finalized and paid by the EE of major component. Engineers- in-charge of minor component(s) will prepare and pass the final bill for their component of work and pass on the same to the EE of major component for including in the final bill for composite contract.

17. In case any discrepancy is noticed between the document as uploaded at the time of submission of the bid online and hard copies as submitted physically in the office of Executive Engineer, then the bid submitted shall be come invalid and the Government shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to forfeit 50% of the said earnest money as aforesaid. Further the

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

13

tenderer shall not be allowed to participate in the retendering process of the work.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

14

Instructions For Online Bid Submission

Instructions to the bidders to submit the bids online through the Central Public Procurement Portal for e-Procurement at https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app

1). Possession of valid digital signature certificate (DSC) and enrollment/registration of the contractors/bidders on the e-procurement/e-tender portal is a prerequisite for e-tendering.

2). Bidder should do the enrollment in the e-procurement site using the “Online bidder enrollment” option available on the home page. Portal enrollment is generally free of charge. During enrollment/registration the bidders should provide the correct/true information including valid e-mail id. All the correspondence shall be made directly with the contractors/bidders through email id provided.

3). Bidder need to login to the site thro’ their user ID/Password chosen during enrollment/registration.

4). Then the Digital signature certificate (Class II or class III certificates with signing key usage) issued by SIFY/TCS/ncode/eMudra or any certifying Authority recognized by CCA India on e-token/smart card, should be registered.

5). The DSC that is registered only should be used by the bidder and should ensure safety of the same.

6). Contractor/Bidder may go through the tenders published on the site and download the required tender documents/schedules for the tenders he/she is interested.

7). After downloading/getting the tender documents/schedules, the bidder should go through them carefully and then submit the documents as asked. Otherwise bid will be rejected.

8). Bidder registered in Contractor’s Registration Board (CRB) of DDA are required to pay the e-tendering annual charges as under:-

S.No Class of Contractor

Amount to be paid p.a.

1 Class-I Rs. 20,000

2 Class-II Rs. 16,000

3 Class-III Rs. 14,000

4 Class-IV Rs. 10,000

5 Class-V Rs. 6,000

The other Contractors not listed with DDA will deposit Rs. 20,000/- per year in CRB to upload their tender on-line.

Requisite e-tendering fee of as applicable payable to the CRB, DDA shall be in form of Pay order/Bank demand draft payable in Delhi in the name of “PAO, Engineering Wing, DDA, Vikas Minar, New Delhi”. A letter on firm’s letter head enclosing the demand/pay order and ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

15

addressed to “The Secretary CRB, Ist Floor, Vikas Minar, DDA, New Delhi shall be submitted to contractor’s Registration Board. Ist Floor, Vikas Minar, I.P. estate New Delhi- 1100001 in duplicate and acknowledge stamped copy of the letter shall be uploaded in the tender as a proof of registration with the CRB, DDA.In case any contractor fails to make payment by the stipulated date, the concerned contractor will not be eligible for tendering.

9). If there are any clarifications , this may be obtained online through the tender site, or through the contact details. Bidder should take into account the corrigendum published before submitting the bids online.

10). Bidder then logs into site through the secured log in by giving the user id/password chosen during enrollment/registration and then by giving the password of the e-token/smartcard to acess DSC.

11). Bidder selects the tender which he/she is interested in by using the search option & then moves it to the ‘my tenders’ folder.

12). From any tender folder, bidder will selects the tender to view all the details indicated.13). It will be construed that the bidder has read all the terms and conditions before submitting their offer. Bidder should go through the tender schedules carefully and upload the documents as asked: otherwise, the bid will be rejected.14). Bidder, in advance should get ready the bid documents to be submitted as indicated in the tender document/schedule and generally, they can be in PDF/xls/rar/jpg/dwf formats. If there is more than one document, they can be cubbed together and can be provided in the requested format. Bidders bid documents may be scanned with 100 dpi with black and white option. It is advisable that each document to be uploaded through online for the tenders and should be less than 2 MB. If any document is more than 2 MB, it can be reduced through ‘RAR’ and the same can be uploaded if permitted however of the file size less than 1 MB transaction uploading time will be very fast.15). If there are any clarifications, this may be obtained through the site or through contracts or during the pre-bid meeting if any. Bidder should take into account the corrigendum published before submitting the bids online if any.16). The Bidders can update well in advance, the documents such as certificates, annual report details etc under My space option and these can be selected as per tender requirements and then send along with bid documents during bid submission. This will facilitate the bid submission process faster by reducing upload time of bids.17). Bidder should submit the tender fee/EMD as specified in the tender. The original should be posted/couriered/given in person to the tender or as indicated in the tender. Scanned copy of the submission should be uploaded as part of the offer.18). While submitting the bids online, the bidder reads the terms & conditions and aspects the same to proceed further to submit the bid packets.19). The bidder has to select the payment option as offline to pay the Tender FEE/EMD as applicable and entered details of instrument.20). The details of the DD/any other accepted instrument, physically sent, should tally with the details available in the scanned copy and the data entered during bid submission time. Otherwise submitted bid will not be acceptable or liable for rejection.ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

16

21). The bidder has to upload digitally sign and upload the required bid documents one by one as indicated. Bidders to note that the very act of using DSC for downloading the bids and uploading their offers shall be deemed to be a confirmation that they have read all sections and pages of the bid document including General conditions of contract without any exception and have understood the entire document and are clear about the requirements of the tender requirements.22). The bidder has to upload the relevant files required as indicated in the cover content. In case of any irrelevant files, the bid will be rejected.23). If the price bid format is provided in a spread sheet file BOQ xxxxxx.xls, the rates offerred should be entered in the allotted space only and uploaded after filling the relevant columns. The Priced- bid/BOQ template must not be modified/replaced by the bidder; else the bid submitted is liable to be rejected for this tender and disciplinary action may be initiated against such bidder for tampering the documents.24). The bidders are requested to submit the bids through online e-tendering system to the tender inviting Authority (TIA) well before the bid submission end date & time (as per server system clock). The TIA will not held responsible for nay sort of delay or the difficulties faced during the submission of bids online by the bidders as the eleventh hour.25). After the bid submission (i.e. after clicking “Freezing Bid submission” in the portal), the record of evidence for online submission of bid for the particular tender will also act as an entry pass to participate in the bid opening date.26). The time settings fixed in the server side & displayed at the top of the tender site, will be valid for all actions of requesting, bid submissions, bid opening etc, in the e-tender system. The bidders should follow this time during bid submission.27). All the data being entered by the bidders would be encrypted using PKI encryption techniques to ensure the secrecy of the data. The data entered wil not viewable by unauthorized persons during bid submission & not be viewable by any one until the time of bid opening.28).Any bid document that is uploaded to the server is subjected to symmetric encryption using a system generated symmetric key. Further this key is subjected to asymmetric become readable only after the tender opening by the authorized bid openers.29) The confidentiality of the bids is maintained since the secured socket layer 128 bit encryption technology is used. Data storage encryption of sensitive fields is done.30). The bidder should logout of the tendering system using the normal logout option available at the top right hand corner and not by selecting the (X) exit option in the browser.31). For any queries regarding e-tendering process, the bidders are requested to contact as provided in the tender document. Parallel for any further quaeries, the bidders are asked to contact over phone: 1-800-233-7315 or send a mail over to – cppp-nic@nic.in.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

17

TENDER ACCEPTANCE LETTER(To be given on Company Letter Head)

Date: To,

______________________ ______________________ ______________________ ______________________ ______________________

Sub : Acceptance of Terms & Conditions of Tender.

Tender Reference No : ________________________ Name of Tender / Work : ___________________________________________

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

Dear Sir,

I/ We have downloaded / obtained the tender document(s) for the above mentioned ‘Tender/Work’ from the web site(s) namely:_____________________________________________________________as per your advertisement, given in the above mentioned website(s).

I / We hereby certify that I / we have read the entire terms and conditions of the tender documents from Page No. _______ to ______ (including all documents like annexure(s), schedule(s), etc .,), which form part of the contract agreement and I / we shall abide hereby by the terms / conditions / clauses contained therein.

The corrigendum(s) issued from time to time by your department/ organization too have also been taken into consideration, while submitting this acceptance letter.

I / We hereby unconditionally accept the tender conditions of above mentioned tender document(s) / corrigendum(s) in its totality / entirety.

In case any provisions of this tender are found violated , then your department/ organization shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy be at liberty to reject this tender/bid including the forfeiture of the full said earnest money deposit absolutely.

Yours Faithfully,(Signature of the Bidder, with Official Seal)

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

18

ITEM RATE TENDER AND CONTRACT FORM

Tender for the work of:Name of work:- C/O 3 Nos. additional clover leaves at Sarita Vihar

Flyover i/c slip Road/ approach road, bridge, foot path, cycle track & Under pass (RUB) to connect Road No.13-A to Road No.13.

SUB Head:- SH.:- Balance work of c/o 03 nos. additional clover leaves at Sarita Vihar flyover i/c slip road/ approach roads, bridge, footpath, cycle track & underpass (rub) to connect road no.13-A to road no. 13 (on risk & cost of M/s Valecha Engineering Ltd).

To be submitted through E-Tendering up to 3.30 pm on 03.09.2014 (Date) to Executive Engineer,FOD-4.

i) To be opened through E-Tendering at 11.00 AM on 05.09.2014 by the Executive Engineer, FOD-4.

T E N D E R I/ We have read and examined the notice inviting tender, schedule, A, B, C, D, E & F. Specifications applicable, Drawings & Designs, General Rules and Directions, Conditions of Contract, clauses of contract, special condition, Schedule of Rate & other documents and Rules referred to in the conditions of contract and all other contents in the tender document for the work.

I/We hereby tender for the execution of the work specified for the DDA within the time specified in Schedule ‘F’, viz., schedule of quantities and in accordance in all respects with the specifications, designs, drawings and instructions in writing referred to in Rule-1 of General Rules and Directions and in Clause 11 of the clauses of contract and with such materials as are provided for, by, and in respects in accordance with, such conditions so far as applicable.

We agree to keep the tender open for sixty (60) days from the due date of its opening and not to make any modifications in its terms & conditions.

A sum of Rs.12,13,765.00 is hereby forwarded in cash / receipt treasure challan /deposit at call receipt of scheduled bank/fixed deposit receipt of scheduled bank/demand draft of a schedule bank / bank guarantee issued by a schedule bank as earnest money. If I/we, fail to furnish the prescribed performance guarantee within prescribed period, I/We agree that the said

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

19

DDA or his successors in office shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to forfeit the said earnest money absolutely. Further, if I/we fail to commence work as specified, I/we agree that DDA or its successors in office shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy available in law, be at liberty to forfeit the said earnest money and the performance guarantee absolutely, otherwise the said earnest money shall be retained by him towards security deposit to execute all the works referred to in the tender documents upon the terms and conditions contained or referred to therein and to carry out such deviations as may be ordered, up to maximum of the percentage mentioned in Schedule ‘F’ and those in excess of that limit at the rates to be determined in accordance with the provision contained in Clause 12.2 and 12.3 of the tender form.

Further, I/We agree that in case of forfeiture of earnest money or both Earnest Money & Performance Guarantee as aforesaid, I/We shall be debarred for participation in the re tendering process of the work.

I/we undertake and confirm that eligible similar work(s) has/have got executed through another contractor on back to back basis. Further that, if such a violation comes to the notice of the Department, then I/we shall be debarred for tendering in DDA in future for ever. Also, if such a violation comes to the notice of the Department before the date of start of work the Engineer-in-charge shall be free to forfeit the entire amount of earnest money deposit /performance guarantee.”

I/we hereby declare that I/we shall treat the tender documents drawings and other records connected with the work as secret/ confidential documents and shall not communicate information derived there from to any person other than a person to whom I/we am/are authorized to communicate the same or use the information in any manner prejudicial to the safety of the State.

Signature of witness Signature of contactor

Name: Name:

Address: Address:

Occupation:

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

20

A C C E P T A N C E

The above tender (as modified by you as provided in the letters mentioned

hereunder) is accepted by me for and on behalf of the DDA for a sum of

Rs.__________*_______________ (Rupees___________*______________

____________________________________________________________)

The letters referred to below shall form part of this contract Agreement:

i)

ii)

iii)

For & on behalf of Delhi Development Authority

Signature __________________________

Designation: Executive Engineer

Division_____*______

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

21

GENERAL RULES AND DIRECTIONS

1. All work proposed for execution by contract will be notified in a form of invitation to tender pasted in public places & signed by the officer inviting tender or by publication in News paper as the case may be.

This form will state the work to be carried out, as well as the date for submitting and opening tenders and the time allowed for carrying out the work, also the amount of earnest money to be deposited along with tender, the Performance Guarantee to be deposited by the successful agency / contractor and the amount of security deposit to be deducted from bills. Copies of the specifications, designs and drawings and any other documents required in connection with the work signed for the purpose of identification by the officer inviting tender shall also be open for inspection by the contractor at the office of officer inviting tender during office hours.

2. In the event of the tender being submitted by a firm, it must be signed separately by each partner thereof or in the event of the absence of any partner, it must be signed on his behalf by a person holding a power of attorney authorizing him to do so, such power of attorney to be produced with the tender, and it must disclose that the firm is duly registered under the Indian Partnership Act, 1952.

3. Receipts for payment made on account of work, when executed by a firm, must also be signed by all the partners, except where contractors are described in their tender as a firm, in which case the receipts must be signed in the name of the firm by one of the partners, or by some other person having due authority to give effectual receipts for the firm.

4. Any person who submits a tender shall fill up the Schedule of Quantities, stating at what rate he is willing to undertake each item of the work. Tenders, which propose any alteration in the work specified in the said form of invitation to tender, or in the time allowed for carrying out the work, or which contain any other conditions of any sort, including conditional rebates, will be summarily rejected. No single tender shall include more than one work, but contractors who wish to tender for two or more works shall submit separate tender for each. Tender shall have the name and number of the works which they refer, written on the envelopes.

4A (DELETED)

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

22

4B (DELETED)

5. The officer inviting tender or his duly authorized representatives will open tenders and will enter the amounts of the several tenders in a comparative statement in a suitable form. In the event of a tender being accepted, a receipt for the earnest money shall be thereupon be given to the contractor who shall thereupon for the purpose of identification of copies of the specifications and other documents mentioned in Rule-1 In the event of a tender being rejected, the earnest money shall thereupon be returned to the contractor remitting the same, without any interest.

6. The officer inviting tenders shall have the right of rejecting all or any of the tenders and will not be bound to accept the lowest or any other tender.

7. The receipt of an accountant or clerk for any money paid by the contractor will not be considered as any acknowledgement or payment to the officer inviting tender and the contractor shall be responsible for seeing that he procures a receipt signed by the officer inviting tender or a duly authorized Cashier.

8. The tenderers shall sign a declaration under the officials Secret Act 1923, for maintaining secrecy of the tender documents, drawings or other records connected with the work given to them. The unsuccessful tenderer(s) shall return all the drawings given to them.

9. In the case of Item Rate Tenders only rates quoted shall be considered. Any tender containing percentage below/ above the rates quoted is liable to be rejected. Rates quoted by the contractor in item rate tender in figures and words shall be accurately filled in so that there is no discrepancy in the rates written in figures and words. However, if a discrepancy is found, the rates which correspond with the amount worked out by the contractor shall unless otherwise proved be taken as correct. If the amount of an item is not worked out by the contractor or it does not correspond with the rates written either in figures or in words, then the rates quoted by the contractor in words shall be taken as correct. Where the rates quoted by the contractor in figures and in words tally but the amount is not worked out correctly, the rates quoted by the contractor will unless otherwise proved be taken as correct and not the amount. In event no rate has been quoted for any item(s), leaving space both in figure(s), word(s), and amount blank, it will be presumed that the contractor has included the cost of this/these item(s) in other items and rate for such item(s) will be considered as zero and work will be required to be executed accordingly

10. In the case of any tender where unit rate of any item/ items appear unrealistic, such tender will be considered as unbalanced and in case the tenderer is unable to provide satisfactory explanation, such a tender is liable to be disqualified and rejected.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

23

11. All rates shall be filled in tender form. The amount for each item should be worked out and requisite totals given. Special care should be taken to write the rates in figures as well as in words and the amount in figures only, in such a way that interpolation is not possible. The total amount should be written both in figures and in words. In case of figures, the word ‘Rs.’ should be written before the figure of rupees and word ‘P’ after the decimal figures, e.g. ‘Rs.2.15 P’ and in case of words, the word, ‘Rupees’ should precede and the word ‘Paise’ should be written at the end. Unless the rate is in whole rupees and followed by the word ‘only’ it should invariably be up to two decimal places. While quoting the rate in schedule of quantities, the word ‘only’ should be written closely following the amount and it should not be written in the next line.

12. (i) The contractor whose tender is accepted will be required to furnish performance guarantee of 5% (five percent) of the tendered amount within the period specified scheduled F. This guarantee shall be in the form of cash (in case guarantee amount is less than Rs 10,000/-) or deposit at call received of any scheduled bank/Banker’s cheque of any scheduled bank/ Demand Draft of any scheduled bank/pay order of any scheduled any bank (in case guarantee amount than Rs 1,00,000/-) or Govt. securities fixed deposit receipts or guarantee bonds of any scheduled bank or the state Bank of India in accordance with the prescribed form.

(ii) The contractor whose tender is accepted, will also be required to furnish by way of security Deposit for the fulfillment of his contract, an amount equal to 5% of the tendered value of work. The security deposit will be collected by deductions from the running bills of the contractor at the rates mentioned above and the earnest money deposited at the time of the tenders , will be treated as part of the security deposit . The security deposit will also accepted in cash or in the shape of government securities. Fixed deposit receipt of a Scheduled bank or State Bank of India will also be accepted for this purpose provided conformity advice is enclosed.

13. On acceptance of the tender, the name of the accredited representative(s) of the contractor who would be responsible for taking instructions from the Engineer-in-Charge shall be communicated in writing to the Engineer-in-Charge.

14. Sales-Tax / VAT (Except Service Tax) Purchase Tax, Turnover Tax or any other tax on material in respect of this contract shall be payable by the Contractor and DDA will not entertain any claim whatsoever in respect of the same. However, in respect of service tax, same shall be paid by the contractor to the concerned department on demand and it will be reimbursed to him by the Engineer-in-Charge after satisfying that it has been actually and genuinely paid by the contractor.

15. The contractor shall give a list of both gazetted and non-gazetted DDA employees related to him.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

24

16. The tender for the work shall not be witnessed by a contractor or contractors who himself/ themselves have/ have tendered or who may has/ have tendered for the same work. Failure to observe this condition would render, tenders of the contractors tendering, as well as witnessing the tender, liable to summary rejection.

17. The tender for composite work includes ,in addition to building work, all other works such as sanitary and water supply installations, electrical work ,horticulture work, roads and paths etc. The tenderer apart from being a registered contractor (B&R) of appropriate class, must associate himself with agencies of appropriate class which are eligible to tender for sanitary and water supply drainage, electrical and horticulture works in the composite tender.

18. The contractor shall submit list of works which are in hand (progress) in the following form:-

Name of Work

1

Name and particulars of

Division where work

is being executed

2

Value of work

3

Position of Work in progress

4

Remarks

5

19. The contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act 1961, and the rules and orders issued there under from time to time. If he fails to do so, his failure will be a breach of the contract and the DDA may in his discretion, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available in law, cancel the contract. The contractor shall also be liable for any pecuniary liability arising on account of any violation by him of the provisions of the said Act.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

25

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

Definitions

1. The Contract means the documents forming the tender and acceptance thereof and the formal agreement executed between the competent authority on behalf of the DDA and the Contractor, together with the documents referred to therein including these conditions, the specifications, designs, drawings and instructions issued from time to time by the Engineer-in-Charge and all these documents taken together, shall be deemed to form one contract and shall be complementary to one another.

2. In the contract, the following expressions shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the meanings, hereby respectively assigned to them:

i) The expression works or work shall, unless there be something either in the subject or context repugnant to such construction, be construed and taken to mean the works by or by virtue of the contract contracted to be executed whether temporary or permanent, and whether original, altered, substituted or additional.

ii) The Site shall mean the land/ or other places on, into or through which work is to be executed under the contract or any adjacent land, path or street through which work, is to be executed under the contract or any adjacent land, path or street which may be allotted or used for the purpose of carrying out the contract.

iii) The Contractor shall mean the individual, firm or company, whether incorporated or not, undertaking the works and shall include the legal personal representative of such individual or the persons composing such firm or company, or the successors of such firm or company and the permitted assigns of such individual, firm or company.

iv) Deleted.

v) The Engineer-in-Charge means the Divisional Officer who shall supervise and be in charge of the work and who shall sign the contract on behalf of DDA as mentioned in Schedule ‘F’ hereunder.

vi) Deleted.

vii) Deleted.

viii) Accepting Authority shall mean the authority mentioned in Schedule ‘F’.

ix) Excepted Risk are risks due to riots (other than those on account of contractor’s employees), war (whether declared or not) invasion, act of foreign enemies, hostilities, civil war, rebellion revolution, insurrection, military or usurped power, any acts of Government, damages from aircraft, acts of God, such as earthquake, lightening and unprecedented floods, and other causes over which the contractor has no control and accepted as such by the Accepting Authority or causes solely due to use or occupation by Government

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

26

of the part of the works in respect of which a certificate of completion has been issued or a cause solely due to Government’s faulty design of works.

x) Market Rate shall be the rate as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge on the basis of the cost of materials and labour at the site where the work is to be executed plus the percentage mentioned in Schedule ‘F’ to cover, all overheads and profits.

xi) Schedule(s) referred to in these conditions shall mean the relevant schedule(s) annexed to the tender papers or the standard Schedule of Rates of the government mentioned in Schedule ‘F’ hereunder, with the amendments thereto issued up to the date of receipt of the tender.

xii) Department means DDA/Delhi Development Authority

xiii) Deleted.

xiv) Tendered value means the value of the entire work as stipulated in the letter of award.

xv) Date of commencement of work: The date of commencement of work shall be the date of start as specified in schedule ‘F’ or the first date of handing over of the site, whichever is later, in accordance with phasing if any, as indicated in the tender document.

3. Scope and Performance

Where the context so requires, words imparting the singular only also include the plural and vice versa. Any reference to masculine gender shall whenever required include feminine gender and vice versa.

4. Headings and Marginal notes to these General Conditions of Contract shall not be deemed to form part thereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation or construction thereof or of the contract.

5. The contractor shall be furnished, free of cost one certified copy of the contract documents except standard specifications, Schedule of Rates and such other printed and published documents, together with all drawings as may be forming part of the tender papers. None of these documents shall be used for any purpose other than that of this contract.

6. Works to be carried out

The work to be carried out under the Contract shall, except as otherwise provided in these conditions, include all labour, materials, tools, plants, equipment and transport which may be required in preparation of and for and in the full and entire execution and completion of the works. The descriptions given in the Schedule of quantities (Schedule-A) shall, unless otherwise stated, be held to include wastage on materials, carriage and cartage, carrying and return of empties, hoisting, setting, fitting and fixing in position and all other labours necessary in and for the full and entire execution and completion

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

27

of the work as aforesaid in accordance with good practice and recognized principles.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

28

7. Sufficiency of TenderThe Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself before tendering as to the correctness and sufficiency of his tender for the works and of the rates and prices quoted in the Schedule of Quantities, which rates and prices shall, except as otherwise provided, cover all his obligations under the Contract and all matters and things necessary for the proper completion and maintenance of the works.

8. Discrepancies and Adjustment of Errors

The several documents forming the Contract are to be taken as mutually explanatory of one another, detailed drawings being followed in preference to small scale drawing and figured dimensions in preference to scale and special conditions in preference to General Conditions.

8.1 In the case of discrepancy between the Schedule of Quantities, Specifications, and/or the Drawings, the following order of preference shall be observed:

i) Description of schedule of quantities.

ii) Particular specification and Special Condition, if any.

iii) Drawings.

iv) CPWD Specifications.

v) Indian Standard Specifications of B.I.S

8.2 If there are varying or conflicting provisions made in any one document forming part of the contract, the Accepting Authority shall be the deciding authority with regard to the intention of the document and his decision shall be final and binding on the contractor.

8.3 Any error in description, quantity or rate in Schedule of Quantities or any omission there from shall not vitiate the Contract or release the Contractor from the execution of the whole or any part of the works comprised therein according to drawings and specifications or from any of his obligations under the contract.

9. Signing of ContractThe successful tenderer/ contractor, on acceptance of his tender by the Accepting Authority, shall, within 15 days from the stipulated date of start of the work sign the contract consisting of:

i) The letter inviting tender, all the documents including drawings, if any, forming the tender as issued at the time of invitation of tender and acceptance thereof together with any correspondence leading thereto.

ii) Standard tender document as mentioned in Schedule ‘F’ consisting of:

a) Various Standard clauses with corrections up to the date stipulated in Schedule ‘F’ along with annexure thereto.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

29

b) Safety Codec) Model Rules for the protection of health, sanitary arrangements for workers

employed by DDA or its contractors.d) Contractors labour regulations.e) List of Acts and omissions for which fines can be imposed.ii) No payment for work done will be made unless contract is signed by the

contractor.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

30

CLAUSES OF CONTRACT

CLAUSE 1Performance Guaranteei) The Contractor shall submit an irrevocable Performance Guarantee of 5% (Five percent) of the tendered amount in addition to other deposits mentioned elsewhere in the contract for his proper performance of the contract agreement, (not withstanding and/or without prejudice to any other provisions in the contract) within period specified in Schedule ‘F’ from the date of issue of letter of acceptance. This period can be further extended by the Engineer-in-Charge up to a maximum period as specified in schedule ‘F’ on written request of the contractor stating the reasons for delay in procuring the performance Guarantee to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. This guarantee shall be in the form of cash (in case guarantee amount is less than Rs10,000/-) or Deposit at call receipt of any scheduled bank or banker cheque of any scheduled bank/ Demand Draft of any scheduled bank/Pay order of any scheduled bank(in case guarantee amount is less than Rs. 1,00,000/-) or Government Securities or Fixed Deposit Receipts or Guarantee Bonds of any Scheduled Bank or the State Bank of India in accordance with the form annexed hereto. In case a fixed deposit receipt of any Bank is furnished by the contractor to the DDA as part of the performance guarantee and the Bank is unable to make payment against the said fixed deposit receipt, the loss caused thereby shall fall on the contractor and the contractor shall forthwith on demand furnish additional security to the DDA to make good the deficit.

ii) The Performance Guarantee shall be initially valid up to the stipulated date of completion plus 60 days beyond that. In case the time for completion of work gets enlarged, the contractor shall get the validity of Performance Guarantee extended to cover such enlarged time for completion of work. After recording of the completion certificate for the work by the competent authority, the performance guarantee shall be returned to the contractor, without any interest.

iii) The Engineer-in-Charge shall not make a claim under the performance guarantee except for amounts to which the DDA is entitled under the contract (not withstanding and/or without prejudice to any other provisions in the contract agreement) in the event of:

a) Failure by the contractor to extend the validity of the Performance Guarantee as described herein above, in which event the Engineer-in-Charge may claim the full amount of the Performance Guarantee.

b) Failure by the contractor to pay DDA any amount due, either as agreed by the contractor or determined under any of the Clauses/ Conditions of the agreement, within 30 days of the service of notice to this effect by Engineer-in-Charge.

iv) In the event of the contract being determined or rescinded under provision of any of the Clause/ Condition of the agreement, the performance guarantee shall stand forfeited in full and shall be absolutely at the disposal of the DDA

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

31

v) A letter of intent shall be issued in the first instance informing the successful tender for the decision of the competent authority to accept his tender and the award letter shall be issued only after the Performance Guarantee in any of the prescribed form is received. In case of failure by the contractor to furnish the Performance Guarantee within the specified period Government shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy available in law, be at liberty to forfeit the earnest money absolutely.

CLAUSE 1ARecovery of Security DepositThe person/persons whose tender(s) may be accepted (hereinafter called the contractor) shall permit DDA at the time of making any payment to him for work done under the contract to deduct a sum at the rate of 10% of the gross amount of each running bill till the sum along with the sum already deposited as earnest money, will amount to security deposit of 5% of the tendered value of the work. Earnest money shall be adjusted first in the security deposit and further recovery of security deposit shall commence only when the update amount of security deposit starts exceeding the earnest money. Such deductions will be made and held by DDA by way of Security Deposit unless he/they has/have deposited the amount of Security at the rate mentioned above in the form cash or in the form of Government Securities or fixed deposit receipts. In case a fixed deposit receipt of any Bank is furnished by the contractor to the DDA as part of the security deposit and the Bank is unable to make payment against the said fixed deposit receipt, the loss caused thereby shall fall on the contractor and the contractor shall forthwith on demand furnish additional security to the DDA to make good the deficit.

All compensations or the other sums of money payable by the contractor under the terms of this contract may be deducted from, or paid by the sale of a sufficient part of his security deposit or from the interest arising there from, or from any sums which may be due to or may become due to the contractor by DDA on any account whatsoever and in the event of his Security Deposit being reduced by reason of any such deductions or sale as aforesaid, the contractor shall within 10 days make good in cash or fixed deposit receipt tendered by the State Bank of India or by Scheduled Banks or Government Securities (if deposited for more than 12 months) endorsed in favour of the DDA, any sum or sums which may have been deducted from, or raised by sale of his security deposit or any part thereof. The security deposit shall be collected from the running bills of the contractor at the rates mentioned above and the Earnest money deposited at the time of tender will be treated as part of the Security Deposit.

The security deposit as deducted above can be released against bank guarantee issued by a scheduled bank, on its accumulations to a minimum of Rs.5 lakh subject to the condition that amount of such bank guarantee, except last one, shall not be less than Rs. 5 lakh. Provided further that the validity of bank guarantee including the one given against the earnest money shall be in conformity with provisions contained in clause 17 which shall be extended from time to time depending upon extension of contract granted under provisions of Clause 2 and Clause 5.

Note-1: Government papers tendered as security will be taken at 5% (five percent) below its market price or at its face value, whichever is less. The market price of ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

32

Government paper would be ascertained by the Divisional Officer at the time of collection of interest and the amount of interest to the extent of deficiency in value of the Government paper will be withheld if necessary.

Note-2: Government Securities will include all forms of Securities mentioned in rule No.274 of the G.F. Rules except fidelity bond. This will be subject to the observance of the condition mentioned under the rule against each form of security.

Note-3: Note 1 & 2 above shall be applicable for both clause 1 and 1A.

CLAUSE 2Compensation for DelayIf the contractor fails to maintain the required progress in terms of clause 5 or to complete the work and clear the site on or before the contract or extended date of completion, he shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available under the law to the DDA on account of such breach, pay as agreed compensation the amount calculated at the rates stipulated below as the Authority specified in Schedule F (whose decision in writing shall be final & binding) may decide on the amount of tendered value of the work for every completed day/month (as applicable) that the progress remains below that specified in Clause 5 or that the work remains incomplete.

This will also apply to items or group of items for which a separate period of completion has been specified.

i) Compensation @ 1.5% per month of delay to be for delay of work computed on per day basis

Provided always that the total amount of compensation for delay to be paid under this Condition shall not exceed 10% of the Tendered Value of work or of the Tendered Value of the item or group of items of work for which a separate period of completion is originally given.

The amount of compensation may be adjusted or set-off against any sum payable to the Contractor under this or any other contract with the DDA. In case, the contractor 13 does not achieve a particular milestone mentioned in schedule F, or the re-scheduled milestone(s) in terms of Clause 5.4, the amount shown against that milestone shall be withheld, to be adjusted against the compensation levied at the final grant of Extension of Time. With holding of amount on failure to achieve a milestone, shall be automatic without any notice to the contractor. However, if the contractor catches up with the progress of work on the subsequent milestone(s), the withheld amount shall be released. In case the contractor fails to make up for the delay in subsequent milestone(s), amount mentioned against each milestone missed subsequently also shall be withheld. However, no interest, whatsoever, shall be payable on such withheld amount.

CLAUSE 2AIncentive for early completionIn case, the contractor completes the work ahead of scheduled completion time, a bonus @ 1% (one percent) of the tendered value per month computed on per day basis, shall be payable to the contractor, subject to a maximum limit of 5% (five ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

33

percent) of the tendered value. The amount of bonus, if payable, shall be paid along with final bill after completion of work. Provided always that provision of the Clause 2A shall be applicable only when so provided in ‘Schedule F’. Bonus shall not be payable if the work is completed after the stipulated date of completion if extension of time is granted without levy of compensation.

CLAUSE 3When Contract can be DeterminedSubject to other provisions contained in this clause, the Engineer-in-Charge may, without prejudice to his any other rights or remedy against the contractor in respect of any delay, inferior workmanship, any claims for damages and/or any other provisions of this contract or otherwise, and whether the date of completion has or has not elapsed, by notice in writing absolutely determine the contract in any of the following cases:

i) If the contractor having been given by the Engineer-in-charge a notice in writing to rectify, reconstruct or replace any defective work or that the work is being performed in an inefficient or otherwise improper or un-workman like manner shall omit to comply with the requirement of such notice for a period of seven days thereafter.ii) If the contractor has, without reasonable cause, suspended the progress of the work or has failed to proceed with the work with due diligence so that in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge (which shall be final and binding) he will be unable to secure completion of the work by the date for completion and continues to do so after a notice in writing of seven days from the Engineer-in-Charge.iii) If the contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated date or items of work with individual date of completion, if any stipulated, on or before such date(s) of completion and does not complete them within the period specified in a notice given in writing in that behalf by the Engineer-in-charge.iv) If the contractor persistently neglects to carry out his obligations under the contract and/or commits default in complying with any of the terms and conditions of the contract and does not remedy it or take effective steps to remedy it within 7 days after a notice in writing is given to him behalf by the Engineer-in-Charge.v) If the contractor shall offer or give or agree to give to any person in DDA service or to any other person on his behalf any gift or consideration of any kind as an inducement or reward for doing or forbearing to do or for having done or forborne to do any act in relation to the obtaining or execution of this or any other contract for DDA.vi) If the contractor shall enter into a contract with DDA in connection with which commission has been paid or agreed to be paid by him or to his knowledge, unless the particulars of any such commission and the terms of payment thereof have been previously disclosed in writing to the Engineer-in-charge.vii) If the contractor shall obtain a contract with DDA as a result of wrong tendering or other non-bonafide methods of competitive tendering.viii) If the contractor being an individual, or if a firm, any partner thereof shall at any time be adjudged insolvent or have a receiving order or order for administration of his estate made adjust him or shall take any proceedings for liquidation or composition (other than a voluntary liquidation for the purpose of amalgamation or

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

34

reconstruction ) under any Insolvency Act for the time being in force or make any conveyance or assignment of his effects or composition or arrangement for the benefit of his creditors or purport so to do, or if any application be made under any Insolvency Act for the time being in force for the sequestration of his estate or if a trust deed be executed by him for benefit of his creditors.ix) If the contractor being a company shall pass a resolution or the court shall make an order that the company shall be wound up or if a receiver or a manager on behalf of a creditor shall be appointed or if circumstances shall arise which entitle the court or the creditor to appoint a receiver or a manager or which entitle the court to make a winding up order.x) If the contractor shall suffer an execution being levied on his goods and allow it to be continued for a period of 21 days.xi) If the contractor assigns, transfers, sublets (engagement of labour on a piece-work basis or of labour with materials not to be incorporated in the work, shall not be deemed to be subletting) or otherwise parts with or attempts to assign, transfer, sublet or otherwise parts with the entire works or any portion thereof without the prior written approval of the Engineer-in-charge.When the contractor has made himself liable under any of the case aforesaid, the engineer in charge on behalf of DDA shall have powers:(a) To determine the contract as aforesaid (of which termination notice in writing to the contractor under the hand of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be conclusive evidence). Upon such determination, the Earnest Money Deposit, security Deposit already recovered and Performance Guarantee under the contract shall be liable to be forfeited and shall be absolutely at the disposal of the DDA.(b) After giving notice to the contractor to measure up the work of the contractor and to take such whole, or the balance or part thereof, as shall be un-executed out of his hands and to give it to another contractor to complete the work. The contractor, whose contract is determine as above, shall not be allowed to participate in the tendering process for the balance work.In the event of above courses being adopted by the Engineer-in-Charge, the contractor shall have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained by him by reasons of his having purchases or procured any materials or entered into any engagements or made any advances on account or with a view to the execution of the work or the performance of the contract. And in case action is taken under any of the provision aforesaid, the contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid any sum for any work thereof or actually performed under this contract unless and until the Engineer-in-Charge has certified in writing the performance of such work and the value payable in respect thereof and he shall only be entitled to be paid the value so certified

CLAUSE 3AIn case, the work cannot be started due to reasons not within the control of the contractor within 1/8th of the stipulated time for completion of work, either party may close the contract. In such eventuality, the Earnest Money Deposit and the Performance Guarantee of the contractor shall be refunded, but no payment on account of interest, loss of profit or damages etc. shall be payable at all. The decision of DDA regarding validity of reasons for not starting the work shall be final and binding of the contractor.ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

35

CLAUSE 4Contractor liable to pay Compensation even if action not taken under Clause 3In any case in which any of the powers conferred upon the Engineer-in-Charge by Clause-3 thereof, shall have become exercisable and the same are not exercised, the non-exercise thereof shall not constitute a waiver of any of the conditions hereof and such powers shall notwithstanding be exercisable in the event of any future case of default by the contractor and the liability of the contractor for compensation shall remain unaffected. In the event of the Engineer-in-Charge putting in force all or any of the powers vested in him under the preceding clause he may, if he so desires after giving a notice in writing to the contractor, take possession of (or at the sole discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge which shall be final and binding on the contractor) use as on hire (the amount of the hire money being also in the final determination of the Engineer-in-Charge) all or any tools, plant, materials and stores, in or upon the works, or the site thereof belonging to the contractor, or procured by the contractor and intended to be used for the execution of the work/or any part thereof, paying or allowing for the same in account at the contract rates, or, in the case of these not being applicable, at current market rates to be certified by the Engineer-in-Charge, whose certificate thereof shall be final, and binding on the contractor, clerk of the works, foreman or other authorized agent to remove such tools, plant, materials, or stores from the premises (within a time to be specified in such notice) in the event of the contractor failing to comply with any such requisition, the Engineer-in-Charge may remove them at the contractor’s expense or sell them by auction or private sale on account of the contractor and his risk in all respects and the certificate of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the expenses of any such removal and the amount of the proceeds and expenses of any such sale shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.

CLAUSE 5Time and Extension for DelayThe time allowed for execution of the Works as specified in the Schedule ‘F’ or the extended time in accordance with these conditions shall be the essence of the Contract. The execution of the works shall commence from such time period as mentioned in letter of acceptance or from the date of handing over of the site whichever is later. If the Contractor commits default in commencing the execution of the work as aforesaid, DDA shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy available in law, be at liberty to forfeit the earnest money & performance guarantee absolutely.

5.1 As soon as possible after the Contract is concluded the Contractor shall submit a Time and Progress Chart for each milestone and get it approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The Chart shall be prepared in direct relation to the time stated in the Contract documents for completion of items of the works. It shall indicate the forecast of the dates of commencement and completion of various trades of sections of the work and may be amended as necessary by agreement between the Engineer-in-Charge and the Contractor within the limitations of time imposed in the Contract documents, and further to ensure good progress during the execution of the work, the contractor shall in all cases in which the time allowed for any work, exceeds one

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

36

month (save for special jobs for which a separate program has been agreed upon) complete the work as per milestones given in Schedule ‘F’. 5.2 If the work(s) be delayed by:

i) force Measure, or

ii) abnormally bad weather, or

iii) serious loss or damage by fire, or

iv) civil commotion, local commotion of workmen, strike or lockout, affecting any of the trades employed on the work, or

v) delay on the part of other contractors or tradesmen engaged by Engineer-in-Charge in executing work not forming part of the Contract, or

vi) non-availability of stores, which are the responsibility of DDA to supply or

vii) non-availability or break down of tools and Plant to be supplied or supplied   by DDA or

viii) any other cause which, in the absolute discretion of the authority mentioned  in Schedule ‘F’ is beyond the Contractor’s control.

then upon the happening of any such event causing delay, the Contractor shall immediately give notice thereof in writing to the Authority as indicated in Schedule 'F' but shall nevertheless use constantly his best endeavors to prevent or make good the delay and shall do all that may be reasonably required to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge to proceed with the works.

5.3 Request for rescheduling of Milestones and extension of time, to be eligible for consideration, shall be made by the Contractor in writing within fourteen days of the happening of the event causing delay on the prescribed form to the Authority as mentioned in schedule 'F'. The Contractor may also, if practicable, indicate in such a request the period for which extension is desired.

5.4 In any such case the authority as indicated in Schedule ‘F’ may give a fair and reasonable extension of time and reschedule the milestones for completion of work. Such extension shall be communicated to the Contractor by the authority as indicated in schedule ‘F’ in writing, within 3 months of the date of receipt of such request. Non application by the contractor for extension of time shall not be a bar for giving a fair and reasonable extension by the authority as indicated in schedule 'F' and this shall be binding on the contractor.

CLAUSE 6 DELETED

CLAUSE 6 A

Measurements of work done

Engineer-in-Charge shall, except as otherwise provided, ascertain and determine by measurement the value of work done in accordance with the contract. All measurements of all the items having financial value shall be entered by the

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

37

contractor and compiled in the shape of the computerized Measurement Book having pages of A-4 size as per format of the department so that a complete record is obtained of all the items of works performed under the contract.

All such measurements and levels recorded by the contractor or his authorized representative from time to time, during the progress of the work, shall be got checked by the contractor from the Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative as per interval or program fixed in consultation with Engineering- Charge or his authorized representative. After the necessary corrections made by the Engineer-in-Charge, the measurement sheets shall be returned to the contractor for incorporating the corrections and resubmission to Engineer-in charge for the dated signature by the Engineer-in-charge and the Contractor or their representative in token of their acceptance.

Whenever bill is due for payment, the contractor would initially submit draft computerized measurement sheets and these measurements would be got checked / test checked from the Engineer-in-Charge and / or his authorized representative. The contractor will, thereafter, incorporate such changes as may be done during these checks / test checks in his draft computerized measurements, and submit to the department a computerized measurement book, duly bound, and with its pages machine numbered. The Engineer-in-Charge and / or his authorized representative would thereafter check this MB, and record the necessary certificates for their checks / test checks.

The final, fair, computerized measurement book given by the contractor, duly bound, with its pages machine numbered, should be 100% correct, and no cutting or over-writing in the measurements would thereafter be allowed. If at all any error is noticed, the contractor shall have to submit a fresh computerized MB with its pages duly machine numbered and bound, after getting the earlier MB cancelled by the department. Thereafter, the MB shall be taken in the Divisional Office records, and allotted a number as per the Register of Computerized MBs. This should be done before the corresponding bill is submitted to the Division Office for payment. The contractor shall submit two spare copies of such computerized MB’s for the purpose of reference and record by the various officers of the department.

The contractor shall also submit to the department separately his computerized Abstract of Cost and the bill based on these measurements, duly bound, and its pages machine numbered along with two spare copies of bill. Thereafter, this bill will be processed by the Division Office and allotted a number as per the computerized record in the same way as done for the measurement book meant for measurements. The contractor shall without any extra charge, provide all assistance with every appliances, labour and other things necessary for checking of measurement / levels by the Engineer-in-Charge or his representative.

Except where any general or detailed description of the work expressly shows to the contrary, measurements shall be taken in accordance with the procedure set forth in the specifications notwithstanding any provision in the relevant Standard Method of

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

38

measurement or any general or local custom. In the case of items which are not covered by specifications, measurements shall be taken in accordance with the relevant standard method of measurement issued by the Bureau of Indian standards and if for any item no such standard is available then a mutually agreed method shall be followed.

The contractor shall give not less than seven days notice to the Engineer-in- Charge or his authorized representative in charge of the work before covering up or otherwise placing beyond the reach of checking and / or test checking the measurement of any work in order that the same may be checked and / or test checked and correct dimensions thereof be taken before the same is covered up or placed beyond the reach of checking and / or test checking measurement and shall not cover up and place beyond the reach of measurement any work without consent in writing of the Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative in charge of the work who shall within the aforesaid period of seven days inspect the work, and if any work shall be covered up or placed beyond the reach of checking and / or test checking measurement without such notice having been given or the Engineer-in-charge consent being obtained in writing, the same shall be uncovered at the contractor’s expense, or in default thereof no payment or allowance shall be made for such work or the materials with which the same was executed.

`Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative may cause either themselves or through another officer of the department to check the measurements recorded by contractor and all provisions stipulated herein above shall be applicable to such checking of measurement or levels.

It is also a term of this contract that checking and / or test checking the measurements of any item of the work in the measurement book and/or its payment in the interim, on account of final bill shall not be considered as conclusive evidence as to the sufficiency of any work or material to which it relates nor shall it relieve the contractor from liabilities from any over measurements or defects noticed till completion of the defects liability period.

CLAUSE 7Payment on Intermediate Certificate to be regarded as AdvancesNo payment shall be made for work, estimated to cost Rs Twenty thousand or less till after the whole of the work shall have been completed and certificate of completion given. For works estimated to cost over Rs. Twenty thousand, the interim or running account bills shall be submitted by the contractor for the work executed on the basis of such recorded measurements on the format of the Department in triplicate on or before the date of every month fixed for the same by Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall not be entitled to be paid any such interim payment if the gross work done together with net payments/adjustment of advances for the material collected, if any, since the last payment is less than the amount specified in schedule ‘F’, in which case the interim bill shall be prepared on the appointment date of the month after the requisite progress is achieved. Engineer-in-Charge shall arrange to have the bill verified by taking or causing to be taken, where necessary, the requisite measurements of the work. In the event of the failure of the contractor to submit the

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

39

bills, Engineer-in-Charge shall prepare or cause to be prepared such bills in which event no claims whatsoever due to delays on payment including that of interest shall be payable to the contractor. Payment on account of amount admissible shall be made by the Engineer-in-Charge certifying the sum to which the contractor is considered entitled by way of interim payment at such rates as decided by the Engineer-in-charge. The amount admissible shall be paid by 10 th working day after the day of presentation of bill by the Contractor to Engineer-in-Charge or his Assistant Engineer together with the account of the material issued by the department, or dismantled materials, if any. In case of works outside the headquarters of Engineer-in-charge, the period of 10 working days will be extended to fifteen working days.

All such interim payments shall be regarded as payment by way of advances against final payment only and shall not preclude the requiring of bad, unsound and imperfect or unskilled work to be rejected, removed, taken away and reconstructed or re-erected. Any certificate given by the Engineer-in-Charge relating to the work done or materials delivered forming part of such payment, may be modified or corrected by any subsequent such certificate(s) or by the final certificate and shall not by itself be conclusive evidence that any work or materials to which it relates is/are in are accordance with the contract and specifications. Any such interim payment, or any part thereof shall not in any respect conclude, determine or affect in any way powers of the Engineer-in-Charge under the contract or any of such payments be treated as final settlement and adjustment of accounts or in any way vary or affect the contract.Pending consideration of extension of date of completion, interim payments shall continue to be made as herein provided without prejudice to the right of the department to take action under the terms of this contract for delay in the completion of work, if the extension of date of completion is not granted by the competent authority.

The Engineer-in-Charge in his sole discretion on the basis of a certificate from to the effect that the work has been completed up to the level in question make interim advance payments without detailed measurements for work done (other than foundation, items to be covered under finishing items) up to lintel level (including sunshade etc) and slab level, for each floor working out at 75% of the assessed value. The advance payments so allowed shall be adjusted in the subsequent interim bill by taking detailed measurements thereof.

CLAUSE 8Completion Certificate and Completion PlansWithin ten days of the completion of the work, the contractor shall give notice of such completion to the Engineer-in-Charge and within thirty days of the receipt of such notice the Engineer-in-Charge shall inspect the work and if there is no defect in the work, shall furnish the contractor with a final certificate of completion, otherwise a provisional certificate of physical completion indicating defects (a) to be rectified by the contractor and/or (b) for which payment will be made at reduced rates, shall be issued. But no final certificate of completion shall be issued, nor shall the work be considered to be complete until the contractor shall have removed from the premises on which the work shall be executed all scaffolding, surplus materials, rubbish and all

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

40

huts and sanitary arrangements required for his/their work people on the site in connection with the execution of the works as shall have been erected or constructed by the contractor(s) and cleaned off the dirt from all wood work, door, windows, walls, floor or other parts of the building, in, upon, or about which the work is to be executed or of which he may have had possession for the purpose of the execution thereof, and not until the work shall have been measured by the Engineer-in-Charge. If the contractor shall fail to comply with the requirements of this Clause as to removal of scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish and all huts and sanitary arrangements as aforesaid and cleaning off dirt on or before the date fixed for the completion of work, the Engineer-in-Charge may at the expense of the contractor remove such scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish etc., and dispose of the same as he thinks fit and clean off such dirt as aforesaid, and the contractor shall have no claim in respect of scaffolding or surplus materials as aforesaid except for any sum actually realized by the sale thereof.

CLAUSE 8AContractor to keep Site CleanWhen the annual repairs and maintenance of works are carried out, the splashes and droppings from white washing, color washing, painting etc., on walls, floor, windows, etc. shall be removed and the surface cleaned simultaneously with the completion of these items of work in the individual rooms, quarters or premises etc. where the work is done without waiting for the actual completion of all the other items of work in the contract. In case the contractor fails to comply with the requirements of this clause, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to get this work done at the cost of the contractor wither departmentally or through any other agency. Before taking such action, the Engineer-in-Charge shall give ten days notice in writing to the contractor.

CLAUSE 8BCompletion Plans to be submitted by the ContractorThe contractor shall submit completion plans as required vide General specifications for Electrical work (Part-I internal) 2005 and (Part-II External) 1994 as applicable within thirty days of the completion of work.

In case, the contractor fails to submit the completion plan as aforesaid, he shall be liable to pay a sum equivalent to 2.5% of the value of work subject to a ceiling of Rs. 15,000 (Rs Fifteen thousand only) as may be fixed by the Superintending Engineer concerned and in this respect the decision of Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding on the contractor.

CLAUSE 9Payment of Final BillThe final bill shall be submitted by the contractor in the same manner as specified in interim bills within three months of physical completion of the work or within one month of the date of the final certificate of completion furnished by the Engineer-in-Charge whichever is earlier. No further claims shall be made by the contractor after submission of the final bill and these shall be deemed to have been waived and

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

41

extinguished. Payments of those items of the bill in respect of which there is no dispute and of items in dispute, for quantities and rates as approved by Engineer-in-Charge, will, as far as possible be made within the period six months, the period being reckoned from the date of receipt of the bill by the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative.

CLAUSE 9APayment of Contractor’s Bills to BanksPayments due to the contractor may, if so desired by him, be made to his bank, registered financial, co-operative or thrift societies or recognized financial institutions instead of direct to him provided that the contractor furnishes to the Engineer-in-Charge (1) an authorization in the form of a legally valid document such as a power of attorney conferring authority on the bank; registered financial, co-operative or thrift societies or recognized financial institutions to receive payments and (2) his own acceptance of the correctness of the amount made out as being due to him by DDA or his signature on the bill or other claim preferred against DDA before settlement by the Engineer-in-Charge of the account or claim by payment to the bank, registered financial, co-operative or thrift societies or recognized financial institutions. While the receipt given by such banks; registered financial, co-operative or thrift societies or recognized financial institutions shall constitute a full and sufficient discharge for the payment, the contractor shall whenever possible present his bills duly receipted and discharged through his bank, registered financial, co-operative or thrift societies or recognized financial institutions.

Nothing herein contained shall operate to create in favour of the bank; registered financial, co-operative or thrift societies or recognized financial institutions any rights or equities vis-à-vis the DDA.

CLAUSE 10 Materials supplied by DDA

NOT APPLICABLE

CLAUSE 10AMaterials to be provided by the ContractorThe contractor shall, at his own expense, provide all materials, required for the works other than those which are stipulated to be supplied by the DDA.

The contractor shall, at his own expense and without delay; supply to the Engineer-in-Charge samples of materials to be used on the work and shall get these approved in advance. All such materials to be provided by the Contractor shall be in conformity with the specifications laid down or referred to in the contract. The contractor shall, if requested by the Engineer-in-Charge furnish proof, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge that the materials so comply. The Engineer-in-Charge shall within thirty days of supply of samples or within such further period as he may require intimate to the Contractor in writing whether samples are approved by him or not. If samples are not approved, the Contractor shall forthwith arrange to supply to the Engineer-in-Charge for his approval fresh samples complying with the specifications

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

42

laid down in the contract. When materials are required to be tested in accordance with specifications, approval of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be issued after the test results are received.

The Contractor shall at his risk and cost submit the samples of materials to be tested or analyzed and shall not make use of or incorporate in the work any materials represented by the samples until the required tests or analysis have been made and materials finally accepted by the Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall not be eligible for any claim or compensation either arising out of any delay in the work or due to any corrective measures required to be taken on account of and as a result of testing of materials.

`The contractor shall, at his risk and cost, make all arrangements and shall provide all facilities as the Engineer-in-Charge may require for collecting, and preparing the required number of samples for such tests at such time and to such place or places as may be directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and bear all charges and cost of testing unless specifically provided for otherwise elsewhere in the contract or specifications. The Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative shall at all times have access to the works and to all workshops and places where work is being prepared or from where materials, manufactured articles or machinery are being obtained for the works and the contractor shall afford every facility and every assistance in obtaining the right to such access.

The Engineer-in-Charge shall have full powers to require the removal from the premises of all materials which in his opinion are not in accordance with the specifications and in case of default, the Engineer-in-Charge shall be at liberty to employ at the expense of the contractor, other persons to remove the same without being answerable or accountable for any loss or damage that may happen or arise to such materials. The Engineer-in-Charge shall also have full powers to require other proper materials to be substituted thereof and in case of default, the Engineer-in-Charge may cause the same to be supplied and all costs which may attend such removal and substitution shall be borne by the Contractor.

CLAUSE 10Bi) Secured Advance on Non-perishable MaterialsThe contractor, on signing an indenture in the form to be specified by the Engineer-in-Charge, shall be entitled to be paid during the progress of the execution of the work up to 90% of the assessed value of any materials which are in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge nonperishable, non-fragile and noncombustible and are in accordance with the contract and which have been brought on the site in connection therewith and are adequately stored and/or protected against damage by weather or other causes but which have not at the time of advance been incorporated in the works. When materials on account of which an advance has been made under this sub-clause are incorporated in the work, the amount of such advance shall be recovered/deducted from the next payment made under any of the clause or clauses of this contract.

Such secured advance shall also be payable on other items of perishable nature, fragile and combustible with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge provided the contractor provides a comprehensive insurance cover for the full cost of such ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

43

materials. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding on the contractor in this matter. No secured advance, shall however, be paid on high-risk materials such as ordinary glass, sand, petrol, diesel etc.

ii) Mobilization AdvanceMobilization advance not exceeding 10% of the tendered value may be given, if requested by the contractor in writing within one month of the order to commence the work. Such advance shall be in two or more installments to be determined by the Engineer-in-Charge at his sole discretion. The first installment of such advance shall be released by the Engineer-in-charge to the contactor on a request made by the contractor to the Engineer-in-Charge in this behalf. The second and subsequent installments shall be released by the Engineer-in-Charge only after the contactor furnishes a proof of the satisfactory utilization of the earlier installment to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.

Before any installment of advance is released, the contractor shall execute a Bank Guarantee Bond from Scheduled Bank for the amount of advance & valid for the contract period. This shall be kept renewed from time to time to cover the balance amount and likely period of complete recovery, together with interest.

Provided always that the provision of clause 10B (ii) shall be applicable only when so provided in the schedule F

iii) Plant, Machinery & Shuttering Material AdvanceAn advance for plant, machinery & shuttering material required for the work and brought to site by the Contractor may be given if requested by the contractor in writing within one month of bringing such plant and machinery to site. Such advance shall be given on such plant and machinery, which in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge will add to the expeditious execution of work and improve the quality of work. The amount of advance shall be restricted to 5% percent of the tender value. In the case of new plant and equipment to be purchased for the work, the advance shall be restricted to 90% of the price of such new plant and equipment paid by the contractor for which the contractor shall produce evidence satisfactory to the Engineer-in-Charge. In the case of second hand and used plants and equipment, the amount of such advance shall be limited to 50% of the depreciated value of plant and equipment as may be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall, if so required by the Engineer-in-Charge, submit the statement of value of such old plant and equipment duly approved by a Registered Valuer recognized by the Central Board of Direct Taxes under the Income-Tax Act, 1961. No such advance shall be paid on any plant and equipment of perishable nature and on any plant and equipment of a value less than Rs.50,000/- Seventy five percent of such amount of advance shall be paid after the plant & equipment is brought to site and balance twenty five percent on successfully commissioning the same.

Leasing of equipment shall be considered at par with purchase of equipment and shall be covered by tripartite agreement with the following:

1. Leasing company which gives certificate of agreeing to lease equipment to the contractor.

2. DDA; and

3. The contractor.ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

44

This advance shall further be subject to the condition that such plant and equipment (a) are considered by the Engineer-in-Charge to be necessary for the works; (b) and are in and are maintained in working order; (c) hypothecated to the DDA as specified by the Engineer-in-Charge before the payment of advance is released. The contractor shall not be permitted to remove from the site such hypothecated plant and equipment without the prior written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining such plant and equipment in good working order during the entire period of hypothecation failing which such advance shall be entirely recovered in lump sum. For this purpose, steel scaffolding and form work shall be treated as plant and equipment.

The contractor shall insure the Plant and Machinery for which mobilization advance is sought and given, for a sum sufficient to provide for their replacement at site. Any amounts not recovered from the insurer will be borne by the contractor.

iv) Interest & RecoveryThe mobilization advance and plant and machinery advance in (ii) & (iii) above bear simple interest at the rate of 10 percent per annum and shall be calculated from the date of payment to the date of recovery, both days inclusive, on the outstanding amount of advance. Recovery of such sums advanced shall be made by the deduction from the contractor’s bills commencing after first ten percent of the gross value of the work is executed and paid, on pro-rata percentage basis to the gross value of the work billed beyond 10% in such a way that the entire advance is recovered by the time eighty percent of the gross value of the contract is executed and paid, together with interest due on the entire outstanding amount up to the date of recovery of the installment.

v)         If the circumstances are considered reasonable by the Engineer-in-Charge, the period mentioned in (ii) and (iii) for request by the contractor in writing for grant of mobilization advance and plant and equipment advance may be extended in the discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge.

The said bank guarantee for advances shall initially be made for the full amount and valid for the contract period, and be kept renewed from time to time to over the balance amount and likely period of complete recovery together with interest.

CLAUSE 10CPayment on account of increase in prices/wages due to statutory order(s)

If after submission of the tender, the price of any material incorporated in the work (excluding the materials covered under Clause 10CA and not being a material supplied from the Engineer-in-Charge’s stores in accordance with Clause 10 thereof) and / or wages of labour increases as a direct result of the coming into force of any fresh law, or statutory rule or order (but not due to any changes in sales tax/VAT) beyond the prices/wages prevailing at the time of the last stipulated date of receipt of tenders including extensions, if any, for the work during contract period including the justified period extended under the provisions of clause 5 of the contract without any action under Clause 2, then the amount of the contract shall accordingly be varied and provided further that any such increase shall be limited to the price/wages

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

45

prevailing at the time of stipulated date of completion or as prevailing for the period under consideration, whichever is less. If after submission of the tender, the price of any material incorporated in the works (excluding the materials covered under Clause 10CA and not being a material supplied from the Engineer-in-Charge’s stores in accordance with Clause 10 thereof) and / or wages of labour as prevailing at the time of last stipulated date of receipt of tender including extensions, if any, is decreased as a direct result of the coming into force of any fresh law or statutory rules or order (but not due to any charges in sales tax/vat, Government shall in respect of materials incorporated in the works (excluding the materials covered under Clause 10CA and not being material supplied from the Engineer-in-Charge’s stores in accordance with Clause 10 hereof) and / or labour engaged on the execution of the work after the date of coming into force of such law or statutory rule or order be entitled to deduct from the dues of the contractor, such amount as shall be equivalent to the difference between the prices of the material and / or wages as prevailing at the time of the last stipulated date for receipt of tenders including extensions if any for the work and the prices of material and / or wages of labour on the coming into force of such law, statutory rule or order. This will be applicable for the contract period including the justified period extended under the provisions of clause 5 of the contract without any action under clause 2. Engineer-in-Charge may call books of account and other relevant documents from the contractor to satisfy himself about reasonability of increase in prices of materials and wages. The contractor shall, within a reasonable time of his becoming aware of any alteration in the price of any such materials and/or wages of labour, give notice thereof to the Engineer-in-Charge stating that the same is given pursuant to this condition together with all information relating thereto which he may be in position to supply.

CLAUSE 10CAPayment due to variation in prices of materials after receipt of tender.If after submission of the tender, the prices of materials specified in Schedule ‘F’ increase/decreases beyond the price(s) prevailing at that time of the last stipulated date for receipt of tenders (including extensions, if any) for the work, then the amount of the contract shall accordingly be varied and provided further that any such variations shall be effected for stipulated period of contract including the justified period extended under the provisions of Clause 5 of the contract without any action under Clause 2.

However for work done/ during the justified period extended as above, it will be limited to indices prevailing at the time of stipulated date of completion or as prevailing for the period under consideration, whichever is less.

The increase/decrease in prices of cement, steel reinforcement and structural steel shall be determined by the Price Indices issued by the Director General (Works), CPWD. For other items provided in the Schedule F, this shall be determined by the All India Wholesale Price Indices of materials as published by Economic Advisor To Govt. of India, Ministry of Commerce and Industry and base price for cement, steel

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

46

reinforcement and structural steel as issued under the authority of Director General (Works) CPWD applicable for Delhi as issued under the authority of zonal Chief engineer, DDA and base price of other materials issued by concerned zonal engineer as indicated in Schedule F as valid on the last stipulated date of receipt of tender, including extension if any and for the period   under consideration. In case, price index of a particular material is not issued by Ministry of Commerce and Industry, then the price index of nearest similar material as indicated in Schedule F shall be followed.

The amount of the contract shall accordingly be varied for cement and/or steel reinforcement bars and will be worked out as per the formula given below.

a) Adjustment for component of ‘Cement”

Vc = Pc xQc x CI-Clo

Clo

Where,

Vc : Variation in cement cost i.e. increase or decrease in the amount in rupees to be paid or recovered.

Pc : Base Price of cement as issued under the authority of DG(W),CPWD valid at the time of  the last stipulated date of receipts of tender including extensions, if any.

Qc : Quantity of cement used in the works since previous bill.

Clo : All India wholesale Price Index for cement, as published by the Economic Advisor to Government of India, ministry Industry and Commerce as valid on the last stipulated date of receipt of tenders including extensions, if any.

Cl : All India Wholesale Price Index for cement, for period under consideration as published by Economic Advisor to Government of India, Ministry of Industry and Commerce issued by DG(W)CPWD.

b) Adjustment for component of ‘Steel”

VS = PS xQS x SI-Slo

Slo

Where,

Vs : Variation in Steel cost i.e. increase or decrease in the amount in rupees to be paid or recovered.

Ps : Base Price of steel as issued under the authority of DG(W),CPWD valid at the time of  the last stipulated date of receipts of tender including extensions, if any.

QS : Quantity of steel paid either by way of secured adavance or used in the works since previous bill (whichever is earlier).

Slo : All India wholesale Price Index for steel (bars & rods), as published by the Economic Advisor to Government of India, ministry Industry and Commerce as valid on the last stipulated date of receipt of tenders including extensions, if any.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

47

Sl : All India Wholesale Price Index for steel (bars & rods), for period under consideration as published by Economic Advisor to Government of India, Ministry of Industry and Commerce issued by DG(W)CPWD.

Provided always that provisions of the preceding clause 10C shall not be applicable in respect of Industry & Commerce.

CLAUSE 10CCPayment due to Increase/Decrease in Prices/Wages after Receipt of Tender for Works.

DELETED

CLAUSE 10DDismantled Material a DDA PropertyThe contractor shall treat all materials obtained during dismantling of a structure, excavation of the site for a work, etc. as DDA property and such materials shall be disposed off to the best advantage of DDA according to the instructions in writing issued by the Engineer-in-Charge.

CLAUSE 11Work to be Executed in Accordance with Specifications, Drawings, Orders etc. The contractor shall execute the whole and every part of the work in the most substantial and workmanlike manner both as regards materials and otherwise in every respect in strict accordance with the specifications. The contractor shall also conform exactly, fully and faithfully to the design, drawings and instructions in writing in respect of the work signed by the Engineer-in-Charge and the contractor shall be furnished free of charge one copy of the contract documents together with specifications, designs, drawings and instructions as are not included in the standard specifications of Central Public Works Department specified in Schedule ‘F’ or in any Bureau of Indian Standard or any other, published standard or code or, Schedule of Rates or any other printed publication referred to elsewhere in the contract.

The contractor shall comply with the provisions of the contract and with the care and diligence execute and maintain the works and provide all labour and materials, tools and plants including for measurements and supervision of all works, structural plans and other things of temporary or permanent nature required for such execution and maintenance in so far as the necessity for providing these, is specified or is reasonably inferred from the contract. The Contractor shall take full responsibility for adequacy, suitability and safety of all the works and methods of construction.

CLAUSE 12Deviations / Variations Extent and PricingThe Engineer-in-Charge shall have power (i) to make alteration in, omissions from, additions to, or substitutions for the original specifications, drawings, designs and instructions that may appear to him to be necessary or advisable during the progress of the work, and (ii) to omit a part of the works in case of non-availability of a portion

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

48

of the site or for any other reasons and the contractor shall be bound to carry out the works in accordance with any instructions given to him in writing signed by the Engineer-in-Charge and such alterations, omissions, additions or substitutions shall form part of the contract as if originally provided therein and any altered, additional or substituted work which the contractor may be directed to do in the manner specified above as part of the works, shall be carried out by the contractor on the same conditions in all respects including price on which he agreed to do the main work except as hereafter provided.

12.1 The time for completion of the works shall, in the event of any deviations resulting in additional cost over the tendered value sum being ordered be extended, if requested by the contractor, as follows:

i) In the proportion which the additional cost of the altered, additional or substituted work, bears to the original tendered value plus

ii) 25% of the time calculated in (i) above or such further additional time as may be considered reasonable by the Engineer-in-Charge.

Deviation / Extra Items and Pricing12.2 In the case of extra item(s) (items that are completely new and are in addition to the items contained in the contract), the contractor may within fifteen days of receipt of order or occurrence of the item(s) supported by proper analysis, for the work and the Engineer-in-Charge shall within one month of the receipt of the claims supported by analysis, after giving consideration to the analysis of the rates submitted by the contractor, determine the rates on the basis of the market rates and the contractor shall be paid in accordance with the rates so determined.

In the case of substituted items (items that are taken up with partial substitution or in lieu of items of work in the contract), the rate for the agreement item (to be substituted) and substituted item shall also be determined in the manner as mentioned in the following Para.Deviation / Substituted Items, Pricinga) If the market rate for the substituted item so determined is more than the market rate of the agreement item (to be substituted) the rate payable to the contractor for the substituted item shall be the rate for the agreement item (to be substituted) so increased to the extent of the difference between the market rates of substituted item and the agreement item (to be substituted).

b) If the market rate for the substituted item so determined is less than the market rate of the agreement item (to be substituted) the rate payable to the contractor for the substituted item shall be the rate for the agreement item (to be substituted) so decreased to the extent of the difference between the market rates of substituted item and the agreement item (to be substituted).

Deviation / Deviated Quantities, Pricing In the case of contract items, substituted items, contract cum substituted items, which exceed the limits laid down in schedule F, the contractor may within fifteen days of receipt of order or occurrence of the excess, claim revision of the rates, supported by proper analysis, for the work in excess of the above mentioned limits, provided that if the rates so claimed are in excess of the rates specified in the schedule of quantities the Engineer-in-Charge shall within one month of receipt of the claims supported by ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

49

analysis, after giving consideration to the analysis of the rates submitted by the contractor, determine the rates on the basis of the market rates and the contractor shall be paid in accordance with the rates so determined.

12.3 The provisions of the preceding paragraph shall also apply to the decrease in the rates of items for the work in excess of the limits laid down in Schedule F, and the Engineer-in-Charge shall after giving notice to the contractor within one month of occurrence of the excess and after taking into consideration and reply received from him within fifteen days of the receipt of the notice, revise the rates for the work in question within one month of the expiry of the said period of fifteen days having regard to the market rates.

12.4 The contractor shall send to the Engineer-in-Charge once every three months an up to date account giving complete details of all claims for additional payments to which the contractor may consider himself entitled and of all additional work ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge which he has executed during the preceding quarter failing which the contractor shall be deemed to have waived his right. However, the Engineer in Charge may authorize consideration of such claims on merits.

12.5 For the purpose of operation of Schedule F, the following works shall be treated as works relating to foundation unless and otherwise defined in the contract:

i) For buildings: All works up to 1.2 meters above ground level or up to floor 1 level which is lower.

ii) For abutments, piers and well staining: All works up to 1.2m above the bed level.

iii) For retaining walls, wing walls, compound walls, chimneys, over head reservoirs/tanks and other elevated structures: All works up to 1.2 meters above the ground level.

iv) For Roads, all items of excavation and filling including treatment of sub base.

12.6 Any operation incidental to or necessarily has to be in contemplation of tenderer while filling tender, or necessary for proper execution of the item included in the Schedule of quantities or in the schedule of rates mentioned above, whether or not, specifically indicated in the description of the item and the relevant specifications, shall be deemed to be included in the rates quoted by the tenderer or the rate given in the said schedule of rates, as the case may be. Nothing extra shall be admissible for such operations.

CLAUSE 13Foreclosure of Contract due to Abandonment or Reduction in Scope of workIf at any time after acceptance of the tender, DDA shall decide to abandon or reduce the scope of the works for any reason whatsoever and hence not require the whole or any part of the works to be carried out, the Engineer-in-Charge shall give notice in writing to that effect to the Contractor and the contractor shall act accordingly in the matter. The contractor shall have no claim to any payment of compensation or otherwise whatsoever, on account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of the works in full but which he did not derive in consequence of the foreclosure of the whole or part of the works.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

50

The contractor shall be paid at contract rates full amount for works executed at site and, in addition, a reasonable amount as certified by the Engineer-in-Charge for the items hereunder mentioned which could not be utilized on the work to the full extent in view of the foreclosure:

i) Any expenditure incurred on preliminary site work, e.g. temporary access roads, temporary labour huts, staff quarters and site office; storage accommodation and water storage tanks.

ii) DDA shall have to option to take over contractor’s materials or any part thereof either brought to site or of which the contractor is legally bound to accept delivery from suppliers (for incorporation in or incidental to the work) provided, however, DDA shall be bound to take over the materials or such portions thereof as the contractor does not desire to retain. For materials taken over or to be taken over by DDA, cost of such materials as detailed by Engineer-in-Charge shall be paid. The cost shall, however, take into account purchase price, cost of transportation and deterioration or damage which may have been caused to materials whilst in the custody of the contractor.

iii) If any materials supplied by DDA are rendered surplus, the same except normal wastage shall be returned by the contractor to DDA at rates not exceeding those at which these were originally issued less allowance for any deterioration or damage which may have been caused whilst the materials were in the custody of the contractor. In addition, cost of transporting such materials from site to DDA stores, if so required by DDA, shall be paid.

iv) Reasonable compensation for transfer of T & P from site to contractor’s permanent stores or to his other works, whichever is less. If T & P are not transported to either of the said places, no cost of transportation shall be payable.

v) Reasonable compensation for repatriation of contractor’s site staff and imported labour to the extent necessary.

The contractor shall, if required by the Engineer-in-Charge furnish to him books of account, wage books time sheets and other relevant documents and evidence as may be necessary to enable him to certify the reasonable amount payable under this condition.

The reasonable amount of items on (i), (iv) and (v) above shall not be in excess of 2% of the cost of the work remaining incomplete on the date of closure, i.e. total stipulated cost of the work as per accepted tender less the cost of work actually executed under the contract and less the cost of contractor’s materials at site taken over by the DDA as per item (ii) above. Provided always that against any payments due to the contractor on this account or otherwise, the Engineer-in-Charge shall be entitled to recover or be credited with any outstanding balances due from the contractor for advance paid in respect of any tool, plants and materials and any other sums which at the date of termination were recoverable by the DDA from the contractor under the terms of the contract.

CLAUSE 14Cancellation of contract in full or part

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

51

If Contractor:

(i) At any time makes default during currency of work or does not execute any part of the work with due diligence and continues to do so even after a notice in writing of 7 days in this respect from the Engineer-in-Charge : or

(ii) Commits default in complying with any of the terms and conditions of the contract and does not remedy it or takes effective steps to remedy it within 7 days even after a notice in writing is given in that behalf by the Engineer-in-Charge; or

(iii) Fails to complete the work(s) or items of work with individual dates of completion, on or before the date(s) so determined, and does not complete them within the period specific in the notice given in writing in that behalf by Engineer-in-Charge.

(iv) Shall offer or give or agree to give to any person in DDA service or to any other person on his behalf and gift of consideration of any kind as an inducement or reward for doing of forbearing to do or having done or forborne to do any act in relation to the obtaining or execution of this or any other contract for DDA; or

(v) shall enter into a contract with DDA in connection with which commission has been paid or agreed to be paid by him or to his knowledge, unless the particulars of any such commission and the terms of payment thereof have been previously disclosed in writing to the Accepting Authority Engineer-in-Charge; or

(vi) shall obtain a contract with DDA as a result of wrong tendering or other non-bonafide methods of competitive tendering; or

(vii) being an individual, or if a firm, any partner thereof shall at any time be adjudged insolvent or have a receiving order or order for administration of his estate made against him or shall take any proceedings for liquidation or composition (other than a voluntary liquidation for the purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction) under any Insolvency Act for the time being in force or make any conveyance or assignment of his effects or composition or arrangement for the benefit of his creditors or purport so to do, or if any application be made under any Insolvency Act for the time being in force for the sequestration of this estate or if a trust deed be executed by him for benefit of his creditors; or

(viii) being a company, shall pass a resolution or the Court shall make an order for the winding up of the company, or a receiver or manager on behalf of the debenture holders or otherwise shall be appointed or circumstances shall arise which entitle the Court or debenture holders to appoint a receiver or manager; or

(ix) shall suffer an execution being levied on his goods and allow it to be continued for a period of 21 days; or

(x) assigns, transfers, sublets (engagement of labour on a piece-work basis or of labour with materials not to be incorporated in the work, shall not be deemed to be subletting) or otherwise parts with or attempts to assign, transfer sublet or otherwise parts with the entire works or any portion thereof without the prior written approval of the Accepting Authority;lACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

52

The Accepting Authority may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy which shall have accrued or shall accrue hereafter to DDA, by a notice in writing to cancel the contract as a whole or only such items of work in default from the Contract. The Engineer-in-Charge shall on such cancellation by the Accepting Authority have powers to:

(a) Take possession of the site and any materials, constructional plant, implements, stores       etc., thereon; and/or

(b) Carry out the incomplete work by any means at the risk and cost of the contractor.

On cancellation of the contract in full or in part, the Engineer-in-Charge shall determine what amount, if any, is recoverable from the contractor for completion of the part of the works or in case the works or part of the works is not to be completed, the loss or damage suffered by DDA in determining the amount, credit shall be give to the contract for the value of the work executed by him upto the time of cancellation, the value of contractor’s materials taken over and incorporated in the work and use of plant and machinery belonging to the contractor.

Any excess expenditure incurred or to be incurred by DDA in completing the work/part of the works of the excess loss or damages suffered or may be suffered by DDA as aforesaid after allowing such credit shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to DDA in law be recovered from any money due to the contractor on any account, and if such money are not sufficient, the contractor shall be called upon in writing and shall be liable to pay the same within 30 days.

If the contractor fails to pay the required sum within the aforesaid period of 30 days, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to sell any or all the contractors’ unused materials constructional plant, implements, temporary buildings, etc. and apply the proceeds of sale thereof towards the satisfaction of any sums due from the contractor under the contract and if thereafter thereby any balance outstanding from the contractor, it shall be recovered in accordance with the provisions of the contract.

Any sums in excess of the amounts due to DDA and unsold materials, constructional plant, etc, shall be returned to the contractor, provided always that if cost or anticipated cost of completion by DDA of the works or part of the works is less than the amount which the contractor would have been paid had he completed the works or part of the works, such benefit shall not accrue to the contractor.

CLAUSE 15Suspension of Worki) The contractor shall, on receipt of the order in writing of the Engineer-in-Charge, (whose decision shall be final and binding on the contractor) suspend the progress of the works or any part thereof for such time and in such manner as the Engineer-in-Charge may consider necessary so as not to cause any damage or injury to the work already done or endanger the safety thereof for any of the following reasons:

a) on account of any default on the part of the contractor or;

b) for proper execution of the works or part thereof for reasons other than the default of the contractor; orACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

53

c) for safety of the works or part thereof.

The contractor shall, during such suspension, properly protect and secure the works to the extent necessary and carry out the instructions given in that behalf by the Engineer-in-Charge.

ii) If the suspension is ordered for reasons (b) and (c) in sub-Para (i) above:

a) the contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time equal to the period of every such suspension PLUS 25%, for completion of the item or group of items of work for which a separate period of completion is specified in the contract and of which the suspended work forms a part, and;

b) If the total period of all such suspensions in respect of an item or group of items or work for which a separate period of completion is specified in the contract exceeds thirty days, the contractor shall, in addition, be entitled to such compensation as the Engineer-in-Charge may consider reasonable in respect of salaries and/or wages paid by the contractor to his employees and labour at site, remaining idle during the period of suspension, adding thereto 2% to cover indirect expenses of the contractor, provided the contractor submits his claim supported by details to the Engineer-in-Charge within fifteen days of the expiry of the period of 30 days.

iii) If the works or part thereof is suspended on the orders of the Engineer-in-Charge for more than three months at a time, except when suspension is ordered for reason (a) in sub-Para (i) above, the contractor may after receipt of such order serve a written notice on the Engineer-in-Charge requiring permission within fifteen days from receipt by the Engineer-in-Charge of the said notice, to proceed with the work or part thereof in regard to which progress has been suspended and if such permission is not granted within that time, the contractor, if he intends to treat the suspension, where it affects only a part of the works as an omission of such part by DDA or where it affects whole of the works, as an abandonment of the works by DDA, shall within ten days of expiry of such period of 15 days given notice in writing of his intention to the Engineer-in-Charge. In the event of the contractor treating the suspension as an abandonment of the contract by DDA, he shall have no claim to payment of any compensation on account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of the work in full but which he could not derive in consequence of the abandonment. He shall, however, be entitled to such compensation, as the Engineer-in-Charge may consider reasonable, in respect of salaries and/or wages paid by him to his employees and labour at site, remaining idle in consequence adding to the total thereof 2% to cover indirect expenses of the contractor provided the contractor submits his claim supported by details to the Engineer-in-Charge within 30 days of the expiry of the period of 3 months.

Provided, further, that the contractor shall not be entitled to claim any compensation from DDA for the loss suffered by him on account of delay by DDA in the supply of materials in schedule ‘B’ where such delay is covered by difficulties relating to the supply of wagons, force Measure including non-allotment of such materials by controlling authorities, acts of God, acts of enemies of the state/country or any reasonable cause beyond the control of the DDA.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

54

CLAUSE 16Action in case Work not done as per SpecificationsAll works under or in course of execution or executed in pursuance of the contract shall at all times be open and accessible to the inspection and supervision of the Engineer-in-Charge, his authorized subordinates in charge of the work and all the superior officers, Officers from Quality Assurance Cell of DDA or any organization engaged by the DDA for Quality assurance and of the Chief Technical Examiner’s Office, and the contractor shall, at all times, during the usual working hours and at all other times at which reasonable notice of the visit of such officers has been given to the contractor, either himself be present to receive orders and instructions or have a responsible agent duly accredited in writing, present for that purpose. Orders given to the Contractor’s agent shall be considered to have the same force as if they had been given to the contractor himself.

If it shall appear to the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized subordinates in-charge of the work or to the Chief Engineer in charge of Quality Assurance or his subordinate officers or the officers of organization engaged by the department for Quality Assurance or to Chief Technical Examiner or his subordinate officers, that any work has been executed with unsound, imperfect, or unskillful workmanship, or with materials or articles provided by him for the execution of the work which are unsound or of a quality inferior to that contracted or otherwise not in accordance with the contract the contractor shall, on demand in writing which shall be made within twelve months (six months in case of work costing Rs 10 lakhs and below except road work) of the completion of the work from the Engineer-in-Charge specifying the work, materials or articles complained of notwithstanding that the same may have been passed, certified and paid for forthwith rectify, or remove and reconstruct the work so specified. In whole or in part, as the case may require or as the case may be, remove the materials or articles so specified and provide other proper and suitable materials or articles at his own charge and cost. In the event of the failing to do so within a period specified by the Engineer-in-Charge in his demand aforesaid, then the contractor shall be liable to pay compensation at the same rate as under clause 2 of the contract (for non-completion of the work in time) for this default.

In such case the Engineer-in-Charge may not accept the item of work at the rates applicable under the contract but may accept such items at reduced rates as the authority specified in Schedule F may consider reasonable during the preparation of on account bills or final bill if the item is so acceptable without detriment to the safety and utility of the item and the structure or he may reject the work outright without any payment and/or get it and other connected and incidental items rectified, or removed and re-executed at the risk and cost of the contractor. Decision of the Engineer-in-Charge to be conveyed in writing in respect of the same will be final and binding on the contractor.

CLAUSE 17Contractor Liable for Damages, defects during maintenance periodIf the contractor or his working people or servants shall break, deface, injure or destroy any part of building in which they may be working, or any building, road, road kerb, fence, enclosure, water pipe, cables, drains, electric or telephone post or wires, trees, grass or grassland, or cultivated ground contiguous to the premises on which ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

55

the work or any part is being executed, or if any damage shall happen to the work while in progress, from any cause whatever or if any defect, shrinkage or other faults appear in the work within twelve months (six months in the case of work costing Rs. Ten lakhs and below accept road work) after a certificate final or otherwise of its completion shall have been given by the Engineer-in-Charge as aforesaid arising out of defect or improper materials or workmanship the contractor shall upon receipt of a notice in writing on that behalf make the same good at his own expense or in default the Engineer-in-Charge cause the same to be made good by other workmen and deduct the expense from any sums that may be due or at any time thereafter may become due to the contractor, or from his security deposit or the proceeds of sale thereof or of a sufficient portion thereof. The security deposit of the contractor shall not be refunded before the expiry of twelve months ( six months in the case of works costing 10 lakhs and below except road work) after the issue of the certificate final or otherwise, of completion of work, or till the final bill has been prepared and passed whichever is later. Provided that in the case of road work if in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, half of the security deposit is sufficient, to meet all liabilities of the contractor under this contract, half of the security deposit will be refundable after six months and the remaining half after twelve months of the issue of the said certificate of completion or till the final bill has been prepared and passed whichever is later.

In case of Maintenance and Operation works of E&M services, the security deposit deducted from contractors shall be refunded within one month from the date of final payment or within one month from the date of completion of the maintenance contract whichever is earlier.

CLAUSE 18Contractor to Supply Tools & Plants etc.The contractor shall provide at his own cost all materials (except such special materials, if any, as may in accordance with the contract be supplied from the Engineer-in-Charge’s stores), machinery, tools and plants as specified in schedule F. In addition to this, appliances, implements, other plants, ladders, cordage, tackle, scaffolding and temporary works required for the proper execution of the work, whether original, altered or substituted and whether included in the specifications or other documents forming part of the contract or referred to in these conditions or not, or which may be necessary for the purpose of satisfying or complying with the requirements of the Engineer-in-Charge as to any matter as to which under these conditions he is entitled to be satisfied or which he is entitled to require together with carriage there for to and from the work. The contractor shall also supply without charge the requisite number of persons with the means and materials, necessary for the purpose of setting out works, and counting, weighing and assisting the measurement for examination at any time and from time to time of the work or materials. Failing his so doing the same may be provided by the Engineer-in-Charge at the expense of the contractor and the expenses may be deducted, from any money due to the contractor, under this contract or otherwise and/or from his security deposit or the proceeds of sale thereof, or a sufficient portions thereof.

CLAUSE 18AACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

56

Recovery of Compensation paid to WorkmenIn every case in which by virtue of the provisions sub-section (1) of Section 12, of the Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923, DDA is obliged to pay compensation to a workman employed by the contractor, in execution of the works, DDA will recover from the contractor, the amount of the compensation so paid; and, without prejudice to the rights of the DDA under sub-section (2) of Section 12, of the said Act, DDA shall be at liberty to recover such amount or any part thereof by deducting it from the security deposit or from any sum due by DDA to the contractor whether under this contract or otherwise. DDA shall not be bound to contest any claim made against it under sub-section (1) Section 12, of the said Act, except on the written request of the contractor and upon his giving to DDA full security for all costs for which DDA might become liable in consequence of contesting such claim.

CLAUSE 18BEnsuring Payment and Amenities to Workers if Contractor failsIn every case in which by virtue of the provisions of the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, and of the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Central Rules, 1971, DDA is obliged to pay any amounts of wages to a workman employed by the contractor in execution of the works, or to incur any expenditure in providing welfare and health amenities required to be provided under the above said Act and the rules under Clause 19H or under the Contractor’s Labour Regulations, or under the Rules framed by Govt. from time to time for the protection of health and sanitary arrangements for workers employed by DDA & its Contractors. DDA will recover from the contractor, the amount of wages so paid or the amount of expenditure so incurred; and without prejudice to the rights of the DDA under sub-section (2) of Section 20, and sub-section (4) of Section 21, of the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, DDA shall be at liberty to recover such amount or any part thereof by deducting it from the security deposit or from any sum due by DDA to the contractor whether under this contract or otherwise DDA shall not be bound to contest any claim made against it under sub-section (1) of Section 20, sub-section (4) of Section 21, of the said Act, except on the written request of the contractor and upon his giving to the DDA full security for all costs for which DDA might become liable in contesting such claim.

CLAUSE 19 Labour Laws to be complied by the ContractorThe contractor shall obtain a valid license under the Contract Labour (R&A) Act 1970, and the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Central Rules 1971, before the commencement of the work, and continue to have a valid license until the completion of the work. The contractor shall also abide by the provisions of the Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986.

The contractor shall also comply with the provisions of the building and other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment & Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 and the building and other Construction Workers Welfare Cess Act, 1996.

Any failure to fulfill these requirements shall attract the penal provisions of this contract arising out of the resultant non-execution of the work.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

57

CLAUSE 19A No labour below the age of fourteen years shall be employed on the work.

CLAUSE 19B Payment of Wagesi) The contractor shall pay to labour employed by him either directly or through sub-contractors, wages not less than fair wages as defined in the Contractor’s Labour Regulations or as per the provisions of the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970 and the contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Central Rules, 1971, wherever applicable.ii) The contractor shall, notwithstanding the provisions of any contract to the contrary, cause to be paid fair wage to labour indirectly engaged on the work, including any labour engaged by his sub-contractors in connection with the said work, as if the labour had been immediately employed by him.iii) In respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed in the works for performance of the contractor’s part of this contract, the contractor shall comply with or cause to be complied with the Central Public Works Department contractor’s Labour Regulations made by Government from time to time in regard to payment of wages, wage period, deductions from wages recovery of wages not paid and deductions un-authorizedly made, maintenance of wage books or wage slips, publication of scale of wages and other terms of employment, inspection and submission of periodical returns and all other matters of the like nature or as per the provisions of the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970, and the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Central Rules, 1971, wherever applicable.iv) (a) The Engineer-in-Charge concerned shall have the right to deduct from the moneys due to the contractor any sum required or estimated to be required for making good the loss suffered by a worker or workers by reason of non-fulfillment of the conditions of the contract for the benefit of the workers, non-payment of wages or of deductions made from his or their wages which are not justified by their terms of the contract or non-observance of the Regulations. (b) Under the provision of Minimum Wages (Central) Rules 1950, the contractor is bound to allow to the labours directly or indirectly employed in the works one day rest for 6 days continuous work and pay wages at the same rate as for duty. In the event of default, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to deduct the sum or sums not paid on account of wages for weekly holidays to any labours and pay the same to the persons entitled thereto from any money due to the contractor by the Engineer-in-Charge concerned.

In the case of Union Territory of Delhi, however, as the all inclusive minimum daily wages fixed under Notification of the Delhi Administration No.F.12(162)MWO/DAB/43884-91, dated 31.12.1979 as amended from time to time are inclusive of wages for the weekly day of rest, the question of extra payment for weekly holiday would not arise.v) The contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Payment of Wages Act, 1936, Minimum Wages Act, 1948, Employees Liability Act, 1938, Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923, Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, Maternity Benefits the

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

58

modifications thereof or any other laws relating thereto and the rules made there under from time to time.vi) The contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified DDA against payments to be made under and for the observance of the laws aforesaid and the Contractor’s Labour Regulations without prejudice to his right to claim indemnify from his sub-contractors.vii) The laws aforesaid shall be deemed to be a part of this contract and any breach thereof shall be deemed to be a breach of this contract.viii) Whatever is the minimum wage for the time being, or if the wage payable is higher than such wage, such wage shall be paid by the contractor to the workmen directly without the intervention of Jamadar and that Jamadar shall not be entitled to deduct or recover any amount from the minimum wage payable to the workmen as and by way of commission or otherwise.ix) The contractor shall ensure that no amount by way of commission or otherwise is deducted or recovered by the Jamadar from the wage of workmen.

CLAUSE 19CIn respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed in the work for the performance of the contractor’s part of this contract, the contractor shall at his own expense arrange for the safety provisions as per Safety Code framed from time to time and shall at his own expense provide for all facilities in connection therewith. In case the contractor fails to make arrangement and provide necessary facilities as aforesaid, he shall be liable to pay a penalty of Rs.200/- for each default and in addition the Engineer-in-Charge shall be at liberty to make arrangement and provide facilities as aforesaid and recover the costs incurred in that behalf from the contractor.

CLAUSE 19DThe contractor shall submit by the 4th and 19th of every month, to the Engineer-in-Charge a true statement showing in respect of the second half of the preceding month and the first half of the current month respectively :

1) the number of labours employed by him on the work.

2) their working hours

3) the wages paid to them

4) the accidents that occurred during the said fortnight showing the circumstances under which they happened and the extent of damage and injury caused by them, and

5) the number of female workers who have been allowed maternity benefit according to Clause 19F and the amount paid to them.

Failing which the contractor shall be liable to pay to DDA, a sum not exceeding Rs.200/- for each default or materially incorrect statement. The decision of the Engineer in charge shall be final in deducting from any bill due to the contractor the amount levied as fine and be binding on the contractor.

CLAUSE 19E

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

59

In respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed in the works for the performance of the contractor’s part of this contract, the contractor shall comply with or cause to be complied with all the rules framed by Govt. from time to time for the protection of health and sanitary arrangements for workers employed by the DDA and its contractors.

CLAUSE 19FLeave and pay during leave shall be regulated as follows:

1. Leave:

i) in the case of delivery – maternity leave not exceeding 8 weeks, 4 weeks up to and including the day of delivery and 4 weeks following that day,

ii) in the case of miscarriage – up to 3 weeks from the date of miscarriage.

2. Pay:

i) in the case of delivery – leave pay during maternity leave will be at the rate of the women’s average daily earnings, calculated on total wages earned on the days when full time work was done during a period of three months immediately preceding the date on which she gives notice that she expects to be confined or at the rate of Rupee one only a day whichever is greater.

ii) In the case of miscarriage – leave pay at the rate of average daily earning calculated on the total wages earned on the days when full time work was done during a period of three months immediately preceding the date of such miscarriage.

3. Conditions for the grant of Maternity Leave:No maternity leave benefit shall be admissible to a woman unless she has

been employed for a total period of not less than six months immediately preceding the date on which she proceeds on leave.

4. The contractor shall maintain a register of Maternity (Benefit) in the Prescribed Form as shown in appendix-I and II, and the same shall be kept at the place of work.

CLAUSE 19GIn the event of the contractor(s) committing a default or breach of any of the provisions of the, Contractor’s Labour Regulations and Model Rules for the protection of health and sanitary arrangements for the workers as amended from time to time or furnishing any information or submitting or filing and statement under the provisions of the above Regulations and Rules which is materially incorrect, he/they shall, without prejudice to any other liability, pay to the DDA a sum not exceeding Rs.200/- for every default, breach or furnishing, making, submitting, filing such materially incorrect statements and in the event of the contractor(s) defaulting continuously in this respect, the penalty may be enhanced to Rs.200/- per day for each day of default subject to a maximum of 5 percent of the estimated cost of the work put to tender. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding on the parties.

Should it appear to the Engineer-in-Charge that the contractor(s) is/are not properly observing and complying with the provisions of the Contractor’s Labour Regulations

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

60

and Model Rules and the provisions of the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970, and the Contract Labour (R&A) Central Rules 1971, for the protection of health and sanitary arrangements for work people employed by the contractor(s) (hereinafter referred as “the said Rules”) the Engineer-in-Charge shall have power to give notice in writing to the contractor(s) requiring that the said Rules be complied with and the amenities prescribed therein be provided to the work people within a reasonable time to be specified in the notice. If the contractor(s) shall fail within the period specified in the notice to comply with and/observe the said Rules and to provide the amenities to the work people as aforesaid, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the power to provide the amenities hereinbefore mentioned at the cost of the contractor(s). The contractor(s) shall erect, make and maintain at his/their own expense and to approved standards all necessary huts and sanitary arrangements required for his/their work people on the site in connection with the execution of the works, and if the same shall not have been erected or constructed, according to approved standards, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have power to give notice in writing to the contractor(s) requiring that the said huts and sanitary arrangements be remodeled and/or reconstructed according to approved standards, and if the contractor(s) shall fail to remodel or reconstruct such huts and sanitary arrangements according to approved standards within the period specified in the notice, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the power to remodel or reconstruct such huts and sanitary arrangements according to approved standards at the cost of the contractor(s).

CLAUSE 19HThe contractor(s) shall at his/their own cost provide his/their labour with a sufficient number of huts (hereinafter referred to as the camp) of the following specifications on a suitable plot of land to be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

i) (a) The minimum height of each hut at the eaves level shall be 2.10m (7 ft) and the floor area to be provided with be at the rate of 2.7 sq.m (30 sq.ft.) for each member of the worker’s family staying with the labourer.

(b) The contractor(s) shall in addition construct suitable cooking places having a minimum area of 1.80m x 1.50m (6’x5’) adjacent to the hut for each family.

(c) The contractor(s) shall also construct temporary latrines and urinals for the use of the labours each on the scale of not less than four per each one hundred of the total strength, separate latrines and urinals being provided for women.

(d) The contractor(s) shall construct sufficient number of bathing and washing places, one unit for every 25 persons residing in the camp. These bathing and washing places shall be suitably screened.

ii) (a) All the huts shall have walls of sun-dried or burnt-bricks laid in mud mortar or other suitable local materials as may be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. In case of sum-dried bricks, the walls should be plastered with mud gobri on both sides. The floor may be kutcha but plastered with mud gobri and shall be at least 15 cm (6”) above the surrounding ground. The roofs shall be laid with thatch or any other materials as may be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and the

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

61

contractor shall ensure that throughout the period of their occupation the roofs remain water-tight.

(b) The contractor(s) shall provide each hut with proper ventilation.

(c) All doors, windows, and ventilators shall be provided with suitable leaves for security purposes.

(d) There shall be kept an open space of at least 7.2m (8 yards) between the rows of huts which may be reduced to 6m (20 ft.) according to the availability of site with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. Back to back construction will be allowed.

iii) Water supply -The contractor(s) shall provide adequate supply of water for the use of labourers. The provisions shall not be less than two gallons of pure and wholesome water per head per day for drinking purposes and three gallons of clean water per head per day for bathing and washing purposes. Where piped water supply is available, supply shall be at stand posts and where the supply is from wells or river, tanks which may be of metal or masonry, shall be provided. The contractor(s) shall also at his/their own cost make arrangements for laying pipe lines for water supply to his/their labour camp from the existing mains wherever available, and shall pay all fees and charges therefore.iv) The site selected for the camp shall be high ground, removed from jungle.

v)  Disposal of Excreta- The contractor(s) shall make necessary arrangements for the

disposal of excreta from the latrines by trenching or incineration which shall be according to the requirements laid down by the Local Health Authorities. If trenching or incineration is not allowed, the contractor(s) shall make arrangements for the removal of the excreta through the Municipal Committee/ authority and inform it about the number of labourers employed so that arrangements may be made by such Committee/authority for the removal of the excreta. All charges on this account shall be borne by the contractor and paid direct by him to the Municipality/ authority. The contractor shall provide one sweeper for every eight seats in case of dry system.vi) Drainage- The contractor(s) shall provide efficient arrangements for draining away sludge water so as to keep the camp neat and tidy.vii) The contractor(s) shall make necessary arrangements for keeping the camp area sufficiently lighted to avoid accidents to the workers.

viii) Sanitation-The contractor(s) shall make arrangements for conservancy and sanitation in the labour camps according to the rules of the Local Public Health and Medical Authorities.

CLAUSE 19 IThe Engineer-in-Charge may require the contractor to dismiss or remove from the site of the work any person or persons in the contractors’ employ the work who may be incompetent or misconduct himself and the contractor shall forthwith comply with such requirements. In respect of maintenance / repair of renovation works etc. where the labour have an easy access to the individual houses, the contractor shall issue identity cards to the labourers, whether temporary or permanent and he shall be

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

62

responsible for any untoward action on the part of such labour. AE/JE will display a list of contractors working in the colony / blocks on the notice board in the colony and also at the service center, to apprise the residents about the same. CLAUSE 19JIt shall be the responsibility of the contractor to see that the building under construction is not occupied by and body un-authorized during construction, and is handed over to the Engineer-in-Charge with vacant possession of complete building. If such building though completed is occupied illegally, then the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the option to refuse to accept the said building/buildings in that position. Any delay in acceptance on this account will be treated as the delay in completion and for such delay a levy up to 5% of tendered value of work may be imposed by the SE whose decision shall be final both with regard to the justification and quantum and be binding on the contractor.

However, the Superintending Engineer, through a notice, may require the contractor to remove the illegal occupation any time on or before construction and delivery.

CLAUSE 19KEmployment of skilled/semi skill workerThe contractor shall, at all stages of work, deploy skilled/semiskilled tradesmen who are qualified and possess certificate in particular trade from CPWD Training Institute/Industrial Training Institute/National Institute of construction Management and Research (NICMAR)/National Academy of Construction, CIDC or any similar reputed and recognized Institute mangled/ certified by State/Central Government. The number of such qualified tradesmen shall not be less than 20% of total skilled/semi skilled workers required in each trade at any stage of work. The contractor shall submit number of man days required in respect of each trade, its scheduling and the list of qualified tradesmen along with requisite certificate from recognized Institute to Engineer in charge for approval. Notwithstanding such approval, if the tradesmen are found to have inadequate skill to execute the work of respective trade, the contractor shall substitute such tradesmen within two days of written notice from Engineer-in-Charge. Failures on the part of contractor to obtain approval of Engineer-in-Charge or failure to deploy qualified tradesmen will attract a compensation to be paid by contractor at the rate of Rs.100 per such tradesman per day. Decision of Engineer in Charge as to whether particular tradesman possesses requisite skill and amount of compensation in case of default shall be final and binding.Provided always, that the provisions of this clause shall not be applicable for works with estimated cost put to tender being less than Rs.5 crores.

CLAUSE 20Minimum Wages Act to be complied withThe contractor shall comply with all the provisions of the Minimum Wages Act, 1948, and Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, amended from time to time and rules framed there under and other labour laws affecting contract labour that may be brought into force from time to time.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

63

CLAUSE 21Work not to be sublet. Action in case of insolvencyThe contractor shall not assign or sublet without the written approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. And if the contractor shall assign or sublet this contract, or attempt to do so, or become insolvent or commence any insolvency proceedings or make any composition with his creditors or attempt to do so, or if any bribe, gratuity, gift, loan, perquisite, reward or advantage pecuniary or otherwise, shall either directly or indirectly, be given, promised or offered by the contractor, or any of his servants or agent to any public office or person in the employ of Govt. in any way relating to his office or employment, or if any such officer or person shall become in any way directly or indirectly interested in the contract, the Engineer-in-Charge on behalf of the DDA shall have power to adopt the course specified in Clause 3 hereof in the interest of DDA and in the event of such course being adopted, the consequences specified in the said Clause 3 shall ensue.

CLAUSE 22All sums payable by way of compensation under any of these conditions shall be considered as reasonable compensation to be applied to the use of DDA without reference to the actual loss or damage sustained and whether or not any damage shall have been sustained.

CLAUSE 23Changes in firm’s Constitution to be intimatedWhere the contractor is a partnership firm, the previous approval in writing of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be obtained before any change is made in the constitution of the firm. Where the contractor is an individual or a Hindu undivided family business concern such approval as aforesaid shall likewise be obtained before the contractor enters into any partnership agreement where under the partnership firm would have the right to carry out the works hereby undertaken by the contractor. If previous approval as aforesaid is not obtained, the contract shall be deemed to have been assigned in contravention of Clause 21 hereof and the same action may be taken, and the same consequences shall ensue as provided in the said Clause 21.

CLAUSE 24All works to be executed under the contract shall be executed under the direction and subject to the approval in all respects of the Engineer-in-Charge who shall be entitled to direct at what point or points and in what manner they are to be commenced, and from time to time carried on.

CLAUSE 25Settlement of Disputes & ArbitrationThe Decision of the Project Manager/ Superintending Engineer regarding the quantum of reduction as well as justification thereof in respect of rates for sub standard work which may be decided to be accepted will be final and could not be open to Arbitration.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

64

CLAUSE 26 Contractor to indemnify Govt. against Patent RightsThe contractor shall fully indemnify and keep indemnified the DDA against and action, claim or proceeding relating to infringement or use of any patent or design or any alleged patent or design rights and shall pay any royalties which may be payable in respect of any article or part thereof included in the contract. In the event of any claims made under or action brought against DDA in respect of any such matters as aforesaid, the contractor shall be immediately notified thereof and the contractor shall be at liberty, at his own expense, to settle any dispute or to conduct any litigation that may arise there from, provided that the contractor shall not be liable to indemnify the DDA if the infringement of the patent or design or any alleged patent or design right is the direct result of an order passed by the Engineer-in-Charge in this behalf.

CLAUSE 27 Lump sum Provisions in TenderWhen the estimate on which a tender is made includes lump sum in respect of parts of the work, the contractor shall be entitled to payment in respect of the items of work involved or the part of the work in question at the same rates as are payable under this contract for such items, or if the part of the work in question is not, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge payable of measurement, the Engineer-in-Charge may at his discretion pay the lump sum amount entered in the estimate, and the certificate in writing of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and conclusive against the contractor with regard to any sum or sums payable to him under the provisions of the clause.

CLAUSE 28 Action where no Specifications are specifiedIn the case of any class of work for which there is no such specifications as referred to in Clause 11, such work shall be carried out in accordance with the Bureau of Indian Standards Specifications. In case there are no such specifications in Bureau of Indian Standards, the work shall be carried out as per manufacturer’s specifications, if not available then as per District Specifications. In case there are no such specifications as required above, the work shall be carried out in all respects in accordance with the instructions and requirements of the Engineer-in-Charge.

CLAUSE 29 With-holding and lien in respect of sums due from contractori) Whenever any claim or claims for payment of a sum of money arises out of or under the contract or against the contractor, the Engineer-in-Charge or the DDA shall be entitled to withhold and also have a lien to retain such sum or sums in whole or in part from the security, if any deposited by the contractor and for the purpose aforesaid, the Engineer-in-Charge or the DDA shall be entitled to withhold the security deposit, if any, furnished as the case may be and also have a lien over the same pending finalization or adjudication of any such claim. In the event of the security being insufficient to cover the claimed amount or amounts or if no security has been taken from the contractor, the Engineer-in-Charge or the DDA shall be entitled to withhold and have a lien to retain to the extent of such claimed amount or amounts referred to above, from any sum or sums found payable or which may at ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

65

any time thereafter become payable to the contractor under the same contract or any other contract with the Engineer-in-charge of the government or any contracting person through the Engineer-in-charge pending finalization of adjudication of any such claim.

It is an agreed term of the contract that the sum of money or moneys so withheld or retained under the lien referred to above by the Engineer-in-Charge or DDA will be kept withheld or retained as such by the Engineer-in-Charge or DDA till the claim arising out of or under the contract is determined by the arbitrator (if the contract is governed by the arbitration clause) by the competent court, as the case may be and that the contractor will have no claim for interest or damages whatsoever on any account in respect of such withholding or retention under the lien referred to above and duly notified as such to the contractor. For the purpose of this clause, where the contractor is a partnership firm or a limited company, the Engineer-in-Charge or the DDA shall be entitled to withhold and also have a lien to retain towards such claimed amount or amounts in whole or in part from any sum found payable to any partner/ limited company as the case may be, whether in his individual capacity or otherwise.

ii) DDA shall have the right to cause an audit and technical examination of the works and the final bills of the contractor including all supporting vouchers, abstract, etc., to be made after payment of the final bill and if as a result of such audit and technical examination any sum is found to have been overpaid in respect of any work done by the contractor under the contract or any work claimed to have been done by him under the contract and found not to have been executed, the contractor shall be liable to refund the amount of over payment and it shall be lawful for DDA to recover the same from him in the manner prescribed in sub clause (i) of this clause or in any other manner legally permissible; and it it is found that the contractor was paid less than what was due to him under the contract in respect of any work executed by him under it, the amount of such under payment shall be duly paid by DDA to the contractor, with any interest thereon whatsoever.

Provided that the DDA shall not be entitled to recover any sum overpaid, nor the contractor shall be entitled to payment or any sum paid short where such payment has been agreed upon between the Superintending Engineer or Executive Engineer on the one hand and the contractor on the other under any term of the contract permitting payment for work after assessment by the Superintending Engineer or Executive Engineer.

CLAUSE 29ALien in respect of claims in other ContractsAny sum of money due and payable to the contractor (including the security deposit returnable to him) under the contract may be withheld or retained by way of lien by the Engineer-in-Charge or the DDA any other contracting person or persons through Engineer-in-Charge against any claim of the Engineer-in-Charge or DDA or such other person or persons in respect of payment of a sum of money arising out of or under any other contract made by the contractor with the Engineer-in-Charge or the DDA or with such other person or persons.

It is an agreed term of the contract that the sum of money so withheld or retained under this clause by the Engineer-in-Charge or the DDA will be kept withheld or ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

66

retained as such by the Engineer-in-Charge or the DDA or till his claim arising out of the same contract or any other contract is either mutually settled or determined by the arbitration clause or by the competent court, as the case may be and that the contractor shall have no claim for interest or damages whatsoever on this account or on any other ground in respect of any sum of money withheld or retained under this clause and duly notified as such to the contractor.

CLAUSE 30Employment of coal mining or controlled area labour not permissibleThe contractor shall not employ coal mining or controlled area labour falling under any category whatsoever on or in connection with the work or recruit labour from area within a radius of 32 km ( 20 miles) of the controlled area. Subject as above the contractor shall employ imported labour only i.e., deposit imported labour or labour imported by contractors from area, from which import is permitted.

Where ceiling price for imported labour has been fixed by State or Regional Labour Committees not more than that ceiling price shall be paid to the labour by the contractor.

The contractor shall immediately remove any labourer who may be pointed out by the Engineer-in-Charge as being a coal mining or controlled area labourer. Failure to do so shall render the contractor liable to pay to DDA a sum calculated at the rate of `.10/- per day labourer. The certificate of the Engineer-in-Charge about the number of coal mining or controlled area labourer and the number of days for which they worked shall be final and binding upon all parties to this contract.

It is declared and agreed between the parties that the aforesaid stipulation in this clause is one in which the public are interested within the meaning of the exception in Section 74 of Indian Contract Act, 1872.

Explanation:- Controlled Area means the following areas:

Districts of Dhanbad, Hazaribagh, Jamrata – S Sub-Division under Santal Pargana Commissionery, Districts of Bankuara, Birbhum, Burdwan, District of Bilaspur.

Any other area which may be declared a Controlled Area by or with the approval of the Central Government.

CLAUSE 31Unfiltered water supplyThe contractor(s) shall make his/their own arrangements for water required for the work and nothing extra will be paid for the same. This will be subject to the following conditions:

i) That the water used by the contractor(s) shall be fit for construction purposes to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.

ii) The Engineer-in-Charge shall make alternative arrangements for supply of water at the risk and cost of contractor(s) if the arrangements made by the

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

67

contractor(s) for procurement of water are in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, unsatisfactory.

CLAUSE 31ADepartmental water supply, if availableWater if available may be supplied to the contractor by the department subject to the following conditions:

i) The water charges @ 1% shall be recovered on gross amount of the work done.

ii) The contractor(s) shall make his/their own arrangement of water connection and laying of pipelines from existing main of source of supply.

iii) The Department do not guarantee to maintain uninterrupted supply of water and it will be incumbent on the contractor(s) to make alternative arrangements for water at his/their own cost in the event of any temporary break down in the DDA water main so that the progress of his/their work is not held up for want of water. No claim of damage or refund of water charges will be entertained on account of such break down.

CLAUSE 32Alternate water arrangementsi) Where there is no piped water supply arrangement and the water is taken by the contractor from the wells or hand pump constructed by the Government, no charge shall be recovered from the contractor on that account. The contractor shall, however, draw water at such hours of the day that it does not interfere with the normal use for which the hand pumps and wells are intended. He will also be responsible for all damage and abnormal repairs arising out of his use, the cost of which shall be recoverable from him. The Engineer-in-Charge shall be the final authority to determine the cost recoverable from the contractor on this account and his decision shall be binding on the contractor.

ii) The contractor shall be allowed to construct temporary wells in DDA land for taking water for construction purposes only after he has got permission of the Engineer-in-Charge in writing. No charges shall be recovered from the contractor on this account, but the contractor shall be required to provide necessary safety arrangements to avoid any accidents or damage to adjacent buildings, roads and service lines. He shall be responsible for any accidents or damage caused due to construction and subsequent maintenance of the wells and shall restore the ground to its original condition after the wells are dismantled on completion of the work.

CLAUSE 33Return of Surplus materials DELETED

CLAUSE 34Hire of Plant & Machinery DELETED

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

68

CLAUSE 35Condition relating to use of asphalting materials(i) The Contractor undertakes to make arrangements for the supervision of the works by the firms supplying the tar or bitumen used.

(ii) The Contractor shall collect the total quantity of tar or bitumen required for the work as per standard formula before the process of painting is started and shall hypothecate it to the Engineer-in-Charge. If any bitumen or tar remains unused on completion of the work on account of lesser use of material in actual execution for reason other than authorized changes of specification and abandonment of portion of work, a corresponding deduction equivalent to the cost of unused materials as determined by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be made and material returned to the Contractors. Although the material are hypothecated to D.D.A. the Contractors under takes the responsibility for their proper watch, safe custody and protection against all risk. The material shall not be removed from site of work without the consent of the Engineer-in-Charge in writing.

(iii) The Contractor shall be responsible for rectifying defects noticed within a year from the date of completion of the work. The Security Deposit relating to an asphalting work shall be refunded after the expiry of this period.

CLAUSE 36Employment of Technical Staff and employeesContractors Superintendence, Supervision, Technical Staff & Employees

i) The contractor shall provide all necessary superintendence during execution of the work and all along thereafter as may be necessary for proper fulfilling of the obligations under the contract.

The contractor shall immediately after receiving letter of acceptance of the tender and before commencement of the work, intimate in writing to the Engineer-in-Charge the name(s), qualifications, experience, age, address(s) and other particulars along with certificates, of the principal technical representative to be in charge of the work and other technical representative(s) who will be supervising the work. Minimum requirement of such technical representative(s) and their qualifications and experience shall not be lower than specified in Schedule ‘F’. The Engineer-in-Charge shall within 3 days of receipt of such communication intimate in writing his approval or otherwise of such a representative(s) to the contractor. Any such approval may at any time be withdrawn and in case of such withdrawal, the contractor shall appoint another such representative(s) according to the provisions of this clause. Decision of the tender accepting authority shall be final and binding on the contractor in this respect. Such a principal technical representative and other technical representative(s) shall be appointed by the contractor soon after receipt of the approval from Engineer-in-Charge and shall be available at site before start of work.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

69

All the provisions applicable to the principal technical representative under the Clause will also be applicable to other technical representative(s) The principal technical representative and other technical representative(s) shall be present at the site of work for supervision at all times when any construction activity is in progress and also present himself/themselves, as required, to the Engineer-in-Charge and/or his designated representative, to take instructions. Instructions given to the principal technical representative or other technical representative(s) shall be deemed to have the same force as if these have been given to the contractor. The principal technical representative and other technical representative(s) shall be actually available at site fully during all stages of execution of work, during recording/checking/ test checking of measurements of works and whenever so required by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall also note down instructions conveyed by the Engineer-in-Charge or his designated representative(s) in the site order book and shall affix his/their signature in token of noting down the instructions and in token of acceptance of measurements/checked measurement/ test checked measurements. The representative(s) shall not look after any other work. Substitutes, duly approved by Engineer-in-Charge of the work in similar manner as aforesaid shall be provided in event of absence of any of the representative(s) by more than two days.

If the Engineer-in-Charge, whose decision in this respect is final and binding on the contractor, is convinced that no such technical representative(s) is/are effectively appointed or is/are effectively attending or fulfilling the provision of this clause, a recovery (non-refundable) shall be effected from the contractor as specified in Schedule ‘F’ and the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as recorded in the site order book and measurement recorded checked/test checked in Measurement Books shall be final and binding on the contractor. Further if the contractor fails to appoint suitable technical Principal technical representative and/or other technical representative(s) and if such appointed persons are not effectively present or are absent by more than two days without duly approved substitute or do not discharge their responsibilities satisfactorily, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have full powers to suspend the execution of the work until such date as suitable other technical representative(s) is/are appointed and the contractor shall be held responsible for the delay so caused to the work. The contractor shall submit a certificate of employment of the technical representative(s) along with every on account bill/final bill and shall produce evidence if at any time so required by the Engineer-in-Charge.

ii) The contractor shall provide and employ on the site only such technical assistants as are skilled and experienced in their respective fields and such foremen and supervisory staff as are competent to give proper supervision to the work.The contractor shall provide and employ skilled, semiskilled and unskilled labour as is necessary for proper and timely execution of the work.

The Engineer-in-Charge shall be at liberty to object to and require the contractor to remove from the works any person who in his opinion misconducts himself, or is incompetent or negligent in the performance of his duties or whose employment is otherwise considered by the Engineer-in-Charge to be undesirable. Such person shall not be employed again at works site without the written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge and the persons so removed shall be replaced as soon as possible by competent substitutes.ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

70

CLAUSE 37Levy/Taxes payable by Contractori) Sales-Tax / VAT (except Service Tax), Building and other Construction Workers Welfare Cess or any other tax or Cess in respect of this contract shall be payable by the contractor and DDA shall not entertain any claim whatsoever in this respect. However, in respect of service tax, same shall be paid by the contractor to the concerned department on demand and it will be reimbursed to him by the Engineer-in-Charge after satisfying that it has been actually and genuinely paid by the contractor. ii) The contractor shall deposit royalty and obtain necessary permit for supply of the red bajri, stone, kankar, etc. from local authorities.

iii) If pursuant to or under any law, notification or order any royalty, cess or the like becomes payable by the Government of India and does not any time become payable by the contractor to the State Government, Local authorities in respect of any material used by the contractor in the works then in such a case, it shall be lawful to the DDA and it will have the right and be entitled to recover the amount paid in the circumstances as aforesaid from dues of the contractor.

CLAUSE 38Conditions for reimbursement of levy/taxes if levied after receipt of tendersi) All tendered rates shall be inclusive of all taxes and levies (except Service Tax) payable under respective statutes. However, if any further Tax or Levy or Cess is imposed by Statues, after the last stipulated date for the receipt of tender including extensions if any and the Contractor thereupon necessarily and properly pays such taxes/ levies/Cess, the contractor shall be reimbursed the amount so paid, provided such payments, if any, is not, in the opinion of the Superintending Engineer (whose decision shall be final and binding on the contractor) attributable to delay in execution of work within the control of the contractor.

ii) The contractor shall keep necessary books of accounts and other documents for the purpose of this condition as may be necessary and shall allow inspection of the same by a duly authorized representative of the DDA and/or the Engineer-in-Charge and shall also furnish such other information/ document as the Engineer-in-Charge may require from time to time.

iii) The contractor shall, within a period of 30 days of the imposition of any such further tax or levy or Cess, give a written notice thereof to the Engineer-in-Charge that the same is given pursuant to this condition, together with all necessary information relating thereto.

CLAUSE 39Termination of Contract on death of contractorWithout prejudice to any of the rights or remedies under this contract if the contractor dies, the Divisional Officer on behalf of the DDA shall have the option of terminating the contract without compensation to the contractor.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

71

CLAUSE 40If Near relative working in DDA then the contractor not allowed to tenderThe contractor shall not be permitted to tender for works in the DDA circle (Division in case of Contractors of Horticulture/Nursery Categories) responsible for award and execution of contracts in which his near relative is posted as Divisional Accountant or as an office any capacity between the grades of superintending Engineer and Junior Engineer(both inclusive). He shall also intimate the names of persons who are working with him in any capacity or are subsequently employed by him and who are near relatives to any Gazetted Officer in the DDA or in the Ministry of Urban Development. Any breach of this condition by the contractor would render him liable to be removed from the approved list of contractors of this Department . If however the contractor is registered in any other department, he shall be debarred from tendering in DDA for any breach of this condition.

Note : By the term “Near relatives” is meant wife, husband, parents and grand parents, children and grand children, brothers and sisters, uncles, aunts and cousins and their corresponding in-laws.

CLAUSE 41No Gazetted Engineer to work as Contractor within one year of retirementNo engineer of gazetted rank or other gazetted officer employed in engineering or administrative duties in an engineering department of the DDA shall work as a contractor or employee of a contractor for a period of one year after his retirement from Government service without the previous permission of DDA in writing. This contract is liable to be cancelled if either the contractor or any of his employees is found at any time to be such a person who had not obtained the permission of DDA as aforesaid, before submission of the tender or engagement in the contractor’s service, as the case may be.

CLAUSE 42Return of material & recovery for excess material issued

In case less cement is used in RMC/Machine Batched, Machine vibrated design mix concrete of specified grade other than specified in the items of work i.e. for M15-275 Kg. M20-344 Kg, M-35-422Kg and M-40 430 Kg then the recovery shall be made at the rates as per justified rates adopted at the time of justification. However, no extra payment shall be made on account of quantity of excess cement as specified in the items of work.

CLAUSE 43Compensation during warlike situationsThe work (whether fully constructed or not) and all materials, machines, tools and plants, scaffolding, temporary buildings and other things connected therewith shall be at the risk of the contractor until the work has been delivered to the Engineer-in-Charge and a certificate from him to that effect obtained. In the event of the work or any materials properly brought to the site for incorporation in the work being damaged or destroyed in consequence of hostilities or warlike operation, the contractor shall when ordered (in writing) by the Engineer-in-Charge to remove any ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

72

debris from the site, collect and properly stack or remove in store all serviceable materials salvaged from the damaged work and shall be paid at the contract rates in accordance with the provision of this agreement for the work of clearing the site of debris, stacking or removal of serviceable material and for reconstruction of all works ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge, such payments being in addition to compensation up to the value of the work originally executed before being damaged or destroyed and not paid for. In case of works damaged or destroyed but not already measured and paid for, the compensation shall be assessed by the Divisional officer up to Rs.5,000/- and by the Superintending Engineer concerned for a higher amount. The contractor shall be paid for the damages/ destruction suffered and for the restoring the material at the rate based on analysis of rates tendered for in accordance with the provision of the contract. The certificate of the Engineer-in-Charge regarding the quality and quantity of materials and the purpose for which they were collected shall be final and binding on all parties to this contract.

Provided always that no compensation shall be payable for any loss in consequence of hostilities or warlike operations (a) unless the contractor had taken all such precautions against air raid as are deemed necessary by the A.R.P. Officers or the Engineer-in-Charge (b) for any material etc. not on the site of the work or for any tools, plant, machinery, scaffolding, temporary building and other things not intended for the work.

In the event of the contractor having to carry out the reconstruction as aforesaid, he shall be allowed such extension of time for its completion as is considered reasonable by the Divisional Officer.

CLAUSE 44Apprentices Act provisions to be complied withThe contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act, 1961 and the rules and orders issued there under from time to time. If he fails to do so, his failure will be a breach of the contract and the Superintending Engineer may, in his discretion, cancel the contract. The contractor shall also be liable for any pecuniary liability arising on account of any violation by him of the provisions of the said Act.

CLAUSE 45Release of Security deposit after labour clearanceSecurity Deposit of the work shall not be refunded till the contractor produces a clearance certificate from the Labour Officer. As soon as the work is virtually complete the contractor shall apply for the clearance certificate to the Labour Officer under intimation to the Engineer-in-Charge. The Engineer-in-Charge, on receipt of the said communication, shall write to the Labour Officer to intimate if any complaint is pending against the contractor in respect of the work. If no complaint is pending, on record till after 3 months after completion of the work and/or no communication is received from the Labour Officer to this effect till six months after the date of completion, it will be deemed to have received the clearance certificate and the Security Deposit will be released if otherwise due.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

73

9. SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACTIn case of discrepancy between the nomenclature of items, specifications, and /or the drawings, the following order of precedence shall be followed. The relevant codes/specifications and other standards shall include corrections/amendments issued upto the last day of issue of tender.

9.1 Order of Precedence

1. Nomenclature of items including the scope of work as given in Schedule of Quantities

2. Particular Specifications

3. Special Conditions of Contract

4. Other provisions in the tender

5. Drawings attached with the tender

6. CPWD specifications, (the latest edition) with up to date correction slips

7. MORTH specifications for Road & Bridge works (Fourth revision), published by IRC

8. IRC codes (with all latest corrections upto the date of submission of tender)

9. All relevant BIS Codes with latest revisions

10. Manufacturer’s Specifications

11. International standards and accepted international practices as approved by Engineer-in-Charge

12. Sound Engineering Practice as per directions of the Engineer-in-Charge.

If there are varying or conflicting provisions made in any document forming part of the contract, the Engineer-in-Charge shall be the deciding authority with regard to the intention/interpretation of the tender and his decision shall be binding without any reservations.

The contractor is not to vary or deviate from the drawings, specifications, stipulation, and conditions of tender document or instructions or execute any work of any kind what so ever unless so authorised by the Engineer-in-Charge in writing. If compliance with the Engineer-in-Charge’s aforesaid order involves extra work, and/or expense beyond that involved in the execution of the contract work, then unless the same were issued in consequence of some breach of this contract on the part of the contractor(s), the latter shall be entitled to be paid the price of the said work to be valued as provided in this tender document.

9.2 Setting Out

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

74

All setting out activities concerning establishment of bench marks, total survey stations, centre line pillars for slip roads, loops main Flyover etc. including all materials, tools, plants, equipments, theodolite and all other instruments, labour etc. required for performing all the functions necessary and ancillary thereto at the commencement of the work, during the progress of the work and till the completion of the work shall be carried out by the contractor. After completion of survey work, the contractor shall submit the survey plan including details such as existing levels, existing buildings, centreline and width of all carriageways and any other details as asked for, The survey plan shall be got approved from Engineer- in -Charge before start of work

The contractor shall carry out true and proper setting out of the work under the supervision of authorised representatives of the Engineer-in-Charge and shall be responsible for the correctness of the positions, levels, dimensions and alignments of all parts of the Road. If at any time, during the progress of the work, any error appears or arises in the position, level, dimensions or alignment of any part of the work, the contractor on being asked to do so by the Engineer-in-charge, shall rectify such error to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. The supervision and/or checking by the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorised representatives shall not relieve the contractor of his responsibility for the correctness of any setting out of any line or level. The contractor shall carefully protect and preserve all benchmarks, pegs and pillars provided for the setting out of works. All materials and workmanship shall conform to the relevant specifications mentioned in the tender documents.

The contractor should study the Generalised Sub-Surface Profile attached at Annexure-Q (Vol. II) of tender documents (if required, bore log data may be seen in the Office of the Engineer-in-Charge) and satisfy himself regarding the sub soil.

The contractor shall provide & erect barricading abutting the panels with each other (without leaving any gap in between) as per drawing without hindering the traffic as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. All management (including watch and ward) of barricades shall be the full responsibility of the contractor. The barricades shall be removed only after completion of the work or part of the work as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. The temporary warning lamps shall be installed at all barricades during the hours of darkness and kept lit at all times during these hours. The barricades shall be re-painted after every three months. In case of work not completed within the stipulated period, the contractor shall have to repaint the barricading at the specified interval of 3 months. No extra payment shall be made for barricading.

The contractor or any of his Project Manager, Deputy Project Manager and Project Engineer should always be available at the site of work to take instructions from

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

75

departmental officers and ensure proper execution of work. No work should be done in the absence of such authorised representative.

The structural and other drawings for the work shall, at all times, be properly correlated before executing any work and no claim whatsoever shall be entertained in this respect.

No payment shall be made to the contractor for damage caused by rain, flood and other natural calamities whatsoever during the execution of works and any damage to the work on this account shall have to be made good by the contractor at his own cost.

It will be sole responsibility of the contractor to pay full royalty at the prevalent rates and all other incidental expenditure shall have to be paid by the contractor on all the boulders, metal, shingle, earth, sand, bajri etc. collected by him for the execution of the work direct to the concerned Revenue Authority of the State or Central Government. His rates are deemed to include all such expenditure and nothing extra shall be paid.

The several documents forming the contract are to be taken as mutually explanatory of one another, detailed drawings being followed in preference to small scale drawings and figured dimensions in preference to the measured ones. Special conditions shall be followed in preference to General Conditions/clauses of the contract. Particular specification shall be followed in preference to General specifications applicable to the contract.

The right to carry out the work either in conformity with or in a manner entirely different from the terms of this tender document that may be considered the most suitable before or subsequent to the receipt of tenders due to exigencies of work, is reserved with the Engineer-in-Charge.

The contractor shall be responsible for making a CPM / BAR CHART as per phase I to VI for all the activities related to the project and get it approved within 15days after issue of letter of acceptance and strictly adhere to the same for the timely completion of the project work.

On the basis of project scheduling (Microsoft Project Management Software/CPM), the contractor shall also indicate month- wise requirements of materials and other resources to be procured by him under the terms and conditions of the contract. The contractor shall suitably update, the above mentioned detailed programme month wise, keeping in view the actual progress of work vis-à-vis the original scheduling, if necessary. However, the total time specified is not to be exceeded. The job mix formula shall be got approved within one month from the date of start. By the agency and nothing shall be paid extra on this account.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

76

The approval of the above programme by the Engineer-in-Charge shall not absolve or relieve the contractor of any of his responsibilities to complete the whole of the works by the prescribed time or extended time, if any.

9.3 Progress of Work

Contractor shall give 4 copies of progress report of the work done during the previous month on the 7th Day of the next month. Such progress report will include:

Actual quantum of work done during the previous month with respect to the targets of the previous month.

Shortfall if any of the previous month and proposal to make up the shortfall.

Target of each item of work proposed to be executed during the month.

Important material consumed during the previous month and requirement of the next month.

Materials at site at the beginning of previous month procured and consumed during the month and balance at site at the end of the month.

Manpower and T&P deployed during the previous month requirement of the coming month

Photographs and video recording, as per clause 5.2.1 of tender documents of Vol II, of the important activities showing progress of the work in the month.

Updated Completion Programme in the form of Microsoft Project Management Software output or CPM output as decided by Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall give detailed programme for the steel structure specially including all activities from procurement to final erection of structure.

9.4 Drawings to be kept at SiteTwo complete sets of the drawings as approved by the department shall be kept by the contractor at the site and same shall at all reasonable time be available for inspection and use by the Engineer-in-Charge and the representative of the Engineer-in-Charge and any other person authorised by the Engineer-in-Charge in writing.

9.5 Night WorkFor completing the work in time, the contractor might be required to work in two or more shifts (including night work) and no claim whatsoever shall be entertained on this account, notwithstanding the fact that the contractor will have to pay to the labourers and other staff engaged directly or indirectly on the work according to the provisions of the labour regulations and the agreement entered upon and /or extra

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

77

amounts for any other reason. None of the permanent works shall be carried out during night or on authorized public holidays without the permission in writing of the Engineer-in-charge except when the work is unavoidable or require continuity of operation beyond normal working hours, in which case the contractor shall intimate the Engineer-in-charge reasonably in advance for arranging supervision. The contractor shall arrange one inspection vehicle to enable Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative(s) to attend site and inspect the execution of the work beyond normal working hours or on authorized public holidays. Nothing extra will be paid on this account.

9.6 Existing ServicesExisting drains, pipes, electricity cables, overhead wires and telephone cables, sewer lines, water lines and similar services encountered in the course of the execution of the work shall be protected/maintained against the damage by the contractor. The contractor shall not store materials or otherwise occupy any part of the site in a manner likely to hinder the operation of such services. In case temporary shifting/supporting of such services is required to facilitate the work, the contractor at no extra cost shall do the same. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge in this regard shall be final and binding.

All works pertaining to services including rerouting/diversion of services, routine testing, installation etc., completed in one or more than one process shall be subject to examination and approval to each stage thereof by the Engineer-in-charge or concerned department as would be notified by the Engineer-in-charge or his authorised representative when such stage is ready. In default of such notice the Engineer-in-Charge shall be entitled to appraise the quantity and extent thereof and the decision of Engineer-in-Charge or his authorised representative in this regard shall be final and binding.

For utilities which are required to be removed or permanently shifted to new position, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge, shall be removed/shifted by the contractor in consultation with the service provider agency. Payment for this shall be made as per terms and conditions of the contract. No claim for delay or otherwise due to above reasons shall be entertained on this account

No work shall be covered or put out of view without the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorised representative and the contractor shall afford full opportunity for examination of such services before these are permanently installed or extended thereof as per site requirement.

The detailed programme of construction shall have specific reference to the quantum of shuttering/staging etc. to be deployed by him. In furnishing such details, the tenderer shall specify the type and quantum of such items available with him and

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

78

type and quantum of such items to be purchased by him for the above mentioned work separately.

The Contractor is to submit detailed programme of work, with regard to all activities of the erection of staging, shuttering and form work, concreting (as the case may be), release of shuttering, methodology for the superstructure and sub structure of cloverleaf spill trough abutment,retaining wall or underground boxes etc., thereby to arrive at time required to complete the work in stipulated time and the total shuttering/staging to be deployed by the contractor on the job to satisfy the department of his arranging required shuttering/staging material to complete all items of the work (i.e. pile caps, piers, pier caps, superstructure, widening of roads, traffic management, utilities and services, safety kerbs, subway, cycle tracks, electrical provisions, and other such items) in a stipulated period of time.

The contractor shall make his own arrangement for the disposal of the spoils, waste of bentonite, all dismantled material, slush and foul materials, surplus earth to such place where the same shall not cause nuisance or any environmental problems anywhere and should be acceptable to the Engineer-in-Charge. No extra claim whatsoever shall be entertained due to above. The road connected to site should be kept nuisance or environmental problem free.

For execution of any items of work where any incidental work such as bailing out water, shoring, etc. are actually required but not specifically stated in the tender, it is to be understood that the rate quoted by the contractor shall cover such charges also and nothing extra on account of such incidental charges, if any, shall be paid.

The contractor shall make his own arrangement at his own cost for the provision of telephone facilities at the site of works or at any other place.

The contractor shall make his own arrangements for obtaining electric & water connection(s) if required and make necessary payment directly to department concerned. The department will however make all reasonable recommendations to the authority concerned in this regard.

The contractor shall maintain in good condition all work till the completion of entire work allotted to him. The contractor is to be held responsible for and to make good all injuries, damages and repairs, rendered necessary by fire, rain, traffic, floods or other causes. Engineer-in-Charge shall not be held responsible for any claims for injuries to persons/workmen or for structural damage to property happening from any neglect, default, want of proper care or misconduct on the part of the contractor or of any one of his authorised representatives in his employment during the execution of the work. The compensation, if any, shall be paid directly to the department/authority/persons concerned, by the contractor at his own cost.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

79

The contractor shall finalise the diversion plan of traffic for different stages of construction in consultation with the Engineer-in-Charge and submit the same to Delhi Traffic Police for approval. The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the approval from Traffic Police for diversion of traffic. Any modification as suggested by the Traffic Police shall be carried out by the contractor without any extra cost to the department. Tentative traffic diversion plan in already formulated and is available in the drawing no TD008 (Sheet 1 of 5 to Sheet 5 of 5) attached with the tender documents.

All arrangements for traffic diversion during construction including maintenance thereof shall be considered, as incidental to the work and contractor's responsibility and nothing extra shall be payable to him in this respect except for construction of diversion roads (only), as stipulated in the scope of work.

9.7 Safety, Health and Environment for contract labour and staff:Over and above the provisions made in CPWD Safety Code (part of General Conditions of contract for CPWD works 2005) the following will also be applicable:

The contractor shall have to make his own arrangement for housing facilities for staff and labour away from construction site and shall have to transport the labour to and from between construction site and labour camp at his own cost. No labour huts will be allowed to be constructed at the project site except a few temporary sheds for chowkidars and storekeeper. The decision about how many huts can be allowed for chowkidars and storekeepers at project site shall rest with the Engineer- in-Charge and the contractor shall have no claim on this account.

The contractor shall be required to comply with the provisions of Delhi Labour Welfare Fund notified by the Delhi Govt. as per which, if the contractor employs directly or through other persons, five or more than five persons on any working day during the preceding twelve months ,owes a statutory obligation to deposit:-

Fines realised from employees

Unpaid accumulation

Contribution of employees @ 75 paise per employee per six months.

Contribution of employer @ Rs.2.25 per employee per six months.

As per provision of the above said act, all employees are covered, except managerial and supervisory staff drawing, as wages, Rs.2500/- per month or more, engaged in different establishment and if any employer fails to deposit the amount payable under the provisions of the said act, penal interest would be charged @ 1% p.m. for first

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

80

three months and thereafter penal interest would be charged @ 1.5 % p.m. and the arrears are recoverable as Arrears of “Land Revenue”.

In respect of all workmen directly or indirectly employed in the work for the performance of the contractor's part of this agreement, the contractor shall at his expense arrange for the safety provisions as per Indian Standard Safety codes shown in the Annexure-B (Vol-II) below and shall at his own expense provide for all facilities in connection there with. In case the contractor fails to make arrangement and provide necessary facilities, he shall be liable to pay compensations prescribed under clause 3.61 of this tender document for each default and in addition the Engineer-in-charge shall be at liberty to make arrangement and provide facilities as aforesaid and recover the cost incurred on that behalf from the contractor, and no claims what so ever shall be entertained.

9.8 Personal Protection EquipmentDetails regarding some special provisions to be followed by contractor are as follows.

Usage of quality Personal Protection Equipments (PPEs) through approved vendors. PPEs would include amongst others the following items:

Safety Helmets.

Hearing Protection.

Respiratory Protection.

Eye Protection.

Protective Gloves.

Safety Footwear.

High Visibility Clothing (Jacket) with approved Logo

All the items should get approved before issued to the use in the work. Safety Jacket should have DDA Logo as per the size approved.

The contractor shall provide all the PPE (Personnel Protective Equipment) and safety appliances required to carry out the job to all the workmen deployed by the contractor and also ensure that his workmen use those PPE and safety appliances while on the job. The contractor shall not pay any cash amount in lieu of PPE to the workers/sub-contractors and expect them to buy and use during work. If the contractor fails to ensure provision of safety appliances and its workmen do not use the PPE and safety appliances as needed for safe working, the Engineer-in-Charge may ask the contractor to stop the work and comply with safety requirements first. The contractor shall at all time maintain a minimum of 10% spare PPEs and safety appliances and

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

81

properly record and show to the Employer during the inspections. Failing to do so shall invite appropriate compensations as per the provisions of clause 3.61.

It is always the duty of the contractor to provide required PPEs for all visitors. Towards this required quantity of PPEs shall be kept always at the security post.

9.9 Colour coding for helmets (Every Helmet should have the LOGO* affixed /painted)

Safety Helmet Color Code

Person to use

WhiteDDA staffs, All Designers, Architect, Consultants, etc.

Violet Main Contractors (Engineers / Supervisors)

BlueAll Sub-contractors (Engineers / Supervisors)

Red Electricians (Both Contractor and Sub-contractor)

GreenSafety Professionals (Both Contractor and Sub-contractor)

Orange Security Guards / Traffic marshals

Yellow All workmen

White

(with “VISITOR” sticker)Visitors

Note: LOGO*

Logo shall have its outer dimension 2”X2” and shall be conspicuous

Logo shall be either painted or affixed.

No words shall come either on Top / Bottom of Logo.

9.10 Working At HeightContractor shall ensure that work at height is properly planned for any emergencies and rescue appropriately supervised, and carried out in a manner, which is reasonably practicable safe. Contractor shall ensure that work at height is carried out only when the weather conditions do not jeopardize the health or safety of persons involved in the work. Guard-rail, Toe-board, Barrier or similar collective means of

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

82

protection shall be of sufficient dimensions, of sufficient strength and rigidity for the purposes for which they are being used, and otherwise suitable.

Working Platform shall be of sufficient dimensions to permit the safe passage of persons and the safe use of any plant or materials required to be used and to provide a safe working area having regard to the work being carried out there. Possess a suitable surface and, in particular, be so constructed that the surface of the working platform has no gap through which a person, material or object could fall and injure a person. A working platform and any supporting structure shall not be loaded so as to give rise to a risk of collapse or to any deformation, which could affect its safe use. Strength and stability calculations for scaffolding shall be carried out by the contractor. The dimensions, form and layout of scaffolding decks shall be appropriate to the nature of the work to be performed and suitable for the loads to be carried and permit work and passage in safety.

A personal fall protection system designed for use with an anchor shall be securely attached to at least one anchor, and each anchor and the means of attachment thereto shall be suitable and of sufficient strength and stability for the purpose of supporting any foreseeable loading. Suitable and sufficient steps shall be taken to prevent any person falling or slipping from a personal fall protection system. Any other steps in the opinion of engineer-in-charge suggested would also be taken in Protection system.

Only metal ladders shall be allowed. Any surface upon which a ladder rests shall be stable, firm, of sufficient strength and of suitable composition safely to support the ladder so that its rungs or steps remain horizontal, and any loading intended to be placed on it. A ladder shall be so positioned as to ensure its stability during use. A suspended ladder shall be attached in a secure manner and so that, with the exception of a flexible ladder, it cannot be displaced and swinging is prevented. No interlocking or extension ladder shall be used unless its sections are prevented from moving relative to each other while in use.

9.11 Lifting appliances and gearsThe contractor shall maintain a register for record of examinations and test details of all lifting appliances. This register should also contain a system of identification of all tools and tackles, its date of purchase, safe working load etc. Contractors can utilise the services of any competent person as defined in Factories Act, 1948 and approved by Chief Inspector of Factories with the permission of the Employer.

9.12 Automatic safe load indicatorsEvery lifting appliances and gears like cranes, hydras etc, if so constructed that the safe working load may be varied by raising or lowering of the jib or otherwise shall be attached with an automatic indicator of safe working loads approved by Bureau of

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

83

Indian standards/ International certifying bodies which gives a warning to the operator and arrests further movements of the lifting parts.

9.13 Qualification of operator of lifting appliances and of signaller etcThe contractor shall not employ any person to drive or operate a lifting machine like crane, hydra etc whether driven by mechanical power or otherwise or to give signals to work as a operator of a rigger or derricks unless he is above twenty-one years of age and possesses a valid heavy transport vehicle driving licence as per Motor Vehicle Act and Rules are absolutely competent and reliable, possesses the knowledge of the inherent risks involved in the operation of lifting appliances by undergoing a formal training at any institution of national importance, is medically examined periodically.

9.14 Site Electrics9.14.1 Electrician / Other Electrical PersonnelThe contractor shall engage qualified and competent electricians and other electrical personnel while working on electrical lines (which may be High Tension, Medium Tension and Low-Tension electrical lines) for safe execution of contract. The electricians and other electrical personnel must possess requisite certificate issued from competent authority. Using exposed naked loose joints, inserting of bare wire into socket, improper grounding for appliances, exposed circuits on work place etc. shall not be permitted.

Rating of fuses and circuit breakers used for the protection of circuits should be co-ordinated. Flexible cords with a conductor cross sectional area smaller than 1.5 mm2 should not be used. Socket outlets, Plugs and Cable coupler should be of the water splash proof type, so minimum IP 44 panel boards are required in construction sites. Overhead cabling should provide for a minimum ground clearance of at least 5.2 meters. The contractor shall employ qualified, full-time Electricians / Electrical Supervisors to maintain his temporary electrical installation. Use approved perimeter markings to isolate restricted areas from designated work areas and entryways. Erect them before work begins and maintain them for the duration of work. Approved perimeter marking must be Install red barrier tape printed with the words "DANGER—HIGH VOLTAGE" approximately 1 to 1.5 meter above the floor or work surface or Install a barrier of yellow or orange synthetic rope 1 to 1.5 meter from the floor with standard danger signs. Any steps suggested by Engineer-in-charge should be complied with by the contractor.

9.15 Welding and CuttingGas cylinders in use should be kept upright on a custom-built stand or trolley fitted with a bracket to accommodate the hoses and equipment or otherwise secured. The metal cap should be kept in place to protect the valve when the cylinder is not connected for use. Non-return valve and Flashback arrester shall be fixed at both ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

84

end of cylinder and torch. Domestic LPG cylinders shall not be used for Gas welding and Cutting purpose. DCP or CO2 type Fire Extinguisher not less than 5 kg shall be fixed at or near to welding process zone in an easily accessible location. Fire Extinguisher should confirm to IS 2190: 1992. Welding grounds and returns should be securely attached to the work by cable lugs, by clamps in the case of stranded conductors, or by bolts for strip conductors. The ground cable will not be attached to equipment or existing installations or apparatus.

9.16 Fire prevention, protection and fighting systemThe contractor shall provide, maintain and arrange for periodical checking of adequate numbers of fire extinguishers of appropriate type and other facilities (e.g. sand buckets, asbestos covering etc.) in fire prone areas. The contractor shall ensure at a construction site is provided with fire extinguishing equipment sufficient to extinguish any probable fire at construction site. An adequate water supply is provided at ample pressure as per national standard. All fire fighting equipment is properly maintained and inspected at regular intervals of not less than once in a year by a competent person and record of such inspection and testing is maintained. Fire Extinguisher should confirm to IS 2190: 1992.

9.17 ExcavationTaking into consideration the large depth and width of excavation soldier piles with lagging is proposed for temporarily supporting the sides. Design of this shall be got approved by the contractor before starting the excavation.The contractor shall take all necessary measures during excavation to prevent the hazards of falling or sliding material or article from any bank or side of such excavation which is more than one and a half meter above his footing by providing adequate piling, shoring, bracing etc. against such bank or sides. An excavation reaching a depth of 1.2 meters (4 feet) or soil banks are greater than 1.5 meters (5 feet), suitable shoring shall be installed or the sides sloped back to a safe angle of repose. Adequate and suitable warning signs shall be put up at conspicuous places at the excavation work to prevent any persons or vehicles falling into the excavation trench. No worker should be allowed to work where he may be stuck or endangered by excavation machinery or collapse of excavations or trenches.9.17.1 Traffic ManagementThe basic objective is to lay down procedures to be adopted by contractor to ensure the safe and efficient movement of traffic and also to ensure the safety of workmen at construction sites. All construction workers should be provided with high visibility jackets with reflective tapes. The guiding principles for safety in road construction zone are to

Warn the road user clearly and sufficiently in advance.

Provide safe and clearly marked lanes for guiding road users.

Provide safe and clearly marked buffer and work zones

Provide adequate measures that control driver behavior through construction zones.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

85

The channelising devices such as cones, traffic cylinders, yaps, drums are placed in or adjacent to the roadway to control the flow of traffic. All barricades should be erected as per the requirements of the employer, numbered, painted and maintained in good condition and also Barricade in-charge maintains a barricade register in site. Minimum one red light or red light blinker should be placed at the top of each barricade. The contractor shall ensure that all his construction vehicles plying on public roads (like dump trucks, trailers, etc.) have proper license to ply on public roads from the State Transport Authority. Drivers holding proper valid license as per the requirements of Motor Vehicles Act shall drive these vehicles. The contractor shall not undertake loading and unloading at carriageways obstructing the free flow of vehicular traffic and encroachment of existing roads by the contractor applying the excuse of work execution, shall also not be permitted.

9.17.2 WasteThe contractor is required to develop Waste Management Programme (WMP) during the construction of the project for his works, which may include Identification of disposal sites Identification of quantities to be excavated and disposed off, Identification of split between waste and inert material, Identification of amounts intended to be stored temporarily on site location of such storage, Identification of intended transport means and route, Obtaining permission, where required, for disposal.

Such a mechanism is intended to ensure that the designation of areas for the segregation and temporary storage of reusable and recyclable materials is incorporate into the WMP. The WMP should be prepared and submitted to the Engineer for approval.

The Contractor shall remove waste in a timely manner and disposed off at landfill sites after obtaining approval of Conservancy and Sanitation Engineering Department of Municipal Corporation of Delhi for its disposal. Burning of wastes is prohibited. The Contractor shall not burn debris or vegetation or construction waste on the site. The Contractor shall make arrangement to dispose of metal scrap and other saleable waste to authorized dealer and make available to the Employer on request, records of such sales.

9.18 Housekeeping Contractor shall ensure that a high degree of house keeping is maintained and shall ensure the following;

All surplus earth and debris are removed/disposed off from the working areas to identified locations(s). Unused/surplus cables, steel items and steel scrap lying scattered at different places within the working areas are removed to identify locations. All wooden scrap, empty wooden cable drums and other combustible packing materials, shall be removed from work place to identified location. Roads ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

86

shall be kept clear and materials like pipes, steel, sand boulders, concrete, chips and brick etc. shall not be allowed on the roads to obstruct free movement of men & machinery’s.

Fabricated steel structural, pipes & piping materials shall be stacked properly for erection. Water logging on roads and construction site shall not be allowed. No parking of trucks/trolleys, cranes and trailers etc. shall be allowed on roads, which may obstruct the traffic movement. Utmost care shall be taken to ensure over all cleanliness and proper upkeep of the working areas. General House keeping shall be carried out by the contractor and ensured at all times at Work Site, Construction Depot, Batching Plant, Labour Camp, Stores and Offices. The contractor shall ensure a clean, hygienic and safe work place at all times by requiring workers to clean their work place after completion of their job.

Proper and safe stacking of material is of paramount importance at yards, stores and such locations where material would be unloaded for future use. The storage area shall be well laid out with easy access and material stored / stacked in an orderly and safe manner. Full height fence, barriers, barricades etc. shall be erected around the site in order to prevent the surrounding area from excavated soil, rubbish etc, which may cause inconvenience to and endanger the public.

The barricades, especially those exposed to public shall be aesthetically maintained by regular cleaning and painting as directed by the Employer. These shall be maintained in one line and level. The Contractor shall ensure that all his sub-contractors maintain the site reasonably clean through provisions related to house keeping. The Contractor shall make available toilet facilities for male and female workers if any, at site, so that the site surroundings are not sullied. The contractor shall hygienically maintain such facilities at all times. In case of non-compliance of any of above, the Employer shall get it removed all unwanted materials at the risk and cost of the contractor.

Engineer-in-Charge shall have full powers to send workmen and employee on the premises to execute fittings and other work not included in the contract. For whole operations the contractor is to afford every reasonable facility during ordinary working hours provided that such operations shall be carried on in such a manner as not to impede the progress of work included in this contract.

The contractor shall conduct his work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress or completion of the work being performed by other contractors, piece workers or by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall as far as possible arrange his work and shall place and dispose the operations of the other contractor's, piece workers, or of the Engineer-in-Charge. Contractor shall arrange his work with that of the others in an acceptable manner and shall perform it in proper sequence to the complete satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge.ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

87

The contractor shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise in connection with his contract and shall protect his work and save Engineer-in-charge from any damages and claims that may arise till certified completion of work.

9.19 Compliance of LawsThe contractor shall keep himself fully informed of all acts and laws of the Central and state Government (i.e. National Capital Territory of Delhi) all local bye laws, ordinances, rules and regulations and all orders and decree of bodies or, tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the work or which in any way affect the conduct of the works. Contractor shall at all times, observe and comply with all such laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders and decrees, and shall give all notices and pay out of his own money any fees or charges to which he may be liable. He shall protect and indemnify the Deptt. and its officers and employees against any claim or liability arising out of violations of any such law, ordinances, legislations, order or decree, whether by himself or by his employees & authorised representatives

9.20 Prevention of Nuisance and PollutionThe contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent any nuisance or inconvenience to the owners, tenants or occupiers of adjacent properties and to the public in general and to prevent any damage to such properties, roads and any pollution of streams, environment and waterways. He shall make good at his own cost and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge, any damage to roads, paths, drainage works or public or private property whatsoever caused by the execution of the work or by traffic brought thereon by the contractor. All waste or superfluous materials shall be cleaned away by the contractor without any reservations entirely to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge at no extra cost.

9.21 No Waiving of Legal Rights and PowersThe Engineer-in-Charge shall not be precluded or stopped from taking any measurements, and framing of estimates or detaining any certificates made either before or after the completion and acceptance of the work and payment, from showing the true amount and character of the works performed and materials furnished by the contractor and from showing that any such measurements, estimates or certificates untrue or incorrectly made and that Engineer-in-charge shall not be precluded or stopped from recovering from the contractor such damages as it may be sustained by reasons of his failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the contract.

Neither the acceptance by the Engineer-in-Charge nor any payment for acceptance of the whole or any part of the work nor any extension of time nor any possession taken by the Engineer-in-Charge shall operate as a waiver of any portion of the contract or any power here in reserved or of any risk to damage. A waiver of any

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

88

breach of the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

The contractor shall provide and bear all expense and charges for special or temporary service roads required by him in connections with access to the site (except for the purposes of diversion of traffic as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge), at no extra charges and his percentage rate or tendered cost shall deem to include the same. He shall alter, adopt or maintain the same as required from time to time or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The Department (DDA) shall have right of way to this at all times and will not entitle the contractor to claim extra on this account.

In case of Plant & Equipments the advance mentioned as per format at Annexure-E (Vol-II) may be granted to the contractor on production of non refundable bank guarantee in the standard form along with prescribed affidavit form.

Any of the items mentioned in SOQ may or may not be operated. The engineer-in-Charge has the option to with draw the item if not needed.

The contractor shall take into account the element of wastage/wastages those are likely to be there in all elements of the work and quote his price, taking that into account. The contractor shall study the drawings enclosed with the tender documents, from the point of view of wastage/wastages, which are likely to take place. It is hereby clarified that minimum number of laps in reinforcement bars, duly staggered, shall be provided and no claim for any wastage shall be entertained.

The contractor shall be responsible for submission of 10 sets of completion plans/drawings (all drawings), incorporating, and all changes/modifications that might have taken place during the execution.

The contractor shall maintain temporary/permanent benchmarks at the site of work after carrying out the initial lay out. The Engineer-in-Charge or his authorised representative shall be checked these benchmarks. The work at different stages shall be checked with reference to permanent benchmarks maintained for said purpose. Nothing extra shall be paid for the above and cost of lay out at all stages including construction/ maintenance of said bench marks shall be deemed to be included in quoted rates.

The contractor shall ensure all safety/protection measures required for deep excavation in accordance with standards approved by Engineer-in-Charge to protect the adjacent buildings and to keep the high intensity road traffic in operation on all the roads in accordance with the requirements of traffic police and any other authority which has jurisdiction over the area. The contractor shall protect the mock-ups erected during construction. The mock-ups will become part of landscaping works. In

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

89

the case of any loss/damage of any kind, responsibilities of such loss/damage shall be that of the contractor.

The drawings listed in the tender documents and placed in volume III of the tender documents are indicative. The execution drawings may undergo changes. The drawings enclosed with the tender documents explain the concept and the complexity involved in the project. It is made clear that changes made in the execution drawings due to technical reasons in the opinion of Engineer-in-Charge shall be incorporated in the work within the quoted rate and nothing extra shall be payable for such changes.

9.22 Plant and EquipmentThe contractor shall have to make his own arrangements for all required Tools and Plants. All constructional tools, plant and machinery’s provided by the contractor shall, when brought on to the site, be deemed to be exclusively intended for the construction and completion of the works and the contractor shall not remove the same or any part thereof (save for the purpose of moving it from one part of the site to another), without the consent in writing of the Engineer-in-Charge which shall not be unreasonably withheld. In case any T & P becomes out of order, contractor will arrange its restoration, replacement or any other arrangement so that the progress of work is not affected. Contractor should also make provisions for standby T & P for all-important activities during execution.

9.23 Quality System for the ProjectFor the purpose of quality assurance, this project is to be treated as 'Extra High Assurance level/class', i.e. class Q4 as per IRC:47. The tenderer whose tender is considered for award will submit a brief Quality Assurance Plan including typical method statements and formats of documents to clearly indicate the methodology he proposes to follow for achieving this level of extra high quality assurance level. The Contractor shall be required to establish a full-fledged site laboratory in good working condition and housing at least the equipment indicated in Annexure - D within 40 days from the date of start. The testing shall be done as per Annexure-C.

Immediately after the award of the work (within 45 days), the successful tenderer shall submit his detailed quality assurance plan/quality assurance manual with detailed method statements/detailed proforma commensurate with the specifications of the work and get it approved by the department. The quoted rate of the tenderer should include all these aspects of extra high-level quality assurance system.

9.24 Third Party Quality ControlIn order to achieve a high standard of quality, it shall be required to go for Third Party Quality Control. For this purpose, a separate agency shall be appointed by the owner who will carry out independent testing of materials and checking and ensuring over

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

90

all quality procedures. The contractor shall be required to fully cooperate with agency and facilitate them in taking samples, transportation and examination of various activities including documentation at no extra time and cost to the owner. In case of any adverse findings by the agency, the contractor shall do the needful rectification at no extra time and cost to the owner. The Engineer-in-charge shall be at liberty for getting quality assurance work done through agencies like CRRI, IIT Roorkee, Delhi College of Engg and IIT, Delhi (any one agency as approved by project manager)at the cost of contractor. The successful tenderer shall include the provisions mentioned below while framing the proposed methodology for tests.

At least 75% testing of materials as mentioned in Annexure-C shall be got done by DDA from external approved laboratories as mentioned in Annexure-D. However, for the tests to be carried out by the external laboratories, the contractor shall supply free of charge all the materials required for testing, including transportation. The testing charges shall be borne by the Contractor/Department in the manner described below:

By the Contractor, if the test results show that the material does not conform to the relevant codes/specifications mentioned elsewhere in the tender document.

By the Department, if the test results show that the material conforms to the relevant codes/specifications mentioned elsewhere in the tender document.

The representatives of DDA Lab shall be at liberty to inspect the testing facilities at site and conduct testing at random in consultation with Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall provide all necessary facilities for the purpose. Preferably 25% testing of materials as mentioned in Annexure-C may be conducted through DDA Lab, situated at Games Village Complex, New Delhi. No extra claims whatsoever on this account shall be admissible.

The contractor shall issue identity cards to its labourers and supply the list of names of all labourers engaged at the site along with their home addresses to the local police station. Failure to do so may result in suspension of work by the authority.

9.25 Condition regarding change in grade of concrete mixIn case the Engineer-in-Charge decides (in writing) to change the grade of concrete mix in any of the items of schedule of quantity, then the rate of such quantity of that item as is executed with the changed grade of concrete mix, shall be determined as under:

The design mix for the changed grade of concrete mix shall be worked out keeping the other parameters unchanged, the difference of quantum of cement as required for the change

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

91

would be evaluated at the prevailing market rate for which the contractor will produce the paid vouchers & the cost so worked out would be paid without any overheads.

The tendered rates for all items of work, unless specified otherwise, shall include the cost of all operations, labour, materials, de-watering and other inputs involved in the execution of the items.

Unless otherwise specified in the Schedule of Quantities, the rates for all items of work shall be considered as inclusive of working in or under water and/or liquid mud and/or foul conditions including pumping or bailing out liquid mud or water accumulated in excavations during the progress of the work from springs, tidal or river seepage, rain, broken water mains or drains and seepage from subsoil aquifer. The rates tendered by the contractor shall be all inclusive and shall apply to all heights, depths, leads and lifts

All work and materials brought and left upon the ground by the contractor or by his orders for the purpose of forming part of the works, are to be considered to be the property of President of India and same are not to be removed or taken away by the contractor or any other person without the special license and consent in writing of the Engineer-in-Charge, but the President of India is not to be, in any way, responsible for any loss or damage which may happen to or in respect of any such work or materials either by the same being lost or damaged by weather or otherwise.

No claim for idle establishment & labour, machinery & equipments tools & plants and the like, for any reason whatsoever, shall be admissible during the execution of work as well as after its completion.

Stacking of materials and excavated earth including its disposal shall be done as per the directions of the Engineer-in-Charge. Double handling of materials or excavated earth, if required, shall have to be done by the contractor at his own cost.

Other agencies working at site may also simultaneously execute the works entrusted to them and to facilitate their working, the contractor shall make necessary provisions e.g. holes, openings, etc. for laying/burying pipes, cables, conduits, clamps, hooks etc. as may be required from time to time.

The work shall be carried out in such a manner so as not to interfere and disturb other works being executed by other agencies, if any.

Any damage done by the contractor to any existing work or work being executed by other agencies shall be made good by him at his own cost

The work shall be carried out in the manner complying, in all respects with the requirement of relevant rules and regulations of the local bodies under the jurisdiction of which the work is to be executed and nothing extra shall be paid on this account.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

92

On account of security consideration, there could be some restrictions on the working hours, movement of vehicles for transportation of materials and location of labour camp. The contractor shall be bound to follow all such restrictions and adjust the programme for execution of work accordingly.

The contractor shall have to mention the details of Hot Mix Plant from where he intends to bring the bituminous mix. The plant including all material to be used in the bituminous mix shall be open to inspection by Engineer-in-Charge or his authorised representative, whenever required.

Nothing extra shall be paid for cartage of any material to the site of work.

The contractor must take adequate precaution to ensure that no spillage of construction material takes place on to the carriageway. Failure to observe this will make the contractor liable to pay compensation as per clause 3.61. The decision of Engineer-in-Charge in this regard shall be final and binding on the contractor.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

93

10. SCHEDULES (A to F)10.1 SCHEDULE ‘A’Schedule of Quantities from Page xx to xxx of Volume I (Part A : Civil Work) of tender document

10.2 SCHEDULE ‘B’Schedule of materials to be issued to the contractor.

Sl. No. Description of Item

Quantity Rates in figures & words at which the material will be charged to the contractor

Place of Issue

1 2 3 4 5

Nil

10.3 SCHEDULE ‘C’Tools and Plants to be hired to the contractor

Sl.No. Description Hire charges per day Place of Issue

1 2 3 4

Nil

10.4 SCHEDULE ‘D’Extra schedule for specific Requirements/documents for the work if any : NA/

10.5 SCHEDULE ‘E’Schedule of component of Cement, Steel, other Materials, Labour POL etc. for price escalation.

CLAUSE 10 CCA (Price variation clause): Not Applicable10.6 SCHEDULE ‘F’10.6.1 Reference to General conditions of contract General condition of contract for Central PWD works-2005 read with amendments attached at page xx to xx of this volume and correction slips issued upto the last date of issue of tender.

Name of work: Construction of 3 additional clover leaves at Sarita Vihar Flyover including Slip road/ approach road,bridge, footpath, cycle track and underpass (RUB) to connect road No. 13-A to Road No. 13

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

94

SH.:- Balance work of c/o 03 nos. additional clover leaves at Sarita Vihar flyover i/c slip road/ approach roads, bridge, footpath, cycle track & underpass (rub) to connect road no.13-A to road no. 13 (on risk & cost of M/s Valecha Engineering Ltd).

Estimated cost of Work : Rs. 6,06,88,235/- (Civil works)

Earnest Money : `.12,13,765/-

Security Deposit : 5% of tendered value of the work

Performance Guarantee : 5% of tendered value of the work

General Rules & Directions

Officer Inviting Tender : Executive Engineer (FOD-4 )/DDA, Sarita Vihar, New Delhi – 110 076

Maximum percentage for quantity of items of works to be executed beyond which rates are to be determined in accordance with Clause 12.2 & 12.3.

: See below

Definitions 2 (v) Engineer-in-Charge

CIVIL Executive Engineer, Delhi Development Authority, Or Equivalent Officer-in-charge of the work

2 (viii) Accepting Authority Chief Engineer (Projects),Delhi Development Authority

2 (x) Percentage on cost of materials and 15%

Labour to cover all overheads and

Profits

2 (xi) Standard Schedule of Rates

CIVIL WORK – (CPWD DSR-2007),

Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MORT&H)

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

95

Standard Data Book for Analysis of Rates with correction slips issued upto the last date of issue of tender and market rates.

2(xii) Department DDA

2(xiii) Standard CPWD Contract Form CPWD Form8: 2005

As modified and corrected upto the last date of issue of tender

Clause 1

Time allowed for submission of Performance Guarantee from the date of issue of letter of acceptance, in days

: 7 Days

Maximum allowable extension beyond the period provided in above, in days

: 3 days

Clause 2

Authority for fixing compensation under clause 2 .

: Project Manager (Flyover), Delhi Development Authority, Vikas Minar, New Delhi.

Or Equivalent Officer-in-charge of the work

Clause 2A

Whether Clause 2A shall be applicable

: Yes

Clause 5

Number of days from the date of issue of letter of acceptance for reckoning date of start

: 7 days

Table of Mile Stone(s) : As per table given below

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

96

Table 0-1 Table of milestone(s)S.No. Financial Progress Time allowed (from

date of start)Amount to be with-held in case of non achievement of Milestone

1. 1/8TH (of whole work) 1/4TH (of whole work) In the event of not achieving the necessary progress as assessed from the running payments, 1% of the tendered value of work will be withheld for failure of each mile stone.

2. 3/8TH (of whole work) 1/2 (of whole work)

3. 3/4TH (of whole work) 3/4TH (of whole work)

4. Full Full

Time allowed for execution of work

: Sixty days

Authority to give fair and reasonable extension of time for completion or work.

: Project Manager (Flyover), Delhi Development Authority, Vikas Minar, New Delhi.

Clause 7

Gross work to be done together with net payment/ adjustment of advances for material collected, if any since the last such payment for being eligible to interim payment

: Rs. 10 Lakh only

Clause 10 B (ii)

Whether clause 10 B (ii) shall be applicable

: Yes

Clause 10 CCA

Clause 10CCA to be applicable in contracts with stipulated period of

: Not applicable

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

97

completion exceeding the periiod shown in the next column

Clause 11:

Specifications to be followed for Execution of work :

The following specifications with correction slips/ amendments issued upto the last date of issue of tender.

: Civil

MORTH specifications for Roads and Bridge work (Fourth Revision) 2001.

CPWD Specifications 1996 Vol. I to VI

Revised CPWD Specifications 2002 for Cement, Mortar, CC and RCC works with correction slips issued upto 05.09.2008.

Clause 12

12.2/12.3

Deviation limit beyond which clause 12.2 & 12.3 apply

: 20% for all items except foundation items.

12.5 Deviation limit beyond which clause 12.2 and 12.3 shall apply for foundation work

: 100%

Clause 16

Competent Authority for deciding reduced rates

: Civil Project Manager (Flyover), Delhi Development Authority, Vikas Minar, New Delhi.

Clause 36 (i)

Requirement of Technical Representative (s) and Recovery Rates:

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

98

Sl. No.

Designation (Principal Technical/ Technical Representative)

Minimum Qualification of Technical Representative

Dis

cipl

ine

Minimum Experience

In years

Num

ber

Rate at which recovery shall be made from the contractor in the event of not fulfilling provision of clause 36(i)

1 Principal Techn1cal Representative

Graduate Engineer

Civ

il

5 1 Rs.25000 /-* per month

2 Project/Site Engineer and Engineer

Or

Diploma Holder

Graduate Engineer

Civ

il2

5

2

2

Rs.___15000_____/-* per

Month per person

Rs.__15000______/-* per month per person

Note: The recovery shall be applied on pro-rata basis.

Clause 42

Schedule / statement for determining theoretical quantity of cement & bitumen.

: DSR 2007 with amendments thereto issued upto the last date of issue of tenders , as per Nomenclature of Item and Job

Variations permissible on theoretical quantities

a) Steel reinforcement and structural steel sections for each diameter, section and category.

: 2% (Two percent) Plus / Minus

b) Cement : 2% (Two percent) Plus / Minus

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

99

c) Bitumen for :

(i) Tack coat : 2.5% plus only and NIL on minus side.

(ii) DBM& DBC : As per MORTH Specifications (4th Revision) 2001 and as per condition No. 7.2.8.2(c) for sampling and testing of bitumen in materials chapter

d) All other material : NIL

RECOVERY RATES FOR QUANTITIES BEYOND PERMISSIBLE VARIATION

Sl.No. Description of Item Rates in figures and words at which recovery shall be made from contractor

Excess use beyond permissible variation

Less use upto the permissible variation

1. Emulsified Bitumen Nil Rs.________/-* per M.T.

2. Bitumen of grade 60/70

Nil Rs.________/-* per M.T.

3 Cement (OPC) Nil Rs.________/-* per M.T.

4. Cold Twisted Bars Nil Rs.________/-* per M.T.

5. Cement (PSC) Nil Rs.________/-* per M.T.

6. Steel reinforcement (TMT Bars)

Nil Rs.________/-* per M.T.

7. Modified Bitumen (PMB-40)

Nil Rs.________/-* M.T.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

100

8. High Tensile Steel Nil DDA store rate during tender award

Recovery will be made by EE/FOD4 at the justified rates at the time of tendering

Executive Engineer

FOD4/DDA

Sarita Vihar,

New Delhi – 110 076.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

101

11. SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES

N.O.W: C/o 03 NOS. ADDITIONAL CLOVER LEAVES AT SARITA VIHAR FLYOVER I/C SLIP ROAD/ APPROACH ROADS, BRIDGE, FOOTPATH, CYCLE TRACK & UNDERPASS (RUB) TO CONNECT ROAD NO. 13-A TO ROAD NO. 13.

S.H.:- BALANCE WORK OF C/o 03 NOS. ADDITIONAL CLOVER LEAVES AT SARITA VIHAR FLYOVER I/C SLIP ROAD/ APPROACH ROADS, BRIDGE, FOOTPATH, CYCLE TRACK & UNDERPASS (RUB) TO CONNECT ROAD NO.13-A TO ROAD NO. 13 (ON RISK & COST OF M/S VALECHA ENGGINEERING LTD).

NOTE: The estimated cost is based on the tentative quantities and may vary on the lower side. However, the tender will be evaluated as per actual quantities at the time of evaluation

S.N Description of item Qty Unit Rate Amount

Sub-Head : Excavation and disposal

1. Excavation of earth by appropriate means using the appropriate machinery for underpass construction in all kinds of soil including cutting roads, soldier/H piles (wherever required) excavation for surface drains, rolling etc. in all conditions & disposal of excavated material for all lifts and leads complete as per the directions of the engineer-in-charge.

428 cum

A. The scope of work in the item includes:

1. The excavation will include the cost of necessary dewatering.

2. The excavation would include breaking bituminous/concrete road, soling, PCC/RCC drain manholes, redundant services of existing

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

102

services becomes redundant or similar structures as may be encountered.

3. The scope of work includes use of any type of machinery for excavation, loading, carting, transporting, as may be appropriate to the site conditions.

4. The rate of this item includes loading, unloading and transporting the excavated earth for use in filling at required places or disposal at locations directed by the Engineer-in-charge and shall be disposed off as per the direction of the Engineer-in-charge.

5. The rate includes excavation and disposal of excavated spoils obtained from dismantling of road pavement, footpath, drains or any other structure etc from site to authorized dumping ground for all leads and lifts.

6. The scope of work also includes bailing out/pumping out of collected water/rain water/ground water using approved dewatering and level measurement techniques and nothing extra will be paid for the same.

7. The excavation up to 1.5 m depth below ground surface is required to be carried carefully to locate utilities without damage to them.

8. The item includes all other incidental expenditure for completing the JOS as directed by

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

103

Engineer-in-charge

9. The item includes cost of Rolling etc, wherever required.

10. The item excludes the cost of soldier/H-Piles wherever required.

Mode of Measurement :

Measurements for payment shall be made on volume bases in cubic meter Volume being calculated by simple geometrical concepts and formulae of the volume of earth before excavation.

Sub-Head: Waterproofing

2. Providing and laying APP (Atatic Polypropelene Polymer) modified prefabricated five layers 3 mm thick water proofing membrane, black finished reinforced with non-woven polyester matt consisting of a coat of bitumen primer for bitumen membrane @ 0.40 ltr/sqm by the same membrane manufacture of density at 25C, 0.87-0.89 kg/litre and viscosity 70-160 cps. Over the primer coat the layer of membrane shall be laid using Butane torch and sealing all joints etc., and preparing the surface complete. The vital physical and chemical parameters of the membrane shall be as under :-

Joint strength in longitudinal and transverse direction at 23C, as 650/450N/5cm. Tear strength in longitudinal and transverse direction as 300/250 N. Softening

11692 sqm

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

104

point of membrane not less than 150C. Cold flexibility shall be up to -2C when tested in accordance with ASTM, D-5147. The laying of membrane shall be got done through the authorized applicator of the manufacture of membrane.

The scope of work in the item includes:

1. The work shall be carried out as per the manufacturers specification and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge

2. Cleaning PCC/PSC/RCC surface, rendering smooth with cement sand mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) and laying APP 3 mm thick water proofing membrane over bituminous primer.

3. The item includes the cost of providing a 20mm thick protective layer of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) over bituminous water proofing membrane.

4. The item includes covering top of membrane with Geo-textile, 120 gsm (minimum) non woven 100% polyester of thickness 1 to 1.25 mm bonded to the membrane with intermittent touch by heating the membrane by Butane torch as per manufacturer’s recommendations.

5. The scope of work includes the cost of providing all the materials and machinery including specialized and other labour for the execution of work complete as per direction of

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

105

Engineer-in-charge.

6. The scope of work includes the execution of the work under the supervision of the specialized agency for all the water proofing works.

7. The scope of work also provides for 10 years warranty in the approved format for the proper functioning of the purpose for which it is intended.

8. The item includes the cost of testing all the materials involved in the execution of the item as per quality Assurance plan prepared by the contractor and duly approved by the Engineer-in-charge

9. The item includes all other incidental expenditure for completing the JOB as directed by Engineer-in-charge

Mode of Measurements:-

Measurements for payment shall be made on area basis in sqm and the area shall be calculated by simple geometrical concepts and formulae of the surface area of the structural member on which the water proofing treatment is applied.

Sub-Head: Concrete Work

3. Providing & laying in position RMC/machine batched and machine vibrated design mix concrete of M-40 grade using 43/53 grade portland Slag cement for roof slab of box section of the twin cell underpass including the cost of centering and shuttering wherever

210 cum

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

106

required and removal thereof before subsequent excavation as per the drawing complete but excluding the cost of reinforcement which shall be paid for separately.

The scope of work in the item includes:

1. Providing and placing of steel shuttering in position and its removal including cleaning, oiling and maintenance during pendency of work. The item also includes profile/ shape of the form work including grooves in the ceiling in pattern as per architectural drawing of roof slab/ approved construction drawing.

2. The item includes cost of providing and laying Concrete from the approved RMC plant including the cost of transportation by transit mixers of suitable capacity, placement by suitable means, compaction, finishing and curing of concrete.

3. The item includes the cost of all the ingredients to concrete including plasticizers in suitable doses for proper workability and also other additives for obtaining the design mix of concrete within the limited cement content.

4. The item includes the cost of testing all the materials involved in the execution of the item as per Quality Assurance Plan .

5. The item includes all other incidental expenditures for

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

107

completing the job as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

6. Fixing/embedding all necessary electrical or other fixures (the cost of fixture shall be paid separately).

Mode of Measurement :

Measurements for payment shall be made for the finished volume of concrete actually in position or as per approved structural drawing whichever is less in cubic meters and the volume shall be calculated by simple geometrical concepts . However, the volume of concrete occupied by the sheathings shall not be deducted for measurement and payment purpose.

4. Providing and laying in position RMC/machine batched and machine vibrated design mix concrete of M40 grade using 43/53 grade portland slag cement for reinforced cement concrete in BASE SALB of the underpass along with levelling course of 100 mm thick PCC M-15 to be laid below the base slab & including the cost of providing steel formwork wherever required but excluding the cost of reinforcement which shall be paid for separately.

360 cum

5. Providing and laying in position RMC/machine batched and machine vibrated design mix concrete of M35 grade using 43/53 grade portland slag cement for reinforced cement concrete in various elements such as sumps, top slab of sumps, side walls of box

485 Cum

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

108

section, retaining wall, stair case etc. as per the detail approved drawing provided by the Engineer-in -charge for underpass including the cost of providing steel formwork wherever required and removal thereof before subsequent excavation but excluding the cost of reinforcement which shall be paid for separately

6. Providing and laying in position RMC/machine batched and machine vibrated design mix concrete of M35 grade using 43/53 grade portland slag cement for reinforced cement concrete in BASE SLAB of the underpass along with leveling course of 150 mm thick PCC M-15 to be laid below the base slab & including the cost of providing steel formwork wherever required but excluding the cost of reinforcement which shall be paid for separately.

275 cum

Sub-Head: Steel Reinforcement

7. Providing and placing in position at all depths and heights Grade Fe500, Thermo Mechanically Treated (TMT) reinforcement bars including cutting, straightening, bending, binding with G.I. binding wire of 18 SWG, testing of materials complete as per detailed drawing and specifications. Item to include all incidental work to execute the job. The cost of all laps & splices, testing, welding, stiffeners, chairs and spacer bars, mechanical couplers for splicing 25mm and above dia bars shall be included in

200 MT

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

109

the quoted rates as per specifications.

The scope of work in the item includes:

1. The item includes the cost of all the operations involved from procurement of the steel in the stacking yard up to the placement including cutting and bending as per the Bar Bending schedules (BBS to be prepared by the contractor and approved by the Engineer-in-charge) including the cost of stacking.

2. The item includes the cost of applying of one coat of cement wash slurry (1kg cement and 600cc inhibitor solution - Patent no.:109784/67 or equivalent) by dipping or brushing and drying for at least 24 hrs on the steel immediately after procurement at stacking yard for its protection from corrosion.

3. The item includes the cost of binding the steel with GI binding wire of suitable gauge or by welding by electric arc process at two of the four points at each crossing of reinforcement bars at required locations.

4. The item includes testing of reinforcement steel as per the specifications.

5. The item includes the cost of spacers and cover blocks for placing the steel as per the relevant

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

110

approved drawings.

6. The item includes all other incidental expenditure for completing the jobs per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.

Mode of Measurement :

1. Reinforcement shall be measured in length of different diameter as per drawing and the weight shall be calculated by multiplying the total length of all the reinforcement of different diameter as per Bar Bending Schedule (BBS) by the standard coefficient for each diameter of bar.

2. The Laps, splices, spacer bars, chairs, coupler etc shall not be measured separately. These are deemed to be included in the quoted rates for reinforcement.

8. Providing & laying in position RMC/machine batched and machine vibrated design mix concrete of M-35 grade using 43/53 grade portland Slag cement for roof slab of covered portion of underpass including the cost of centering and shuttering wherever required and removal thereof before subsequent excavation as per the drawing complete but excluding the cost of reinforcement which shall be paid for separately.

322 cum

Sub-Head: Sub base and base course

9. Providing& laying one layer of 150mm thick upper granular sub base course with CBR not less than

618 cum

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

111

30% using grading I (as per Table 400-2 of MORT&H specifications 2001) close graded material granular sub - base over one layer of 150mm thick lower Granular Sub Base course with CBR not less than 20% using grading III (as per Table 400-1 of MORT&H specifications 2001) course graded granular sub base material.

The scope of work in the item includes:

1. The item includes the preparation of sub grade and laying of 2 layers of granular sub-base (one 150mm thick lower sub-base and one 150mm thick upper sub-base)

2. The item includes the cost of all the operations involved to complete the job as per MORT&H Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 including the cost of arrangement of all material, machinery, Tools & Plants, manpower of all category as per the directions of the Engineer-in-charge.

3. The item includes the cost of testing of all the materials involved in the execution of the item as well the item at sub grade level, lower sub base and upper sub base as per the requirement of section 900 of the MORT&H Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 and Quality Assurance Plan prepared by the Contractor and duly approved by

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

112

the Engineer-in-Charge.

4.   The item includes all other incidental expenditures for completing the job as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

Mode of Measurements:-

Measurements shall be made for finished item on volume basis in cum, volume being calculated by taking levels before laying and finishing lower and upper granular sub base layers. The volume of granular sub base only shall be measured for payment.

10. Providing and laying Wet Mix Macadam (WMM) course in two layers (sub-base and base layers) each 125 mm thick as per the specifications given under section 406 MORT&H specifications for Road and Bridge works (Forth Revision) 2001.

1130 cum

The Scope of work in the item includes:

1.   The item includes the cost of all the operations involved to complete the job as given under section 406 of MORT&H Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 including the cost of arrangement of all material, machinery, Tools & Plants, manpower of all categories as per the directions of the Engineer-in-charge.

2. The item includes the cost of testing of all the materials involved in the

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

113

execution of the WMM as well finished item as per the requirement given in section 900 of MORT&H Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 and as per the specifications.

3. The item includes all other incidental expenditures for completing the job as per the directions of the Engineer-in-charge.

Mode of Measurements:-

Measurements for payment shall be made for finished item on volume basis in cubic meters, volume being calculated by taking levels before laying WMM and after the finishing of WMM.

Sub-Head: Bituminous Course

11. Providing and laying 75 mm average thickness of Dense Bituminous Macadam on prepared WMM surface with specified graded crushed stone aggregate for profile corrective base/binding course including loading of aggregate with F.E. loader and hot mixing of stone aggregate, lime filler @ 2% by weight of total mix and bitumen of 60/70 grade @ 5% minimum by weight of total mix in hot mix plant, transporting the mixed material by tipper to paver and laying the mixed material with paver finisher fitted with electronic sensing device to the required level and grade and rolling by road rollers as per section 507 of MORT&H Specification for road and bridge works (Fourth

504 cum

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

114

Revision) 2001, to achieve the desired density, including the cost of application of Prime coat as per section 502 of MORT&H specifications for Road and Bridge works (Fourth Revision) 2001.

The Scope of work in the item includes:

1. The item includes the cost of all the operations involved to complete the job as given under section 507, 502 & 503 of MORT&H Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 including the cost of arrangement of all material, machinery, Tools & Plants, manpower of all categories as per the directions of the Engineer-in-charge.

2. The item includes the submission and approval of JOB mixed formula from the Engineer-in-charge.

3. The item includes the cost of testing of all the materials involved in the execution of the finished item of the densed bituminous macadam as per the requirement given in section 900 of MORT&H Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 and quality assurance plan mentioned elsewhere in the tender document.

4. The item includes all other incidental expenditures for completing the job as per the directions of the Engineer-in-charge.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

115

Mode of Measurements:-

Measurements for payment shall be made for finished item on volume basis in cubic meters, volume being calculated by taking levels before laying DBM and after the finishing of DBM.

12. Providing and laying 50 mm thick Dense Bituminous concrete in single layer on DBM surface with specified graded stone aggregate for wearing course including loading of aggregate with F.E. loader and hot mixing of bitumen of grade 60/70 @ 5 to 7 percent by weight of total mix, line filler @ 3% by weight of total mix with aggregate in hot mix plant, transporting the mixed material by tipper to paver and laying the mixed material with mechanical paver finisher fitted with electronic sensing device to the required level and grade and rolling by road roller as per section 509 of MORT&H Specification for road and bridge works (Fourth Revision) 2001, to achieve the desired density, including the cost of application of tack coat as per section 503 of MORT&H Specifications for Road and Bridge works (Fourth Revision) 2001.

226 cum

The Scope of work in the item includes:

1. The item includes the cost of all the operations involved to complete the job as given under section 503 and 509 of MORT&H Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

116

Revision) 2001 including the cost of arrangement of all material, machinery, Tools & Plants, manpower of all categories as per the directions of the Engineer-in-charge.

2. The item includes the submission and approval of the Job Mix Formula from the Engineer-in-charge.

3. The item includes the cost of testing of all the materials involved in the execution of the finished item of Bituminous concrete as per the requirement given in section 900 of MORT&H Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 and QAP mentioned elsewhere in the tender document.

4.  The item includes all other incidental expenditures for completing the job as per the directions of the Engineer-in-charge.

Mode of Measurement :

Measurements for payment shall be made for finished item on volume basis in cubic meters, volume being computed by taking levels before laying BC and after the finishing of BC.

13. Providing and applying 2.5mm thick road marking strips (retro-reflective) of specified shade/colour using hot thermoplastic material by fully/semiautomatic thermoplastic paint applicator machine fitted with profile shoe, glass beads dispenser,

1441 sqm

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

117

propane tank heater and profile shoe heater, driven by experienced operator on road surface including cost of material, labour, T&P, cleaning the road surface of all dirt, seals, oil, grease and foreign material etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge and accordance with applicable specifications.

Sub-Head: Miscellaneous Works

14. Providing and laying in position RMC/machine batched, machine vibrated design mix concrete of M40 grade using 43/53 grade portland Slag Cement for cast-in-situ reinforced cement concrete in Crash barriers in the underpass and approaches as per approved drawings including the cost of steel shuttering and/or form liner finish wherever require and removal thereof, but excluding the cost of reinforcement which shall be paid for separately.

473 cum

15. Providing and Laying in position machine batched, machine mixed and machine vibrated design mix concrete of M40 grade (using Portland slag cement) for 230 mm thick average fibre reinforced cement concrete incorporating polypropylene fibres of 12 mm length @ 900 gm/cum (ACC MARG or from any approved manufacturer) including the cost of providing and mixing fibres into concrete as per specification, machine towelling screed vibrating, vaccum, dewatering, skim floater

8311 Sqm

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

118

etc. saw cutting the concrete in both directions at intervals as shown in approved drawing and packing the gap complete as per specifications and direction of Engineer-in-charge.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

119

The scope of work in the item includes:

1. The item includes cost of providing and laying design mix M40 grade concrete from the approved RMC/concrete batching plant including the cost of transportation by transit mixers of suitable capacity, placement with fixed form or slip form paver, compaction, finishing and curing of concrete or as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

2. The item includes the cost of all the ingredients to concrete including plasticizers in suitable doses for proper workability and also other additives for obtaining the design mix of concrete with the limited cement contents.

3. The item excludes the cost of 32mm dia MS dowel bars grade, 16mm dia TMT tie rod, separation membrane, pre-moulded joint filler construction joints and all other incidental expenditure for completing the job as per the recommendation of CRRI and direction of the Engineer-in-charge.

4. The item includes the cost of testing all the materials involved in the execution of the item as per Quality Assurance Plan prepared by the Contractor and duly approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

120

Mode of Measurement :

Measurements for payment shall be made for finished surface area of FRC and the surface area of finished concrete shall be calculated by simple geometrical concepts and formulas.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

121

12. SCOPE OF WORK

12.1 The scope of work includes various items of Fibre Reinforced Cement Concrete, Reinforced & Plain Cement Concrete, Dense Bituminous Macadam Water Proofing & other related works within works area of Sarita Vihar Flyover under execution by M/s Valecha Engineering Ltd.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

122

13. SITE CONDITIONS

Site conditions given hereunder and elsewhere are given as guidelines and contractor shall satisfy himself regarding all aspects of site conditions and no claim will be entertained on the plea that the information supplied by the department is erroneous or insufficient or at variance with site condition.

13.1 Location

The Sarita Vihar intersection consists of existing Flyover along NH-2 from Ashram to Badarpur crossing Road No. 13A. The left turning traffic from Ashram to Noida via Kalindi Kunj goes at surface while the right turning traffic from Badarpur to Kalindi Kunj/Noida comes down to the surface level from the Flyover through a ramp. Hence, the intersection below the Flyover is controlled by traffic signals for the right turning and straight moving vehicles at surface level.

The construction of two additional cloverleaves in Sarita Vihar is to provide uninterrupted traffic flow in all directions viz. Ashram, Badarpur, Noida and Okhla Area. In this scheme, a network of slip roads with cycle tracks has been proposed. This network together with the proposed underpass connecting Road No. 13A to 13 is a comprehensive development for this busy junction. The anticipated volume of traffic from Okhla Industrial Area and Noida is high and hence, the completion of other loops and the straight road from Okhla crossing the railway tracks in the form of a RUB have become essential to make the intersection completely traffic signal free.

The 2-nos. of pedestrian subway cum cycle track and service roads with footpaths and cycle tracks along the four arms have been proposed. The project will have aesthetically pleasing, technically sound, durable and economically viable, sleek, cloverleaves, ramps slip roads and bridges.

The approach road to the site of work shall be made and maintained by the contractor at his own cost. The tenderer has to plan most of their construction activities carefully as only limited space will be available for construction activities.

The yard for batching plant, precast elements, stores, godowns etc shall be established by the contractor at location approved by DDA. Suitable location and scheme for establishment of this yard shall be submitted by the contractor to engineer-in-charge for approval. The contractor shall make all suitable arrangements for establishment of working yard at/near site including earth filling (if required) to raise the ground level, protection works to avoid flooding of yard during monsoon, construction of approach roads to/inside the yard, barricading and all incidental works required for operation of casting yard/working yard/batching plants and ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

123

nothing extra shall be payable for making all these arrangements. No claim for lead shall be entertained from yard to the site.

The land for casting and working yard, batching plants etc. can be in one piece or more than one piece, depending on availability and requirement and no claim shall be entertained in this regard. The rent, if any, for this land shall be borne by the DDA. The contractor shall use this land for works related to this contract only and not for his any other contracts/works. Only the T&P, laboratories and material related to this contract shall be stored at this land(s).The area made available to the contractor must be cleaned and handed over in the original condition to the department as soon as the intended use is complete and/or before the recording of completion certificate by the DDA whichever is earlier.

13.2 Bench Mark

The contractor has to establish the correct positions of benchmarks precisely on site with respect to the arrangement shown in the drawings or as per the direction of the Engineer-in-charge and maintain the same till end of project.

13.3 Variation in water table

No extra payment will be admissible on account of any variations in the water levels including sub-soil level at the site of work from those given in the tender documents. Complete soil investigation report is available for study in the office of the Executive Engineer, Flyover Division – 4, DDA-Seed bed park,Shakarpur,Delhi – 110092.

The ground water table is a variable condition and the value given in the report is only indicative since the same is recorded in the month of December - January. It may vary from time to time depending upon the season.

13.4 Traffic diversion and utilities diversion.

The work has to be executed without disrupting the traffic. The contractor will have to carefully plan his sequence of operations so that the traffic moves unhindered at all times. The traffic diversion plan evolved by the contractor for execution of the work at all locations will require approval of Delhi Traffic Police and of the DDA. Modifications suggested by the Traffic Police and also by the Department shall be implemented by the contractor during execution of the work.

As a guidance, the traffic diversion scheme for different phases of work is given in the form of drawings in VolII of tender document.

Diversion of traffic as required for construction activities shall be arranged by the contractor to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge/Delhi Traffic Police. However for

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

124

diversion of traffic, if additional road/pavement is required to be constructed, the same shall be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.

There are certain services running along the existing carriageway and service road/footpath etc. There may also be certain services fouling with the alignment of proposed bridges and approaches. The contractor shall verify these services at site and identify additional services, if any, well in advance by co-ordinating with local authorities/agencies or by making trial pits and if required these shall be removed/shifted by the contractor in consultation with the service provider agency.

Payment for this shall be made as per terms and conditions of the contract. No claim for delay or otherwise due to above reasons shall be entertained on this account.

13.5 Climatic ConditionsThe climate in this region is extreme with three major seasons - winter, summer and rainy. The winter season lasts from October to March,summer season from April to June and rainy season from July to September. This is only for guidance and there may be variations.

13.6 Housing, Water supply, drainage and electricity.

No accommodation is available at the site of work. The contractor has to make his own arrangements for electric connection, housing, stores and field offices, accommodations for his labour and other employees etc. including drainage arrangements. Contractor should visit the site and see in what manner he is able to arrange the above. Arrangement of water for drinking purpose in addition to the water required for construction work is also to be made by the contractor. For electric connection, the contractor shall obtain necessary connection as per requirement from NDPL and the contractor shall be authorised to use the same for execution of work. The department shall provide necessary help for obtaining electric connection.

In case of flooding of site on account of rising of water table or for any other cause or any other damage whatsoever, no claim financially or otherwise shall be entertained, not withstanding any other provisions elsewhere in the tender documents.

13.7 Soil investigation report

Preliminary Soil Investigation has been carried out and is available in the office of the Executive Engineer, Flyover Division – 4, DDA-Seed bed park,Shakarpur,Delhi – 110092. This is produced in good faith and DDA does not take any responsibility of its correctness. In case of any variations between the data given in the report and the substrata actually found at the site, the consequences shall be borne by the contractor, no claim of any kind shall be entertained by DDA.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

125

13.8 Geology

The soil at the project site belongs to the “Indo Gangetic Alluvium” and is river deposit of Yamuna and its tributaries. The Pleistocene and recent deposits of the Indo-Gangetic Basin are composed of gravel, sand, silts and clays with remains of plants and animals. The older alluvial is rather dark colored and is generally rich in concretion of nodules of impure calcium carbonate. The newer alluvium is light colored and poor in concretion. It contains lenticular beds of sand and gravel as well as peat beds.

The rock of the Delhi Super group is exposed in the main Aravalli mountain chain extending from Delhi in south-westward direction through parts of Haryana and Rajasthan. The rocks belong to Alwar group comprising primarily of quartzite with micaceous schist bands. The rock formation is highly fissured and shows significant variations in weathering, varying from fresh un-weathered hard quartzite and slightly weathered moderately strong quartzite to very severely weathered quartzite with the rock mass effectively reduced to weekly cemented medium to course sand.

13.8.1 Site Stratography

The top soil is predominantly sandy silt upto weathered rock top. The location of weathered rock changes from less than 8.0m to more than 40m across the site.

Detailed description of the materials encountered at the borehole locations is presented on the individual soil profiles. These tables present the strata description together with a tabulated summary of principal laboratory data.

13.8.2 Ground waterBased on the measurement in the completed boreholes, groundwater was not encountered at the time of field investigation (December 2007) Fluctuation may occur in measured water level due to seasonal variations in rainfall and surface evaporation rates.

The site for the work is available in phases due to traffic diversion as given in construction sequence.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

126

14.MATERIALS AND TESTING

14.1 GeneralThe contractor shall provide all materials including water and electricity required for the works at own expense. No extra cost due to variation in cost of material, carriage, loading etc. at any time will be payable except as admissible under clause 10CA and 10CC of the tender document.

All materials to be provided by the contractors shall be in conformity with the specifications laid down in the contract. The contractor shall ensure about their suitability to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge and nothing shall be paid extra on this account. The contractor shall procure and get the materials tested sufficiently in advance so that there is no hold up due to non-availability of materials. At least 15 days quantity shall be available with the contractor in advance.

A list of approved manufacture/supplier for various items of work has been enclosed in Annexure-A for guidance of the contractor. All the materials and the name of manufacture/supplier from whom the contractor intends to purchase the material shall be got approved from Engineer-in-Charge in advance.

14.2 Materials to be arranged by the contractor.All materials are to be arranged by the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit test certificates of manufacture in respect of conformity to specifications in respect of each lot of supply of material. The materials arranged by the Contractor shall be jointly tested by the Contractor or his representative & the Engineer-in-Charge or his representative and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. The Engineer-in-Charge shall have full liberty of getting the material tested independently through recognised Testing Laboratory. The Contractor shall supply the material required for tests free of charge. Cost for all tests in the field lab set up by the contractor or at the Manufacture’s premises shall be borne by the contractor.

14.3 CementOrdinary Portland Cement of 43 Grade and 53 Grade conforming to IS: 8112 and IS:12269 respectively may be used for structural concrete. Blast furnace slag cement shall conform to IS: 455 with strength requirements as per IS: 8112.

The contractor shall procure cement from the approved (Annexure – A) manufactures of cement having a production capacity of one million tonne per annum or more and holding licence to use ISI certification mark for their product whose name shall be got approved from Engineer-in-Charge.

The cement shall be brought at site in bulk supply of approximately 50 tonnes or more as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge. Cement shall be arranged by the contractor in jute bags, paper bags or any suitable packing. The test certificate of ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

127

the manufacture shall be submitted by the contractor for every lot of cement brought to site.

Supply of cement shall be taken in 50-kg bags bearing manufacture’s name and ISI marking. Samples of cement arranged by the contractor shall be taken by the Engineer-in-charge and got tested in accordance with the relevant tender provision. In case test results indicate that the cement arranged by the contractor does not conform to the relevant codes, the same shall be rejected and removed from the site by contractor at his own cost within a week’s time of written order from the Engineer-in-Charge to do so.

The actual issue and consumption of cement on work shall be regulated and proper accounts maintained as provided in clause 10 of “General conditions of contract for CPWD Forms 2005, amended upto the last day of issue of the tender”. The theoretical consumption of cement shall be worked out as per procedure prescribed in clause 42 of GCC 2005. No payment for excess consumption of cement will be allowed. However, for consumption lesser beyond permissible theoretical variation, recovery shall be made in accordance with conditions of contract without prejudice to action for acceptance of work/item at reduced rate or rejection as the case may be.

Cement brought to site shall not be removed from site without written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.

The cement godown of adequate capacity as per sketch shown in “General Conditions of contract for CPWD Forms 2005 (Form 7/8)” shall be constructed by the contractor at site of work for which no extra payment shall be made. The plan, dimensions and section of the proposed cement godown shall be submitted by the contractor for the capacity of 5000 bags. The general arrangement and stacking shall be as per form 7/8 that is shown for a lower capacity. Similar arrangement shall be followed for a higher capacity of 5000 bags. The contractor shall be responsible for the watch & ward and safety of the cement godown. The contractor shall facilitate the inspection of the cement godown by the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorised representative at any time.

Separate godowns shall have to be provided for different grades/types of cement. Cement godown shall have a minimum capacity of 5000 bags. Each godown shall display the grade/type of cement stored in it prominently. The testing of cement shall be carried out in advance and at least 15 days quantity shall be available in the godown.

The supplier of Ready Mix Concrete (RMC) shall test the cement as mentioned in Quality Assurance Plan and submit the test results through Contractor for reference and record.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

128

14.4 Steel Reinforcement

14.4.1 Type of Steel ReinforcementOnly TMT reinforcing bars of grade Fe500 (0.2% proof stress / yield stress not less than 500 Mpa) conforming to relevant IS code. The contractor shall procure steel reinforcement bars conforming to relevant specifications from main producers as indicated in Annexure – A and no re-rolled steel shall be permitted.

14.4.2 Supply of Steel ReinforcementThe contractor shall have to obtain and furnish test certificates to the Engineer-in-Charge in respect of all supplies of steel brought by him to the site of work. Samples shall also be taken and got tested by the Engineer-in-Charge as per the provisions in this regard contained in Quality Assurance chapter. In case the test results indicate that the steel arranged by the contractor does not conform to BIS codes, the same shall stand rejected and shall be removed from the site of work by the contractor at his cost within a week’s time of written orders from the Engineer-in-Charge to do so. A record shall be maintained on batch numbers of reinforcement deliveries so that the part of works in which particular reinforcement is used can be readily identified.

The steel reinforcement shall be brought to the site in bulk supply of 9 MT or more for each dia. as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor will produce copy of original challan/voucher for purchase of steel reinforcement from approved manufacture as a proof of having the steel reinforcement purchased from approved manufacture.

14.4.3 Storage All reinforcement shall be stored horizontally above ground level (clear of any running or standing water) about 30 cm above the ground surface in such a way as to prevent distortion and deterioration by corrosion and nothing extra shall be paid on this account. Proper drainage of the platforms shall be ensured.

Bars of different diameters and lengths shall be stored separately and properly to facilitate easy counting and checking. Bars must be cleaned before concreting commences of all scale, rust, chloride contamination and other corrosion products or partially set concrete which may have been deposited there during placing of previous lift of concrete. Effective methods of cleaning will have to be used so that the steel is free from rust, scales and contamination. The decision of Engineer-in-Charge in this regard shall be final & binding.

Any reinforcement, which is certified as rusted by the Engineer-in-charge, shall be removed from the site within a week.

A record shall be maintained on batch numbers of reinforcement deliveries in such a form that the part of works in which particular reinforcement is used can be readily

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

129

identified. At least 15 days quantity shall be available with the contractor in advance for taking account of time required for testing.

14.4.4 Bending and fixingAll reinforcement work shall be executed in conformity with the drawings supplied and instructions given by the Engineer-in-Charge.it shall generally be carried out as per bar bending schedule prepared in accordance with the relevant Indian Standard Specifications IS: 2502- Bending and Fixing of Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. Every bar shall be inspected before assembling on the works and any defective, brittle, excessively rusted or burnt bars shall be removed. Cracked ends of bars shall be cut out. All bars will be carefully and accurately bent by approved means in accordance with IS 2502, and relevant drawings. It shall be ensured that depth of crank is correct as per the bar cutting and bending schedule. Bent bars should not be straightened for use in any manner that will injure the material.

14.4.5 ConsumptionReinforcement shall be measured in length of different diameters as actually (not more than as specified in the drawings or authorised by engineer-in-charge) used in the work nearest to a centimetre. The standard sectional weights, as per CPWD specifications as mentioned below will be considered for conversion of length various diameters of TMT bars into standard weight and it shall be considered for payment purpose.

The actual issue and consumption of steel on work shall be regulated and proper account maintained as provided in clause 10 of “General conditions of contract for CPWD works 2005, amended upto the last day of issue of the tender”. The theoretical consumption of steel shall be worked out as per procedure prescribed in clause 42 of the contract and shall be governed by conditions laid therein. No payment for excess consumption of steel shall be allowed. However, for consumption lesser beyond the permissible theoretical variation recovery shall be made in accordance with conditions of contract without prejudice to action for acceptance of work/item at reduced rate or rejection as the case may be.

The theoretical consumption of steel shall be worked out for measurement of payment. Steel brought to site and steel remaining unused shall not be removed from site without the written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge. The standard sectional weights are as given below.

Table No:-1 Standard Sectional weight

Dia. of Bar (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 25 32 36 40

Weight 0.222 0.395 0.617 0.888 1.58 3.85 6.31 7.99 9.85

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

130

(Kg/m)

Records of actual sectional weights shall be kept dia wise and lot wise. The average sectional weight for each diameter shall be arrived from samples from each lot of steel received at site. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final for the procedure to be followed for determining the average sectional weight of each lot. Quantity of each diameter of steel received at site of work each day will constitute one single lot for the purpose. The weight of steel by conversion of length of various sizes of bars based on the actual weight and average sectional weight shall be termed as Derived Actual Weight.

If the Derived Actual Weight as in sub-para (i) above is lesser than the standard weight as in the table above then the derived actual weight shall be taken for payment.If the derived Actual weight in sub-para (i) above is found more than the standard weight, then the standard weight as given in table above shall be taken for payment. In such case nothing extra shall be paid for the difference between the derived actual weight and the standard weight.

14.4.6 Bar Bending Schedule Prior to starting bar bending work, the Contractor shall prepare bar bending schedule from the structural drawings supplied to him and get the same approved by Engineer-in-Charge in conformity with IS: 2502. Any discrepancies and inaccuracies found by the Contractor in the drawings shall be immediately reported to the Engineer-in-Charge whose interpretation and decision there to, shall be accepted. No work shall be commenced without the Engineer-in-Charge’s approval of the bar-bending schedule.

14.4.7 Lapping & weldingAs far as possible bars of the maximum length available shall be used. Laps shown on drawings or otherwise specified by the Engineer-in-Charge will be based on the use by the Contractor of bars of maximum length. However the laps in the reinforcement are not to be measured separately. Payment for reinforcement shall be made only for reinforcement shown in drawings. Bars having butt or lap welds shall be provided as specified in the drawings and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.

14.4.8 Mechanical CouplersMechanical couplers shall be used wherever specified in the drawings for 25mm and above dia of bars to reduce congestion of reinforcement and to save on lap length costs. Mechanical couplers only from approved suppliers as per Annexure-A shall be used subject to approval of the engineer in charge. Minimum length of bar shall

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

131

be 5m for using coupler. In specific situations a prior approval shall be obtained from Engineer in Charge before executing the work.

14.4.9 Placement and Positioning All reinforcement shall be placed and maintained in the positions shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall provide approved types of supports for maintaining the bars in position and ensuring required spacing and correct cover of concrete to the reinforcement as specified on the drawings. Cover blocks of required shape and size, MS Chairs and spacer bars shall be used to ensure accurate positioning of reinforcement. However, chairs and spacers shall not be measured for payment. Cover blocks shall be cast well in advance and shall consist of approved proprietary pre-packaged free flowing mortars (Conbextra HF of Fosroc or equivalent). They shall be circular in shape for side cover and square for bottom cover. The cost of cover block shall be deemed to have been included in the rates. Annealed wire shall be used for binding reinforcement.

14.4.10 Projecting ReinforcementReinforcement left projecting from newly placed concrete shall be supported in such a way that there is no sag or risk of damage to the newly placed concrete. The projecting bars, which are likely to be exposed for a long time, shall be protected by a coat of neat cement wash. These shall be thoroughly cleaned and wire brushed before depositing fresh concrete around it. No reinforcement bar shall remain exposed or projecting out of the finished concrete surface. These shall be removed or treated in a manner as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. The unwanted projected reinforcement bars shall be cut below the finished surface and the cut end painted with cement slurry. Thereafter the surface shall be repaired to match the colour, texture or pattern of adjoining concrete to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge.

Welding

Wherever specified all lap and butt welding of bars shall be carried in accordance with IS: 2571. Only qualified welders shall be permitted to carry out such welding. Electrodes with rutile coating as per IS: 814 should be used. Bars shall be free from rust at the joints to be welded. Slag produced in welding after alternative run should be chipped and removed by brush. Electrode should not be lighted by touching the hot bar. The welding procedure shall be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and tests shall be made to prove the soundness of the welded connection.

14.5 POT-cum-PTFE Bearings POT-cum-PTFE Bearings have to be suitably designed for the service as well as construction stage loading and movement. These designs shall be performed by the supplier selected by the Contractor and shall be duly approved by the Department.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

132

The Contractor shall purchase the bearings from the approved supplier as mentioned in Annexure - A.

“IRC: 83 (Part III): POT, POT CUM PTFE, PIN and Metallic Guide Bearings” shall form the basis of bearing design. The entire anchor sleeves, bolts, plates etc. shall be hot dip galvanised @ 300 gm/m2. The contractor shall submit a detailed methodology for the installation of bearings for the approval of the Engineer-in-charge. The supplier of bearings shall also furnish maintenance manual for bearings. The supplier of the bearing shall be associated during installation of the bearings and the supplier shall give an undertaking certifying that the bearings have been installed as per specifications.

All the bearings shall carry at least 15 years warranty in a prescribed format in Annexure - G. The bearings shall be replaced free of cost by the contractor, if any defects are observed during this period.

14.6 Expansion JointsExpansion joints shall be obtained from the manufactures as mentioned in the Annexure- A of this tender document. The expansion joint shall cater for expected movement and rotation of the structure at the joints and providing smooth riding surface. It shall also be easy for inspection, maintenance and replacement. The expansion joint shall be robust, durable, water tight and able to safely withstand all the imposed loads including the impact load from live load and other sources.

The expansion joints shall conform to and be installed as section 2600 of MORTH Specification and duly supplemented by manufacture's recommendations. IRC: SP 69-2005 shall also be followed on guidelines for expansion joints.

All the expansion joints shall carry at least 15 years warranty in a prescribed format in the annexure F. The expansion joints shall be repaired/replaced free of cost by the contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge, if any defects are observed during this period.

14.7 Black Bolts and NutsBlack bolts, nuts and screws (Class 4.6) shall be in accordance with IS:1363 "Black Hexagonal Bolts (6 mm to 39 mm ) with "Nuts and Black Hexagonal screws (6 mm to 24 mm)".

14.8 Road Work

14.8.1 Granular Sub-base.

14.8.1.1 Type of material The Material to be used for the work shall be natural sand, moorum, gravel, crushed stone, or combination thereof depending upon the grading required. Materials like ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

133

crushed slag, crushed concrete, brick metal and kankar may be allowed only with the specific approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.

14.8.1.2 Grading While the grading in respect of close-graded granular sub-base materials, one each for maximum particle size of 75 mm, 53 mm and 26.5 mm, the corresponding grading for the coarse-graded materials for each of the three maximum particle sizes are given in Chapter 5, the grading to be adopted for a project shall be as specified in the Contract.

14.8.2 Coarse Aggregates

14.8.2.1 Type of material The coarse aggregates shall consist of crushed rock, crushed gravel or other hard material retained on the 2.36mm sieve. They shall be clean, hard, and durable of cubical shape, free from dust and soft of friable matter, organic or other deleterious substances. Where the Contractor’s selected source of aggregates have poor affinity for bitumen, as a condition for the approval of that source, the bitumen shall be treated with an approved anti-stripping agent, as per the manufacture’s recommendations, without additional payment. Before approval of the source, the aggregates shall be tested for stripping.

14.8.3 Fine Aggregates

14.8.3.1 Type of materialFine aggregates shall consist of crushed or naturally occurring mineral material or a combination of the two, passing the 2.36mm sieve and retained on the 75-micron sieve. They shall be clean, hard durable, dry and free from dust, and soft or friable matter, organic or other deleterious matters.

The fine aggregate shall have a sand equivalent value of not less than 50 when tested in accordance with the requirement of IS: 2720 (Part 37).

The plasticity index of the fraction passing the 0.425 mm sieve shall not exceed 4 when tested in accordance with IS:2720 (Part 5).

14.8.4 Lime

14.8.4.1 Type of materialLime for use, as filler in bituminous mixes shall be commercial dry lime, pre-slaked, and delivered to site in suitable packing. It shall have a purity of not less than 80 per cent by weight of quick-lime (CaO) when tested in accordance with IS: 1514.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

134

14.8.4.2 Storage of Lime Lime shall be properly stored to avoid prolonged exposure to the atmosphere and consequent carbonation.

14.8.5 Bitumen

14.8.5.1 Type of material Bituminous materials shall be of the following two types, as specified in the contract:

1. Bituminous emulsion

2. Penetration grade bitumen

14.8.6 Bituminous emulsion The bituminous emulsion shall comply with the requirements of IS: 8887 and Penetration grade bitumen Penetration grade bitumen shall comply with the requirements of IS: 73. They are referred to by a single-figure designation. Thus, grade 35 refers to bitumen in the range of 30 to 40.

14.8.7 Polymer modified BitumenPolymer modified binder shall comply with the requirements of IRC: SP-53-2002 and Elastomeric Thermoplastic Specifications. The modifier shall be Styrene-Butadiene-Styrene, and the blending of the modifier with bitumen shall be accomplished either in the refinery or an approved plant at site capable of mixing the modifier and bitumen uniformly. The minimum content of (SBS) Styrene-Butadiene-Styrene shall be 4% with appropriate sulphur content.

The contractor shall procure bitumen of required grade as specified conforming to IS: 73-1992 with upto date amendments and other relevant codes from the manufactuers of repute like Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Ltd. and Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd. as approved by Ministry of Petroleum, Govt. of India and holding licence to use ISI certificates mark for their products.

14.8.7.1 Mode of ProcurementBitumen/Bitumen emulsion for tack coat shall be brought at site in sealed drums only bearing following marking (legible)

1. Name of Manufactures.2. Gross Wt., Net Wt. And Tare Weight.3. Month and Year of Manufacture.4. Use before_______________(date)5. Type and Grade.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

135

6. Batch Number7. “ISI” Certification and Standard Mark.8. Name of Contractor/Supplier.9. Serial No. & Total Nos. of drums in each batch.

For providing bituminous surface like BM, DBM, DBC etc. the bitumen shall be procured either in sealed drums or in bulk and stored at the hot mix plant site. The drums/container shall bear the marking as mentioned in above para.

The contractor will produce original challan/voucher for purchase of bitumen and emulsion from IOCL/HPCL/BPCL/BP/HINCOL as a proof of having purchased the material from manufacture. The voucher/challan shall be returned to the contractor after verification and making necessary endorsement.

Bitumen of specified grade shall be brought to plant site in one lot for theoretical requirement upto 20 tonnes and in lots of 20 tonnes or more for theoretical requirement of more than 20 tonnes. The day to day receipt and issue accounts of bitumen shall be maintained by the Junior Engineer in charge and signed daily by the contractor or his authorised agent on the following proforma:

PROFORMA FOR THE BITUMEN REGISTER RECEIPT

Date of Receipt

Quantity Received

Progressive Total

Date of Issue

Qty issued

Total issued Balance in hand

initials

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

JE’s initials

Item of work of which issued

Appx. Qty of work done on each day

Theoretical req. of bitumen for work done on each day

Remarks of AE/AEE,

Ex.Eng

9 10 11 12 13 14

When bitumen is issued/brought in drums, the same shall be stacked in fenced enclosures, to be provided by the contractor, at his own cost, as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge, on one side of the roadway. The contractor shall be responsible for the watch & ward and safety of bitumen. The contractor shall facilitate the inspection of bitumen stockyard by the Engineer-in-Charge or his representative at any time.

Materials shall be kept in the joint custody of the contractor and the removed from the site of work till the relevant item of work has been completed and permission obtained from the Engineer-in-Charge. Heating of bitumen in drums for any purpose whatsoever shall not be allowed.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

136

14.8.7.2 Sampling and Testing

The contractor shall have to obtain and furnish test certificates issued by manufacture to the Engineer-in-Charge in respect of bitumen procured by him. The samples shall be collected at discretion of Engineer-in-Charge and got tested as per provisions of IS: 73/MORTH/CPWD specifications from the laboratories approved by him.

The contractor shall supply, free of charge, the bitumen required for testing.

In case the test result indicate that the bitumen procured by the contractor does not confom to the relevant BIS codes/specifications, the same lot shall stand rejected and shall be removed from the site of work by the contractor at his own cost within a week’s time of written order from Engineer-in-Charge to do so.

The bitumen content in bituminous mix shall be checked by conducting the bitumen extraction test conforming to IRC: SP 11 at regular interval during the progress of work, the actual consumption of bitumen shall be worked out based on such test results. The theoretical consumption shall be worked out based on the design mix formula and the actual consumption (based on extraction test as well as MAS account). If found less than theoretical one, the recovery shall be made from contractor for bitumen 60/70 grade and PMB-40 @ Rs.************and Rs************* per MT respectively. The work found executed with bituminous mix having bitumen content lesser than permissible variation of (-) 0.3% shall be considered as sub-standard work and hence shall be liable for rejection. However, nothing extra shall be paid if actual consumption so worked out is higher than theoretical consumption. This is without prejudice to action under other relevant clause of the agreement.Bitumen brought to site/Hot Mix Plant and bitumen remaining unused after completion of work shall not be removed from site without permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.

In case the items for roadwork like GSB, WMM and Bituminous layers are taken by contractor from outside manufacture, all quality assurance tests and procedures on raw materials shall be applicable at source and random samples for checking will be taken from materials delivered at site.

14.9 Coarse AggregatesCoarse aggregates shall consist of naturally occurring crushed stones. The aggregates shall be hard, strong, dense, durable, clear and free from adherent coating, injurious amounts of disintegrated pieces, alkali, vegetable matter and other deleterious substances. The presence of flaky, deleterious and elongated pieces shall be avoided.

The nominal maximum size of aggregate to be used shall be 20 mm for reinforced concrete works. However large size aggregate upto 40mm may be allowed by engineer-in-charge for ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

137

*At the justified rates at the time of tendering

plain concrete. The other requirements of coarse aggregates shall as per IS: 383 and MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001.

The contractor shall satisfy himself that the material complies with the requirement of IS: 383 and shall furnish a certificate to this effect to the Engineer-in-Charge. In case the aggregates tested do not comply with any requirement of the relevant codes the source for the same shall be rejected. No further samples from the rejected source shall be considered for approval.

14.9.1 Blending of Aggregates In order to obtain optimum workability, individual aggregates of nominal size 20mm, 10mm, 4.75mm and 2.36mm will be blended in such a way that the grading curve for all aggregates will be a smooth curve from size 0.15mm to 25mm falling within the established envelop grading curve. Contractor shall establish envelop grading curve for each grade of concrete for given maximum size of aggregates and get it approved by Engineer-in-Charge before finalising the mix design. However, the grading of aggregate shall be controlled by obtaining the coarse aggregate in different sizes and blending them in correct proportions as and when required.

The aggregate shall be stored in such a way as to prevent mixing with foreign materials. Different sizes of coarse aggregate shall be stored in a separate stockpile sufficiently distant from each other in order to prevent intermixing of the materials at the edges of the stockpiles.

14.10 Fine AggregateThe quality, tests and acceptance criteria for fine aggregates shall be as per IS:383 and MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001. The fine aggregates shall conform to Zone II or Zone III as per requirement of trial mix design (or any combination of the two as approved by the Engineer-in-charge). The decision of Engineer-in-Charge in this respect shall be final.

The fine aggregate shall be river sand, stone dust or other approved sand. It shall be free from clay, loam, earth or vegetable matter and from salt or other harmful chemical impurities. It shall be clean, sharp, strong, angular and composed of hard siliceous material.

The silt content of fine aggregate used for trial mixes shall be recorded & the silt content in fine aggregate used shall neither exceed 6% nor 1% more than that of the fine aggregate used in the trial-mix. Regarding storage of fine aggregates, provisions as stated above for coarse aggregate shall apply.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

138

14.11 Water Potable water only shall be used for the works. Water to be used for mixing and curing shall be clear and free from injurious impurities like oils, acids, alkalis, salts, sugar, organic material or other substances that may be deleterious to concrete or steel. The pH value of the water shall not be less than 6.

Water shall be from the source approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall be in accordance with clause 5.4 of IS: 456. Before starting any concreting work and wherever the source of water changes, the water shall be tested for its chemical and other impurities to ascertain its suitability for use in concrete for approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. No water shall be used until tested and found satisfactory.

The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for storing water, if necessary, in drums or tanks or cisterns, to the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. Care shall be exercised to see that water is not contaminated in any way.

As a guide, the following concentration represents the maximum permissible value.

To neutralise 100 ml sample of water, using phenolphthalein as an indicator, it should not require more than 5ml of 0.02 normal NaOH. The details of tests are given in 8.1 of IS: 3025 (Part 23).

To neutralise 100-ml sample of water using mixed indicator, it should not require more than 25 ml of 0.02 normal H2SO4. The details of tests are given in 8.1 of IS: 3025 (Part 23).

Table 13-2 maximum permissible limits of solids

S.No particles Permissible Limit (Max) Tested as per

1 Organic 200 mg/l IS: 3025 (Part 18)

2 Inorganic 3000 mg/l IS: 3025 (Part 18)

3 Sulphates (as SO3)

400 mg/l IS: 3025 (Part 24)

4 Chlorides (as Cl-) 500 mg/l IS: 3025 (Part 32)

5 Suspended matter 2000 mg/l IS: 3025 (Part 17)

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

139

14.12 Admixtures

14.12.1 Use of Admixture Engineer-in-charge may permit the use of approved admixture for imparting special characteristics to the concrete on satisfactory evidence that it does not in any way adversely affect the properties of concrete particularly its strength, volume changes, durability and has no deleterious effect on the reinforcement. The minimum cement content specified shall not be reduced on account of the use of the Admixtures. Cost of all admixtures shall be borne by the contractor and deemed to have been included in his offer.

14.12.2 Type of Admixtures Retarding admixtures based on Lingosus-Phonates with due consideration to clause 5.2 and 5.3 of IS: 7861 shall be permitted to use. Admixtures generating hydrogen and nitrogen etc. shall not be used. The admixtures used shall conform to IS: 9103. Contractor shall submit the details of the Admixture proposed to be used for the prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge along with a copy of the Manufacture’s Test Certificate not earlier than 6 months. The suitability of all admixtures shall be verified by trial mixes of concrete with 0.5% & 1% of admixtures to ascertain compatibility between particular cement and a particular admixture at no additional cost and as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.

14.12.3 Dosage The contractor shall further provide the required information concerning each admixture to the Engineer-in-charge.

1. Normal dosage and detrimental effects of under dosage and over dosage.

2. The chemical names of the main ingredients in the admixtures.

3. The chloride content, if any, expressed as a percentage by weight of admixture.

4. Whether or not the admixture leads to the entrainment of air, when used in the manufacture's recommended dosage?

14.12.4 Blending of Admixtures Where two or more admixtures are proposed to be used in any one mix, the manufacture's written confirmation of their compatibility must be obtained and submitted to the Engineer-in-charge for prior approval.

14.13 Embankment

14.13.1 Earth

14.13.1.1 Type of materialThe materials used in embankments, subgrades, earthen shoulders and miscellaneous backfill shall be soil, moorum, gravel, a mixture of these or any other ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

140

material approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Such materials shall be free of logs, stumps, roots, rubbish or any other ingredient likely to deteriorate or affect the stability of the embankment/subgrade.

14.13.1.2Material considered unsuitable The following types of material shall be considered unsuitable for embankment:

Materials from swamps, marshes and bogs;

Peat, log, stump and perishable material; any soil that classifies as OL, OI, OH or Pt in accordance with IS: 1498;

Materials in a frozen condition;

Clay having liquid limit exceeding 70 and plasticity index exceeding 45; and Material with salts resulting in leaching in the embankment.

Expansive clay exhibiting marked swell and shrinkage properties (“free swelling index” exceeding 50 percent when tested as per is: 2720 – part 40) shall not be used as a fill material. Where expansive clay with acceptable “free swelling index” value is used as a fill material, subgrade and top 500 mm portion of the embankment just below subgrade shall be non-expansive in nature.

14.13.1.3Sulphate Content Any fill material with a soluble sulphate content exceeding 1.9 grams of sulphate (expressed as SO 3) per litre when tested in accordance with BS: 1377 test 10, but using a 2:1 water-soil ratio shall not be deposited within 500 mm or other distance described in the contract, of concrete, cement bound materials or other cementitious material forming part of the permanent works.

Materials with a total sulphate content (expressed as SO3) exceeding 0.5 per cent by mass, when tested in accordance with BS: 1377 Test 9 shall not be deposited within 500 mm, or other distances described in the Contract, of metallic items forming part of the Permanent Works.

14.13.1.4Size of coarse material The size of the coarse material in the mixture of earth shall ordinarily not exceed 75 mm when being placed in the embankment and 50-mm when placed in the subgrade. However, the Engineer-in-Charge may at his discretion permit the use of material coarser than this also if he is satisfied that the same will not present any difficulty as regards the placement of fill material and its Compaction to the requirements of these specifications. The maximum particle size shall not be more than two-thirds of the compacted layer thickness.

14.13.1.5Density Requirement: Ordinarily, only the materials satisfying the density requirements given in following table shall be employed for the construction of the embankment and the subgrade.ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

141

Table 13-3 Density Requirements of Embankment and Subgrade Materials

S.No.

Type of WorkMaximum laboratory dry unit weight when tested as per IS:2720 (Part 8)

1. Subgrade and earthen embankment, shoulders/verges/backfill

Not less than 17.5 kN/ cu. m.

Notes

This is not applicable for lightweight fill material e.g cinders,fly ash etc.

The Engineer-in-Charge may relax these requirements at his discretion taken into account the availability of materials for construction and other relevant factors.

The material to be used in subgrade should also satisfy design CBR at the dry unit weight applicable as per above table

14.14 Fly AshThe use of fly / pond ash as fill material shall be mandatory for embankment construction of this project in view of the circulars issued by Ministry of Road Transport & Highways (i.e. Ministry’s circular no. RW/NH/33044/30/2001/S&R(R) dated 30th July 2003 and subsequent circular no. RW/NH/33044/30/2001/S&R(R) dated 4th December 2003).

As per the above circulars, the Ministry’s Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 stands amended as below:

The para 1 of the sub-clause 305.2.1.1 stands amended as below:

The material used in embankments, subgrades, earthen shoulders and miscellaneous backfill shall be soil, moorum, gravel, fly/pond ash, a mixture of these or any other material approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Such materials shall be free from logs, stumps, roots, rubbish or any other ingredient likely to deteriorate or effect the stability of the embankment subgrade. The use of fly/pond ash as fill material shall be mandatory in road/flyover embankment construction in the areas where fly/pond ash is available in adequate quantities within a radius of 100 Km strictly following the guidelines of IRC: SP-58 – 2001 unless on technical reasons duly approved by the Chief Engineer / Engineer-in-Chief.”

In Para 1 of the sub-clause 305.2.2.2, following is added in compliance with the environmental requirements:

“If borrowing of soil is unavoidable, care shall be taken not to create any low lying area; if any borrowing pit is created, the same shall be filled up with pond/fly ash

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

142

covered with 0.5m thick soil layer wherever technically feasible. This shall be an integral part of the project.”

Para 1 of the sub-clause 305.4.7 shall stands modified as follows:

“In the case of high embankments, the contractor shall normally use fly ash / pond ash in conformity with para 305.2.1.1 above or the material from the specified borrow area.”

In compliance to the above, the ‘random fill’ in the embankment of this project shall be constructed with fly/pond ash as per the construction drawings issued by engineer-in-charge. The fly ash shall be conforming to the following specifications.

14.14.1 Specifications of Fly Ash Specific Gravity 1.90-2.55

Plasticity Non-plastic

Maximum Dry Density (gm/cc) 0.9-1.6

Optimum Moisture Content (%) 18.0-38.0

Cohesion (kN/m2) Negligible

Angle of Internal Friction (Ø) 30o-40o

Coefficient of Consolidation, Cv (cm2/sec) 1.75x10-5 - 2.01x10-3

Compression Index, Cc 0.05-0.40

Permeability (cm/sec) 8.0x10-6 - 7.0x10-4

Particle Size Distribution (% of material)

Clay Size Fraction 1-10

Silt Size Fraction 8-85

Sand Size Fraction 7-90

Gravel Size Fraction 0-10

Coefficient of Uniformity 3.1-10.7

The materials to be used in embankment construction should be characterised to determine their physical and engineering properties. In certain specific situations, chemical properties may be of relevance as detailed. Suitability of the material and design parameters shall be obtained through characterisation tests.

14.14.2 Sand to be mixed With FlyashSand used shall be river sand, and shall be free of logs, stumps, roots, rubbish or any other ingredient likely to deteriorate or affect the stability of the embankment. The maximum silt content shall be limited to 10%.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

143

14.15 Waterbars / Waterstops

14.15.1 Type of MaterialsWaterbars shall be of appropriate type obtained from approved manufactures. Wherever waterbars are shown on the drawings, the joints shall incorporate PVC waterbar such as "Fixostop" or approved equivalent (conforming to IS: 12200).

14.15.2 Location for Different types of Waterstops Following types of Waterstops will be used in the Work.

'FIXOSTOP' Type 230 KD or equivalent –at construction joint in base slab.

'FIXOSTOP' Type 240 RS or equivalent –at construction joint in between wall and base slab.

'FIXOSTOP' Type 240 H or equivalent –at expansion joint in base slab.

14.15.3 Jointing and fixing of Waterbars Jointing and fixing of waterbars shall be carried out strictly in accordance with the manufacture's instructions which should be enumerated in a detailed statement and submitted for approval / comments of the Engineer-in-Charge. The water bars shall be complete with all the necessary moulded or prefabricated intersection pieces assembled with bends and butt joints in running lengths made by welding in an electrically heated jig. The fabrication drawing made by the manufacture shall be submitted by the Contractor for approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.

The waterbars shall be installed so that they are securely held in their correct position during the placing and compacting of the concrete. Necessary supporting devices to prevent sagging of the water bars shall be provided.

Where reinforcement is presented adjacent to waterbars, adequate clearance shall be left between the reinforcement and waterbars to facilitate compaction of the concrete.

Double headed nails maybe used in the edge of the waterbar outside the line of the external grooves for fixing purposes, but no other holes shall be permitted through the waterbar.

A representative of the manufacture shall be present at site during the operations of installing, jointing and embedment of waterstop. He shall monitor and certify that the work is being carried out strictly as per specifications and recommended practices.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

144

14.16 C.C. Kerb Stones

14.16.1 Procurement Pre-cast C.C.kerb stones conforming to M-35 grade of concrete and size as mentioned in the nomenclature of items, shall be procured only from reputed manufacture approved by Engineer-in-Charge. The plant/ factory to be approved by the Engineer in Charge shall strictly adhere to following norms before supply is entrusted to them:

1. The mix shall be prepared in batch mix plant only.

2. The plant shall remain open to inspection at any time for above lot.

3. A suitable vibrating and curing mechanism shall be maintained to ensure the quality as desired.

4. Minimum grade of concrete shall be M-35 i.e. compressive characteristic strength of concrete at 28 days shall not be less than 35 N/mm2.

5. Proper Logo of manufacture shall be engraved on each kerb stone.The contractor shall provide original challan / voucher as a proof of having the material purchased from the approved manufacture. The original challan/voucher shall be returned after verification and making necessary endorsement.

14.16.2 LayingBefore laying at site compressive strength test in accordance with specifications shall be mandatory. Laying shall be as per specifications and direction of Engineer-in-Charge.

14.16.3 Sampling And TestingThe contractor shall have to obtain and furnish test certificates issued by manufacture to the Engineer-in-Charge in respect of material purchased by him. However, sample shall be collected, at discretion of Engineer-in-Charge and got tested as per relevant B.I.S. Codes and specifications from the laboratory provided by him.

The contractor shall supply, free of cost, the required samples of kerbstones for testing. Cost of tests shall also be borne by the contractor.

In case the test results reveal that the kerb stones procured by the contractor do not conform to the relevant B.I.S. Codes and specifications, the same lot shall stand rejected and the contractor shall have to remove that material from site at his own cost within a week’s time of written order from Engineer-in-Charge to do so.

For the execution of any items of work where any incidental work is actually required but not specifically stated in the tender, it is to be understood that the rate quoted by

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

145

the contractor shall cover such charges also and nothing extra on account of such incidental charges, if any, shall be paid.

14.17 Inserts and EmbedmentsVarious steel inserts and Embedments are required under  the contract  to  be fabricated, galvanised to minimum 200 gm/sq.m, positioned and  secured  firmly into place  inside  the formwork prior  to  concrete  being poured. There are also requirements of jointing, threading, bolting  and  welding inserts and Embedments  of different concrete and structural steel elements in order to establish structural continuity and connection. Great care shall be exercised by the contractor in executing all aspects of  the work  related to inserts and Embedments, including tolerances, primers, galvanising etc. so that the final assembly of the concrete elements can  meet satisfactorily the requirements intended in the structure.

14.18 Conditions For Thermoplastic Paint The Thermoplastic paint material shall conform to relevant specifications & standards as described in Particular Specifications and shall be procured from approved manufacture as given in Annexure – A.

14.18.1 Documents to be submitted along with the tender:The catalogue / brochure containing manufacture’s name and address with trade mark, brand name and test certificates from CRRI / BIS or approved institution for the thermoplastic paint proposed to be used in the work.

List of the roads, highways and expressways where the thermoplastic paint have been provided by the principal manufacture / applicant during the last five years and the performance reports from the concerned authorities /owners.

List of in house testing facilities available with the applicant of thermoplastic paint and the principal manufacture of thermoplastic paint.

List of the independent laboratories where testing facilities similar to in house testing facilities are available.

List of the independent laboratories where the manufactures have been sending samples for quality assurance tests and copies of the test reports duly linked with the applicable standards.

An undertaking to the effect that the contractor will necessarily deploy Fully/semi Automatic paint applicator machine on the work.

In case of procurement of thermoplastic paint from the foreign based manufactures, the following documents shall have to be submitted by the Indian Associates (Marketing agents) before material is allowed to be used in the work.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

146

1. Order placed on the foreign-based manufactures.

2. Proforma invoice received from the foreign-based manufactures.

3. Letter of credit established for release of payment to the foreign-based manufactures.

4. Bill of loading, invoice, packing list and all other related shipping documents.

5. Proof of payment of custom duty.

6. Catalogue / brochures published by the manufacture for the product.

The Contractor shall produce documentary evidence from manufacture having valid license for manufacturing of the product conforming to relevant standards under BS: 3262 and to use “KITEMARK” (British Standard Institution Logo or equivalent on Thermoplastic raw material bags.

Full quantity of material required as per theoretical consumption shall be deposited by the contractor with the Engineer-in-Charge of the work before commencement of the work. Procurement shall be from maximum of two batches from the manufacture. If the material is procured from more than two batches, the cost of additional tests shall be borne by the contractor. All the material shall be kept in joint custody of the contractor and the representative of the Engineer-in-Charge.

Batch wise Test report with satisfactory results for the each supply of thermoplastic material & glass beads duly tested from National Test House, Alipur or equivalent as approved by the Engineer – in – Charge, shall be produced by the contractor. However Engineer-in-Charge shall be at liberty to get the materials tested and from any testing laboratory at his sole discretion. Test result thus obtained shall be binding upon the contractor for acceptance. However nothing extra shall be paid to contractor for cost of material tested.

Consumption of paint shall be regulated by preparing a theoretical consumption statement with each Running Account / Final Bill for which rate of consumption of paint shall be 50.00 kg. Per 10 Sqm. comprising of glass beads @ 30% by weight of paint. A variation of (-) 5%, however, shall be allowed. If actual consumption is found below the permissible limit and upto (-) 10% variation, a recovery @ Rs.140/- per Kg. shall be made from the contractor and beyond (-) 10% variation, work shall out rightly be rejected and for excess consumption, if any, nothing extra shall be paid.

Unless otherwise specified, nothing extra shall be payable for compliance of the aforesaid conditions.

Other Materials

All other materials like Silicone Sealant, PVC coated MS foot rests for drains, etc. not specifically mentioned above shall be of best quality and shall conform to relevant ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

147

IRC / BIS codes/BS codes/MORTH/CPWD specifications. Wherever no specific code of practice of IRC/BIS is applicable, the decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding regarding specification to be adopted for any particular material.

14.19 Tests and Quality ControlFor the purpose of Quality assurance requirements, the project has been considered to qualify class Q4 of IRC: SP- 47. The various tests and frequency of tests specified in this contract shall be strictly followed unless specifically agreed to be modified by the Engineer-in-Charge otherwise. Every material shall undergo a pre testing by the Contractor before the same is proposed to be incorporated in the project. For certain materials, this pre-test may be in the form of manufacture’s test certificates. The various tests and frequency of tests to be carried out by the contractor at the site laboratory and / or external laboratory are given in the tabular form in Annexure - C of the tender. For other materials not covered in Annexure - C the various tests and frequency for the test shall be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge as per the relevant provision of BIS/MORTH/IRC/CPWD specification. Any other test (site laboratory and/or external laboratory) if required by the Engineer-in-charge shall be done as per the directions of the Engineer-in-charge. In the tables in Annexure C, under the column designated “Laboratories” the numerals imply as follows:1 Pre-testing

2 A Testing at site laboratory

2 B Testing at external laboratory as the same cannot be carried out at site

3 & 3A Testing at an external independent laboratory for more important and sensitive material. This laboratory shall be different from the external laboratory mentioned in 2B above.

The Contractor shall be required to establish a full-fledged site laboratory in good working condition and housing at least the equipment indicated in Annexure - D. Within the mobilisation period, the Contractor shall establish this complete site testing laboratory and arrange all relevant Indian and International codes and standards. If the contractor fails to conduct field/lab tests at his site laboratory as per Annexure-C, the same shall be got done by the Engineer in Charge and twice the cost of such testing will be recovered from the contractor. However, for these tests, the contractor shall supply free of charge all the materials required for testing.

The contractor shall depute a full time qualified Engineer, exclusively for supervising the entire laboratory tests to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall also identify external testing laboratories, to be approved by The Executive Engineer, DDA, for various tests that are required to be carried out in the external independent laboratories. Some of the approved laboratories are listed in Annexure – D1. The quoted rates shall include cost of all test material and their tests to be conducted at field laboratory for the purpose of quality assurance.

At least 75% testing of materials as mentioned in Annexure-C shall be got done by DDA from external laboratories. However, for the tests to be carried out by the

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

148

external laboratories, the contractor shall supply free of charge all the materials required for testing. The testing charges shall be born by the Contractor/Department in the manner described below:

By the Contractor, if the test results show that the material does not conform to the relevant codes/specifications mentioned elsewhere in the tender document.

By the Department, if the test results show that the material conforms to the relevant codes/specifications mentioned elsewhere in the tender document.

All the testing machines and equipment (including batching plant) shall be calibrated prior to first use and recalibrated periodically as determined by the Engineer-in-charge to detect errors. The calibration certificates/charts (from an approved laboratory) shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-charge well in advance of execution of work. The moulds for cubes shall be checked at regular interval as decided by Engineer-in-Charge and made to conform to specifications contained in IS-516.

The contractor or his authorised representative shall associate in collection, preparation, forwarding and testing of such samples. In case he or his authorised representative is not present or does not associate himself, the Engineer-in-Charge shall do the needful for getting the samples collected and tested, the results of such tests and consequences thereof shall be binding on the contractor.

14.19.1 Third Party Quality Assurance In order to achieve a high standard of quality, it may be required to go for Third Party Quality Control. For this purpose, a separate agency shall be appointed by the owner who will carry out independent testing of materials and checking and ensuring over all quality procedures. The contractor shall be required to fully cooperate with agency and facilitate them in taking samples, transportation and examination of various activities including documentation at no extra time and cost to the owner. In case of any adverse findings by the agency, the contractor shall do the needful rectifications at no extra time and cost to the owner. The Engineer-in-charge shall be at liberty for getting quality assurance work done through agencies like CRRI, IIT Roorkee, Delhi College of Engg and IIT, Delhi (any one agency as approved by Chief Engineer) at its own cost. The successful tenderer shall include the provisions mentioned below while framing the proposed methodology for tests.

At least 75% testing of materials as mentioned in Annexure-C shall be got done by DDA from external approved laboratories as mentioned in Annexure-D1. However, for the tests to be carried out by the external laboratories, the contractor shall supply free of charge all the materials required for testing, including transportation. The testing charges shall be born by the Contractor/Department in the manner described below:

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

149

By the Contractor, if the test results show that the material does not conform to the relevant codes/specifications mentioned elsewhere in the tender document.

By the Department, if the test results show that the material conforms to the relevant codes/specifications mentioned elsewhere in the tender document.

The representatives of DDA Lab shall be at liberty to inspect the testing facilities at site and conduct testing at random in consultation with Engineer in Charge. The contractor shall provide all necessary facilities for the purpose. Preferably 25% testing of materials as mentioned in Annexure-C may be conducted through DDA Lab, situated at Games Village, New Delhi, as directed by Engineer in Charge. No extra claims whatsoever on this account shall be admissible.

14.20 Notice to the Engineer–in-chargeThe contractor shall give not less than 7 days notice for all tests in order that the Engineer-in-Charge may be present. Two copies of all test certificates shall be supplied by the contractor to the Engineer-in-Charge for approval immediately after the completion of the tests. Test certificates shall invariably be supplied to the Engineer-in-Charge well in advance before the materials or components are used in the works, unless the Engineer-in-Charge directs otherwise.

14.21 StorageMaterial, cement, steel & bitumen shall be kept in joint custody of the contractor and the representative of Engineer-in-Charge. Department shall not provide any storage. Separate storage of adequate capacity shall be provided by the contractor without any extra cost to the Department.

Materials required for the work shall be stored by the contractor only at places in standard profiles and in the manner approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Storage and safe custody of materials shall be the responsibility of the contractor. Special care shall be taken as per relevant specifications for storage of bitumen etc. The contractor shall make sure that the materials shall be brought in, at a time, in adequate quantities to suffice for the whole work or for at least a month's work.

The contractor shall construct suitable godowns at the site of work for storing the materials safe against damage due to sun, rain, dampness, fire, theft etc. He shall also employ necessary watch and ward establishment for this purpose at his own cost. The materials which are likely to get deteriorated shall be stored under covered sheds with waterproof roofs constructed on consolidated elevated platform with adequate seepage control measures as per direction and satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge. The quoted rates shall be deemed to have included the cost of all such storage. The storage space shall be open for inspection as and when required by the Engineer-in-charge.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

150

The procedure for storing and stacking the important materials which the contractor must adhere to during the currency of contract work shall be as described hereunder and/or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

14.21.1 Cement Separate godowns shall have to be provided for different grades of cement. The storage godowns to be provided shall be on elevated platform on consolidated ground with water proof roof and provisions of prevention of seepage.

The cement shall be stacked in rows of 2 and not more than 10 bags high. The bags shall be stacked atleast 10 to 20 cm clear above the floor. A space of 60 cm all around should be kept between the exterior walls and the stacks. Cement bags should be placed close together in the stack to reduce air circulation to a minimum. For extra safety during the monsoon or when it is expected to store the cement for usually long periods, the stacks shall be completely covered with polythene sheets or any other suitable water proofing covering. The covering shall close on the top of the stack. Care should be taken that the polythene sheet is not damaged any time during the use. Wherever bulk storage containers are used, these should be cleaned at least once in every month. When removing bags from storage, it shall be made sure that they are taken from two or three tiers back rather than all from one tier. If the piles of bags are thus stepped back they are less likely to fall over. When removing cement bags for the use, apply the first in first out rule i.e. use the oldest stacks first. Cement bags shall, therefore, be stacked separately in order to permit easy access for inspection and facilitate removal.

Storage of cement at site of work shall be at contractor's expenses and risk. In the event of any damage occurring to cement due to faulty storage in contractor's sheds, or on account of negligence on his part, such damage shall be the liability of the contractor.

14.21.2 Aggregates The aggregate shall be stored in such a way as to prevent mixing with foreign materials. Different sizes of fine or coarse aggregate shall be stored in a separate stock piles sufficiently distant from each other in order to prevent intermixing of the materials at the edges of the stock piles.

14.21.3 BitumenMaterials shall be kept in the joint custody of the contractor and the representative of the Engineer-in-Charge. No heating of bitumen in drums for any purpose whatsoever shall be allowed.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

151

14.21.4 Materials Found At Site of WorkThe liability and disposal responsibility for the material obtained during excavation, dredging, boring, cleaning of site etc., which is not to be reused in the work, shall remain with the contractor unless otherwise provided in the relevant items of work or else where in the tender document.

However, all fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity and structures or other remains or things of geological or archaeological interest discovered on the site shall be the absolute property of the Department and the contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent his workmen or any other person from removing or damaging any such articles or valuables and shall immediately upon discovery thereof and before removal, acquaint Engineer-in-Charge and obtain his directions as to the disposal of the same at the expense of department. The material belonging to other agencies/ local bodies, if recovered during excavation, shall be handed over to them, if required by them.

14.21.5 Unsuitable MaterialIn addition to routine tests as specified above, if at any stage of execution of work, Engineer-in-Charge feels that the particular materials are not suitable to be used in any component of the structure covered under "The Scope of Work", the Engineer-in-Charge may order re-testing of the materials as per relevant specifications, IS code and sound engineering practice from any approved laboratory. The cost of samples for such testing shall be borne by the contractor. The test charges shall be borne by the department if the material is found meeting the acceptance criteria during re-testing. In such case, the cost of testing, for originally failed test sample shall be borne by the contractor only. If the sample is found not acceptable even on re-testing, the cost of such re-testing shall be borne by the contractor. The rejected material either after the routine tests or after re-testing, as the case may be, shall be immediately removed from the site of work by the contractor at his own cost.

Any material (s) used on work without prior inspection, testing and approval of the Engineer- in-Charge is/are liable to be considered unauthorised, defective and not acceptable. The Engineer-in-Charge shall have full powers to remove any or all of the materials brought to site by contractor which are not in accordance with the contract specifications or do not conform in character or quality to samples approved by him. In case of fault on the part of the contractor in removing rejected materials and any work executed with such unaccepted materials, the Engineer-in-Charge shall be at liberty to have them removed and/or dismantled by other means at the risk and cost of the contractor.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

152

14.22 Explosives and Inflammable MaterialIf explosives or inflammable materials are to be used for execution of the works, the contractor shall at his expense obtain such licences as may be required for storing and using explosive and/or inflammable materials. Contractor shall at his own cost locate, construct and maintain magazines if such are required for storage in accordance with the requirements of the appropriate rules in force for their use and safety.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

153

15. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL:

All the works unless otherwise specified hereinafter or permitted by Engineer-in-Charge shall be done in accordance with the latest editions of MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001, CPWD Specifications, IRC codes, with up to date correction slips & relevant BIS Codes as applicable, issued up to the date of issue of Tender. In case of any inconsistency among different Codes/Specifications, the order of precedence given in Chapter-7 (Special Conditions of Contract) will govern.

Unless otherwise expressly stated to the contrary either in Schedule of Quantities or elsewhere in this Tender, the method of measurements and other guide-lines as generally laid down in the MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 and CPWD specifications will be applicable as per the order of precedence given in Chapter-7.

The work shall be executed and measured as per metric units given in the Schedule of Quantities, drawings etc. (FPS units where indicated are for guidance only). Except where distinguished by BOQ, the rates apply to all heights, depths, sizes, shapes and locations. Absence of terms such as providing, supplying, laying, installing, fixing etc in the descriptions does not even remotely suggest that the Contractor is absolved of such providing, supplying etc unless an explicit stipulation is made in this contract. In the absence of any definite provisions on any particular issue in the above mentioned specifications, the design and construction shall be in conformity with the Sound Engineering Practice and in all such matters the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding on the contractor and nothing shall be paid extra on such account. The Owner shall bear no costs of materials, labour, equipment, duties, taxes, royalties etc.

The Work shall be carried out in accordance with the "Good for Construction" drawings as would be issued to the Contractor by the Engineer-in-Charge duly signed and stamped by him. The Contractor shall be conscious not to take any drawings, designs, specifications, etc. not bearing Engineer-in-Charge's signature and stamp. Similarly the Contractor shall be conscious not to take instructions given by any other Authority except the instructions given by the Engineer-in-Charge in writing.

The specifications may have been divided into different sections / sub-heads for convenience only. They do not restrict any cross-references. The Contractor shall take into account inter-relations between various parts of works/trades. No claim shall be entertained on the basis of compartmental interpretations.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

154

15.1 Protection of the EnvironmentThis section of the Specification sets out limitations on the Contractor’s activities specifically intended to protect the environment.

The Contractor shall take all necessary measures and precautions and otherwise ensure that the execution of the works and all associated operations on site or off-site are carried out in conformity with statutory and regulatory environmental requirements including those prescribed elsewhere in this document.

The Contractor shall take all measures and precautions to avoid any nuisance or disturbance arising from the execution of the Works. This shall wherever possible be achieved by suppression of the nuisance at source rather than abatement of the nuisance once generated.

In the event of any spoil, debris, waste or any deleterious substance from the Site being deposited on any adjacent land, the Contractor shall immediately remove all such material and restore the affected area to its original state to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

15.2 Water quality The Contractor shall prevent any interference with the supply to or abstraction from, and prevent any pollution of water resources (including underground percolating water) as a result of the execution of the Works.

Areas where water is regularly or repetitively used for dust suppression purposes shall be laid to fall to specially constructed settlement tanks to permit sedimentation or particulate matter. After settlement, the water may be re-used for dust suppression and rinsing.

All water and other liquid waste products arising on the Site shall be collected and disposed of at a location on or off the Site and in a manner that shall not cause either nuisance or pollution.

The Contractor shall not discharge or deposit any matter arising from the execution of the Works into any waters except with the permission of the Engineer-in-Charge and the regulatory authorities concerned.

The Contractor shall at all times ensure that all existing stream courses and drains within, and adjacent to, the site are kept safe and free from any debris and any materials arising from the Works.

The Contractor shall protect all watercourses, waterways, ditches, canals, drains, lakes and the like from pollution as a result of the execution of the Works.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

155

15.3 Air quality The Contractor shall devise and arrange methods of working to minimise dust, gaseous or other air-borne emissions and carry out the Works in such a manner as to minimise adverse impacts on air quality.

Contractor shall utilise effective water sprays during delivery manufacture, processing and handing of materials when dust is likely to be carried, and to dampen stored materials during dry and windy weather. Stockpiles and friable materials shall be covered with clean tarpaulins, with application of sprayed water during dry and windy weather. Stockpiles of material or debris shall be dampened prior to their movement, except where this is contrary to the Specification.

Any vehicle with an open load-carrying area used for transporting potentially dust producing material shall have properly fitting side and tail boards. Materials having the potential to produce dust shall not be loaded to a level higher than the side and tail boards, and shall be covered with a clean tarpaulin in good condition. The tarpaulin shall be properly secured and extend at least 300 mm over the edges of the side and tailboards.

In the event that the Contractor is permitted to use gravel or earth roads for haulage, he shall provide suitable measures for dust palliation, if these are, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, necessary. Such measures may include spraying the road surface with water at regular intervals.

15.4 Noise The Contractor shall consider noise as an environmental constraint in his planning and execution of the Works.

The Contractor shall take all necessary measures so that the operation of all mechanical equipment and construction processes on and off the Site shall not cause any unnecessary or excessive noise, taking into account applicable environment requirements. The Contractor shall use all necessary measures and shall maintain all plant and silencing equipment in good condition so as to minimise the noise emission during construction works.

15.5 Control of WastesThe Contractor shall control the disposal of all forms of waste generated by the construction operations and in all associated activities. No uncontrolled deposition or dumping shall be permitted. Wastes to be so controlled shall include, but shall not be limited to, all forms of fuel and engine oils, all types of bitumen, cement, surplus aggregates, gravel’s, bituminous mixtures etc. The Contractor shall make specific provision for the proper disposal of these and any other waste products, conforming to local regulations and acceptable to the Engineer-in-Charge.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

156

15.6 Emergency ResponseThe Contractor shall plan and provide for remedial measures to be implemented in the event of occurrence of emergencies such as spillage of oil or bitumen or chemicals.

The Contractor shall provide the Engineer-in-Charge with a statement of the measures he intends to implement in the event of such an emergency which shall include a statement of how he intends to provide personnel adequately trained to implement such measures.

No separate payment shall be made in respect of above compliance by the Contractor with the provisions of this Section of the Specification. The Contractor shall be deemed to have made allowance for such compliance with these provisions in the preparation of his lump sum price and the prices for items of work included in the Bills of Quantities and full compensation for such compliance will be deemed to be covered by them.

15.7 Provisions by ContractorThe Contractor shall provide and maintain at site throughout the period of works the following at his own cost and without extra charge, Except for the items specified in the Bill of Quantities the cost being held to be included in the Contract Rates:

1. General works such as setting out site clearance before setting out and on completion of works. All weather approach roads to the site office should also be constructed and maintained in good condition.

2. All labour, materials, plant, equipment and temporary works, Over head charges as well as general liabilities, obligations, insurance and risks arising out of GCC, required completing and maintaining the works to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.

3. Adequate lighting for night work, and also whenever and wherever required by the Engineer-in-Charge.

4. Temporary fences, guards, lights and protective work necessary for protection of workmen, supervisors, engineers, General public and any other persons permitted access to the site. Contractor shall provide proper signage as directed. All fences, barricade shall be painted with colour shades as specified by the Engineer-in-Charge. The barricading should be as per drawing to ensure visual obstruction of work from public view. The barricading for the contractor’s yard will not be payable.

5. All equipment, instruments, labour and materials required by the Engineer-in-Charge for checking alignment, levels, slopes and evenness of surfaces measurements and quality etc.

6. Design mixes and testing them as per relevant clauses of specifications giving proportion of ingredients, sources of aggregates and binder along with

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

157

accompanying trial mixes. Test results to be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge for his approval before adoption on works.

7. Cost of Preparation and compliance with provision of a quality assurance control programme.

8. Cost of safe guarding the environment as mentioned under section 8.1.

9. A testing laboratory as specified by the Engineer-in-Charge equipped with the following minimum apparatus, materials and competent trained staff required for carrying out tests, as specified elsewhere in the tender document.

15.8 Drawings and DimensionsFigured dimensions on drawings shall only be followed and drawings to a large scale shall take precedence over those to a smaller scale. Special dimensions or directions in the specifications shall supersede all others. All dimensions shall be checked on site prior to execution.

The dimensions where stated do not allow for waste, laps, joints, etc. but the Contractor shall provide at his own cost sufficient labour and materials to cover such waste, couplers, laps, joints, etc.

The levels, measurements and other information concerning the existing site as shown on the drawings are believed to be correct, but the contractor should verify them for himself and also examine the nature of the ground as no claim or allowance whatsoever will be entertained on account of any errors or omissions in the levels or the description of the ground levels or strata turning out different from what was expected or shown on the drawings.

15.9 Setting Out of WorksThe Contractor shall set out the Works indicated in the Conditions of Contract. The Contractor shall provide suitable stones with flat tops and build the same in concrete for temporary benchmarks. All the pegs for setting out the Works and fixing the levels required for the execution thereof shall, if desired by the Engineer-in-Charge, likewise be built in masonry at such places and in such a manner as the Engineer-in-Charge may direct.

The Contractor shall carefully protect and preserve all benchmarks and other marks used in setting out the works. The contractor will make overall layout of complete work and get it checked from Engineer-in-Charge. The cost of all operations of setting out including construction of benchmarks is deemed to be included in the quoted rates as per Bill of Quantities.

All the survey work except levelling shall be carried out using total stations with 3-second accuracy. The levelling work shall be carried out using Auto level.ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

158

The triangulation’s point to be given in the detailed drawings or by Engineer-in-Charge before start of work shall be maintained during execution and handed over back to Engineer-in-Charge after completion of work.

15.10 Codes and StandardsA list of relevant IRC Codes, other publication of IRC and Recommended Codes of Practice is given in Annexure -B, which is not exhaustive but informative only. The contractor shall make available at site all relevant Codes of practice as applicable. Any additional standard specifications or criteria for design and construction of roads and bridges that may have been published by the IRC and in practice up to the date of issue of tender shall also be taken into account. In the absence of any definite provisions on any particular issue in the above mentioned specifications, the design and construction shall be in conformity with the Sound Engineering Practice and in all such matters the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding on the contractor and nothing extra shall be paid on such account. For order of precedence, please refer to clause 7.1 of Chapter-7 (Special Conditions of Contract)

15.11 Load Testing on Completed StructuresDuring the period of construction or within the defect liability period the Engineer-in-Charge may at his discretion order the load testing of any completed structure or any part thereof if he has reasonable doubts about the adequacy of the strength of such structure for any of the following reasons:

1. Results of compressive strength on concrete test cubes falling below the specified strength.

2. Premature removal of form work.

3. Inadequate curing of concrete.

4. Over loading during the construction of the structure or part thereof.

5. Carrying out concreting of any portion without prior approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.

Honey combed or damaged concrete, which in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge is particularly weak and will affect the stability of the structure to carry the design load, more so in important or critical areas of the structure.

Any other circumstances attributable to alleged negligence of the contractor, which in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge may result in the structure or any part thereof being of less than the expected strength.

All the loading tests shall be carried out by the contractor strictly in accordance with the instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge, IS:456 and as indicated hereunder. Such tests shall be carried out only after expiry of minimum 28 days or such longer period as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

159

15.11.1 MethodologyThe structure shall be subjected to a super-imposed load equal to 1.0 times the specified superimposed load assumed in the design. This load shall be maintained for a period of 24 hours before removal. During the test, struts strong enough to take the whole load shall be placed in position leaving a gap under the members as directed. The deflection due to the superimposed load shall be recorded by sufficient number of approved deflectometers capable of reading up to 1/500 of 1 cm and located suitably under the structure as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

The structure shall be deemed to have passed the test if the maximum deflection at the end of 24 hours of loading does not exceed the deflection given by the following expressions

D = 0.001 L2/25 T, where,

D = max deflection due to imposed load only

L = span of the member under load test (the shorter span in case of slabs). The span is the distance between centres of the supports or the clear distance between the supports and the depth of the member, whichever is smaller. In case of cantilever, this shall be taken as twice the distance from the support to the end and deflection shall be adjusted for movement of the support.

T = depth of member.

If within 24 hours of the removal of the superimposed load, the structure does not recover at least 75% of the deflection under the superimposed load, the test loading shall be repeated after a lapse of 72 hours. If the recovery after the second test is less than 80% of the maximum deflection shown during the second test, the structure shall be considered to have failed to pass the test and shall be deemed to be unacceptable.

In such cases the portion of the work concerned shall be taken down or cut out and reconstructed to comply with the specifications. Other remedial measures may be taken to make the structure secure at the discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge. However such remedial measures shall be carried out to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.

15.11.2 Cost of TestingAll costs involved in carrying out the tests and other incidental expense thereto shall be borne by the contractor regardless of the result of the tests. The contractor shall take down or cut out and reconstruct the defective work or shall make the remedial

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

160

measures instructed at his own cost including consultancy charges for suggestion of remedial measures.

15.11.3 Other TestIn addition to the above load tests, non-destructive test methods such as core test and ultrasonic pulse velocity test shall be carried out by the contractor at his own expense if so desired by the Engineer-in-Charge. Such tests shall be carried out by an agency approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall be done using only recommended testing equipment. The acceptance criteria for these tests shall be as specified by the testing agency or good engineering practice and as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

15.12 Specifications Specifications of following items are covered in this chapter. All these specifications are in reference to the particular items of Schedule of Quantities.

1. Foundations

2. Concrete Works

3. Reinforced soil wall Works

4. Road Work

5. Embankments

6. Drainage works

7. Assembled Accessories (Bearings and Expansion Joints)

8. Civil works for Traffic Signages

9. Miscellaneous Works

Design Requirements

All the design shall conform to and comply with all the requirements given in the latest editions of the relevant Indian Road Congress Standard Specifications and Codes of Practice of Road Bridges, and other technical Specifications as detailed else where in the tender document. These standard specifications and codes of practice shall be supplemented, wherever necessary, by Ministry of Road Transport and Highways Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision, 2001) published by Indian Roads Congress, CPWD Specifications (1996) the latest BIS, BS or AASHTO Codes of Practice and Specifications, CEB/FIP publications and Codes of Practice, so far as applicable. These shall also deem to incorporate any subsequent amendments that may be recommended by respective authorities of the above mentioned specifications and codes of practices, upto the date of issue of tender.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

161

For all work for which the contractor has to submit design for approval of the Department, the same shall be got prepared by the contractor from consultants who are specialised in the field. The particular item of scaffolding, staging and shuttering, use of any proprietary method of staging, bearings and expansion joints etc. shall be supplemented with proper designs of such systems to be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

The tenderer shall assess with due care the supplementary site investigations needed to verify all topographical, hydrological and other site data indicated in the tender documents and also collect such additional site data/geotechnical data as may be necessary for doing the job.

15.13 FoundationsMainly the following items have been covered in the specifications of concrete.

1. Open Foundations

2. Pile Foundations

15.13.1 Open FoundationsResults of the sub-surface investigations conducted at the Project Site are available with the department. This information about the soil and sub-soil water conditions is being made available to the Contractor in good faith and the Contractor is advised to obtain details independently as may be considered necessary by him before quoting rates in the tender. No claim whatsoever on account of any discrepancy between the sub-surface conditions that may be actually encountered at the time of execution of the work and those given in these Tender Documents shall be admissible to the Contractor under any circumstances whatsoever.

Ripping and breaking open of road or pavement or any other obstruction met with and all operations and incidental charges, etc. are deemed to be included in the rates. The bailing out of all sorts of water including rainwater, seepage water, sewage/sludge mixed water etc. or de-watering for lowering the ground water table required for construction is included in the scope. No separate payment for dewatering shall be payable.

Before the excavation is taken up, contractor shall follow the specifications as given below.

The contractor shall ensure all benchmarks and reference points likely to be disturbed during excavation are protected or transferred appropriately to enable their subsequent use. The excavations shall be done with safer slopping sides and/ or with soldier piles, in the longitudinal direction as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. At any point of time, it shall be ensured that the foundation of existing structures are safe.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

162

At identified locations, the excavations shall be carried out after the installation of soldier piles and timber lagging.

The initial depth of excavation shall be done manually, if presence of underground utilities is suspected. Machine excavation can be resorted to for the remaining depth only with the permission of the Engineer-in-charge. The excavation shall proceed from the middle of the cut towards the walling so that the unsupported period to which the walling is exposed is the minimum. The last 0.5m of excavation shall be taken up only after full arrangements for laying the base concrete have been made. After the excavation is completed to the final level, the base shall be prepared by dressing, ramming, consolidating and then base concrete shall be laid and compacted. It shall be ensured that at no time, the bottom of the cut is left exposed in the final level for long duration.

During excavation, if water percolation takes place through the joints in the pit, the contractor shall take remedial measures either by grouting or by caulking or plastering as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. If despite the precautions taken, there is water percolation and water is required to be pumped out, the contractor shall make arrangements to lead the water by appropriate surface drain to a convenient sump from where the same could be pumped out. The rate for excavation in all construction works includes all the expenses incurred in stopping water percolation and also includes the cost of arrangement for provision of sumps in the cut and collection of seepage and all sorts of other water such as rain waters, flood water, sewage or sludge mixed waters etc. towards the sumps.

The Contractor shall be required to maintain the water table over the entire area and in the vicinity of the foundation at or below 0.5m or more below the bottom level of the foundation at the lowest point of the same so that the dry working surface is available until the foundation is completed. Thereafter, the water table can be allowed to rise to its natural level. The Contractor shall also ensure that there is no danger to nearby properties and installations on account of such lowering of the water table. If needed, suitable measures shall be taken by the Contractor at no extra cost. Lump sum price offered by the contractor should be deemed to be inclusive of such incidental works. In trenches where surface water is likely to get into cut during monsoon a ring bund of puddle clay shall be formed outside to the required height and maintained at no cost to the department. The contractor shall also take steps to prevent back inflow of pumped water.

The contractor shall arrange to stack separately at locations or at dumping areas indicated by the Engineer-in-charge, the excavated spoils which are fit for use for back filling at no extra cost being paid for such stacking. Spoils from excavation shall be disposed off the construction site as per the directions of the Engineer-in-charge.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

163

Any special treatment for improving the soil qualities to stabilise bottom against heaving conditions by way of any chemical or quick lime treatment, any grouting of soil-mass etc. in advance of excavation shall have to be done without any extra cost.

Excavation for all works and of materials required for filling shall be done with stable slopes as per contractor’s calculations or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractors at his own expense shall put up the necessary shoring, strutting and planking with due regard to the safety of personnel and works and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. If required driving of rolled section / sheet pile of suitable size is required to be done into the soil to retain earth as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. Measurement of plan area of excavation for payment shall be permitted only up to the end of PCC under foundations. Nothing extra shall be paid for making any arrangement.

If excavation is carried out to greater depth than required beyond the level specified, for any reason whatsoever, such volume shall be made good by filling with PCC M15 having coarse aggregates 40 mm and down graded and brought to level to receive the levelling course below foundations. If excavation is carried out to greater width and length, such extra width and length shall be filled in by well consolidated earth / sand or if the Engineer-in-Charge thinks it is necessary for the stability of the work, by masonry or concrete as he may direct.

Propping shall be undertaken when any foundation or stressed zone from an adjoining structure is within a line of 1 vertical to 2 horizontal from the bottom of the excavation. No extra payment will be made on this account.

The Contractor shall, at the contract rates make provision for all shoring, dewatering, dredging, bailing out or draining water whether subsoil or rain or other water and the excavation shall be kept free of water while the masonry work or concrete work is in progress and until the Engineer-in-Charge considers the work well set (Refer IS: 3764 Safety Code for Excavation Work). The Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself with regard to feasibility of all aspects of dewatering including site constraints due to existing structures. Though the method of dewatering is left to the contractor, he shall be required to submit method statement of dewatering scheme including requisite justifications to the Engineer-in-Charge and seek his prior written approval. Approval of the Engineer-in-Charge however shall not relieve the contractor of the responsibility of adequacy and appropriateness of dewatering and protection arrangements for the quality and safety of the work.

The contractor shall satisfy the Engineer-in-Charge as to the capacity of the drains or disposal site to take the required quantity and flow of water to be pumped out at various stages of excavation. The Contractor shall obtain necessary approvals of

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

164

local bodies for discharging the pumped out water. All the dewatering pumps shall therefore also have dedicated DG Power supply that shall come on automatically in case of failure of electrical supply from the mains. Monitoring of water table shall be done using electronic probes located at least one each of the four corner of excavation.

The Contractor shall erect and maintain during progress of works temporary fences with all safety measures around dangerous excavations at contractor’s cost.

Excavation material required for filling shall be stacked or dumped where indicated by the Engineer-in-Charge. Excavated material not required for filling and any surplus material shall be removed and spread on the site anywhere within the premises and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge or carted away from the site as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Dumping of this surplus material shall be in an environmental friendly manner using tarpaulin cover, dumper, placer etc. and according to the levels/grades as indicated by the Engineer-in-Charge. The cost of such removal and spreading shall be borne by the Contractor and deemed to be included in the Contract Rates. Necessary approval from the local authorities for carting and dumping surplus material is to be obtained by the contractor.

The Contractor shall notify to the Engineer-in-Charge when the excavation is completed and no base or Concrete shall be laid until the Engineer-in-Charge has inspected and approved of the soil conditions obtained for each individual footing or the full raft area.

In case any underground structures that need to be protected (like underground sewer lines etc.) are encountered, the Contractor shall bring the same to the notice of the Engineer-in-Charge immediately and shall take all such steps as the Engineer-in-Charge may instruct for protection of such structures. Such protective measures shall be done at the Contractor’s cost If any damage occur to such items which were required to be protected during excavation, the same shall be made good by contractor at his own cost otherwise client will arrange to make it good at the risk and cost of contractor.

The Contractor is free, within the framework of rules and regulations of the local authorities, to deal with the surplus earth in any manner suitable to him. The Contractor may dispose off the surplus earth from the project site to place/ places as may be permitted by the Engineer-in-Charge/ appropriate authority/ body. The transportation of the surplus earth shall be done by mechanical means only. The Contractor shall at his own cost obtain necessary clearances/ permissions statutory or otherwise needed for the purpose. Dumpers may be used for transporting slushy, material excavated from pile boring / pile cap / Open Foundation with precautions for non-spillage of muck.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

165

In case earth or sand is used for backfilling in foundation, it shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. In the foundation the backfilling shall be done in layers not more than 200mm thick and shall be thoroughly watered and consolidated by approved method. The rate for backfilling in foundation using earth is deemed to have been included in the excavation rate.

15.13.2 Pile foundations

15.13.2.1General1000mm diameter, bored cast-in-situ, reinforced concrete piles are proposed to be used for foundations. The accompanying drawings and schedule of quantities have been prepared accordingly. The Contractor is advised to go through the sub-soil investigation report kept in the office of EXECUTIVE ENGINEER, Delhi Development Authority, Seed Bed Park, Shakarpur for reference purpose. The information provided in the sub-soil investigation report is for the guidance and indicative only. The Contractor shall assess all other necessary information at his own cost. The diameter of finished concrete inside the casing shall be equal to the specified diameter of the piles on the drawings.

For bored cast-in-situ piles various operations such as finishing/cleaning of the bore, lowering of reinforcement cage and concreting of pile for full height shall be completed in one continuous operation without any stoppage. Complete methodology for the piling operation shall be submitted by contractor for approval.

Cast-in-situ bored piles in soil is required to be done with hydraulically operated self propelled, self erecting, crawler mounted rig with rotary guide mast using partial depth casing with Bentonite and oscillator arrangement. The bottom of the steel lining shall be sufficiently in advance of the boring tool so as to prevent settlement of outside soil and formation of cavities.

The piling rig should have minimum following specifications

Rotary Torque – 180 KNm

Power Plant – 200 KW min.

Crowd Force – 180000 Kg.

Mast Levelling – Adjustable through mast inclinometer

Depth Measurement – Electronic Depth Meter

Kelly – Heavy duty telescopic lockable Kelly capable of transmitting crowd force to boring tool.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

166

15.13.2.2LengthThe average basic length of the piles mentioned in the Schedule of Quantity is tentative. The final length of the pile shall be decided on the basis of resistance actually observed during initial load test at site. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to ensure by subsequent routine load tests that the installed length of piles shall be able to carry the specific safe load and the resulting deflections shall be within permissible limits as specified in IS: 2911 Part-IV. In case of failure of any pile in routine load test, the additional cost on account of remedial measures including the consultant fees for suggesting remedial measures shall be born by the contractor and no claim shall be entertained on this account.

The pile length shall be measured from cut off level to the tip of the pile.

15.13.2.3BoringBoring equipment and accessories shall generally conform to IS: 2911 and MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001. Boring shall be done by high capacity hydraulically operated power rotary boring rig (with hydraulic feed). The sides of the bore hole shall be stabilised by the use of the bentonite slurry (drilling mud) throughout its length and a temporary liner at the top having a minimum length of 5m as indicated in the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge at no extra cost.

15.13.2.4Drilling Mud (Bentonite Slurry)The drilling mud shall be used at least 1.5m above from the level of sub-soil water depending upon site conditions and the hole shall then be always kept almost full with the fluid which shall preferably be kept in motion during boring operation. The density and composition of the fluid shall be such as to suit the requirements of the ground conditions and maintain the fine materials from the boring in suspension. Bentonite suspension shall meet the following specifications:

Density = 1.05 g/cc

Marsh Cone Viscosity between 30 and 40

The pH value between 9.5 and 12

The silt content < 1%

The liquid limit of bentonite not less than 400%

The level of drilling mud shall be maintained at least 1.5m above the contemporary ground water level. The bentonite slurry shall not be allowed to be discharged into any nallah/drain or on the ground. The waste slurry shall be removed by tanker/vehicles as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. In order to avoid collapse of upper soft soil into the borehole, temporary liner of thickness not less than 6 mm

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

167

shall be provided up to at least 5 m from the existing ground level. The liner shall be provided by hydraulically operated mechanism. After concreting of pile the liner shall be extracted by vibrators or jacking.

15.13.2.5Cleaning of Borehole Bottom The bottom of the hole shall be cleaned very carefully prior to commencing the concreting. The cleaning of the hole shall be ensured by careful operation by reverse circulation. Alternative method shall be employed only with the prior permission of Engineer-in-Charge in writing. To lift the spoil at founding level before concreting, borehole shall be agitated by jetting with fresh drilling mud at a relatively higher pressure than that used during boring, or by air jetting through a pipe attached with the tremie pipe and flushing with bentonite slurry simultaneously. The specific gravity of the mud suspension in the vicinity of the bottom of bore hole shall be determined by using a suitable slurry sampler in a first few piles and at suitable interval of piles as per the directions of the Engineer-in-charge and recorded. Consistency of the drilling mud suspension shall be controlled throughout the boring as well as concreting operation in order to keep the sides of the hole stabilised as well as to avoid concrete mixed up with the thicker suspension of the mud.

The bore must be washed by fresh bentonite solution flushing to ensure clean bottom at two stages viz. after completion of boring and prior to concreting after placing the reinforcement cage. Flushing of bentonite shall be done continuously with fresh bentonite slurry till the consistency of in-flowing and out-flowing slurry is similar.

15.13.2.6 ConcretingThe concrete used for piles shall conform to the provisions of the specifications. Concreting of borehole shall start as soon as possible after boring has been completed. Should a borehole, be left unconcreted for more than two hours, it shall be cleaned thoroughly as directed by the Engineer-in-charge before placing concrete. Concreting shall be done by tremie pipe. It shall, however, be ensured that concrete entering the tremie pipe does not get mixed up with the bentonite slurry/water. Concreting should not be taken up when the specific gravity of bottom slurry is more than 1.2. When the specific gravity of bottom slurry is more than 1.2 the same shall be replaced by the fresh bentonite slurry.

15.13.2.7Tremie Method The tremie pipes and funnel shall be filled with concrete and lifted 15 cm above the bottom of the hole before releasing the concrete column in order to facilitate flushing it out. The concrete levels in the tremie shall be checked for every few feet in order to note the difference, if any, between the theoretical quantity that should have been placed and actual quantity that has gone in. This serves when fixing the position of over cut during pouring.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

168

In case the actual quantity of concrete poured in the bore hole is less than 90% of the theoretical quantity of concrete for the pile, the pile shall be subjected to rejection.

The diameter of tremie pipe shall be 200mm minimum and the funnel should be capable of holding 0.4 cum of concrete.

Following rules shall strictly be observed prior to and during the tremie method, cited above.

1. The concreting of a pile must be completed in one continuous operation.

2. The concrete shall be coherently rich in cement and having slump in the range of 150mm to 200mm.

3. A temporary liner should be installed for at least top 5 m depth of soil as mentioned elsewhere in the tender documents which would ensure that fragments of comparatively loose soil cannot drop from the sides into the concrete. Arrangement for lowering and withdrawal of temporary liner should be independent of those for the tremie pipe etc.

4. The tremie shall be large enough in order to cater for the size of aggregates thereby allowing a smooth uninterrupted flow of concrete. For instance, a tremie of 200 mm diameter shall suffice the requirements with 20 mm aggregate. The tremie should be of robust construction conforming to the approved standards.

5. The first charge of concrete shall be placed with a sliding plug pushed down the tube ahead of it to prevent mixing of concrete and water/bentonite slurry. However, the plug shall not be left in the concrete as a lump.

6. The tremie pipe shall always penetrate deep enough (at least 1m) into the concrete with an adequate margin of safety against accidental withdrawal.

7. The pile shall be concreted wholly by tremie and the method of deposition shall not be changed part way up the pile in order to prevent the latency from being entrapped within the pile.

8. The tremie shall essentially be watertight in order to avoid mixing of bore fluid with the concrete.

9. All tremie tubes shall be scrupulously cleaned after every use.

To ensure compaction of concrete by hydraulic static head, rate of placing of concrete in the pile shaft shall not be less than 6m length of pile per hour.

Normally the concreting of the piles shall be uninterrupted. In case, under the unavoidable circumstances, the operation has to suspend for a period of 2 hours maximum the tremie shall not be taken out of concrete. Instead it shall be raised and lowered slowly from time to time which would prevent the concrete around the tremie from setting. Concreting should be resumed by introducing a little richer concrete (5% additional cement) with a higher slump for easy displacement of the partly set concrete.ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

169

If the concreting cannot be resumed before final set of the concrete already placed, the pile so cast may be liable for rejection. Acceptance with modifications shall be at the sole discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge provided Contractor is able to prove to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge that the modifications suggested by him are acceptable. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account. Similarly, Contractor shall be liable to carry out all remedial measures at no extra cost to the Department.

In case of withdrawal of tremie out of the concrete the pile shall be subjected to rejection.

15.13.3 Cut-off LevelThe top of concrete in the piles shall be brought above the cut-off level (as approved by the Engineer-in-charge) in order to remove all latency and weak concrete before capping and ensure the design concrete at the cut-off level for the proper embedment into the pile cap.

The concrete shall be cast to the piling platform level to permit overflow of concrete for visual inspection or to a minimum of 1.5 meter above cut-off level whichever is more. In the circumstances where cut-off level is below ground water level the need to maintain a pressure on the unset concrete equal to or greater than water pressure shall be observed and accordingly length of extra concrete above cut-off level shall be determined and provided without any extra cost to the Department.

15.13.4 Sequence of pilingDuring installation of piles, the sequence of construction shall be followed as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

15.13.4.1Defective PileIn case defective piles are formed, they shall be removed or left in places whichever is convenient without affecting performance of the adjacent piles or the cap as a whole. Additional piles shall be provided at contractor’s cost to replace them as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and in this regard the decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be binding on the contractor.

Any deviation from the designed location, alignment or load capacity of any pile shall be noted and adequate measures shall then be taken well before the concreting of the pile cap if the deviations are beyond the permissible limit. All such alterations shall be done at contractor’s cost and to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall have to submit requisite design calculations for the changes arising out of the above situation for approval by the department. The contractor shall have to bear the cost of such redesigning and its checking by the consultant appointed by the department.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

170

15.13.5 Control of AlignmentPiles shall be accurately installed as per designs and drawings. Vertical piles shall be bored straight without any kink in the profile. During installation of vertical piles, the following limits shall not be exceeded:

15.13.5.1Verticality The tilt of piles shall not exceed 1 in 150. For this purpose, the alignment of boring shall be checked during boring operation for every 5 m depth of bore or at closer intervals as desired by the Engineer-in-Charge. Suitable corrective measures shall be taken to rectify any tendency of the bore to go beyond this limit at no extra cost. Contractor shall have to maintain the record of profile of boring as a part of pile data to be submitted by him.

15.13.5.2Shift The resultant shift in any direction from the designed position at cut off level shall not exceed 75 mm. This shall be measured at pile top at cut-off level. This data shall also be submitted by the contractor alongwith standard record of pile boring.

In case during installation, above limits are violated, the contractor shall be liable for action in the following manner:

Submit revised calculation for the pile groups and pile caps and bear all costs related to such designs and its checking by the consultant of the Department. In addition, he shall not be entitled to any additional extension of time relating to such design and approval by the Department. All additional work arising out of such redesigning of pile and pile caps shall be executed by the contractor at no extra cost to the department.

In case deviations are exceeded beyond above limits to the extent that the resulting eccentricity cannot be taken care of by redesigning of the pile group and pile caps, the piles shall be replaced or supplemented by one or more additional piles by the contractor at his own cost alongwith any additional cost for pile cap being oversized. The decision taken in this regard by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding on the contractor.

15.13.5.3Chipping of Pile TopManual chipping shall be permitted after three days of pile casting. Pneumatic chipping if permitted by the Engineer-in-charge shall not be started before 7 days or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Full care should be taken to prevent any damage/distortion of pile reinforcement.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

171

15.13.6 Adjacent StructureWhen working near the existing structures care shall be taken to avoid any damage to such structures. In case of bored piles, care shall be taken to avoid the effect due to loss of ground.

In case of deep excavations carried out adjacent to piles, proper shoring or other suitable arrangement shall be done to guard against the lateral movement of soil stratum or releasing the stresses confining the soil.

15.13.7 ReinforcementMain longitudinal reinforcement, preferably in one length, in the length of the piles as well as links or spirals shall be provided as shown in the drawing. Reinforcement cage shall be handled and installed carefully without damaging its shape. Quality, workmanship and all other requirements of reinforcement bars shall satisfy the corresponding specifications referred in this contract. Completely fabricated reinforced cage for the full length of pile shall be lowered with help of crane or any other approved method. The clear cover to the reinforcement in pile shall be 75 mm not with standing any other provision mentioned in the codes and specifications mentioned elsewhere.

15.13.8 Recording of DataDuring installation of pile the following data shall be recorded along with any other relevant data as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. These data shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-charge in triplicate after installation of each pile.

1. Sequence of installation of piles in a group.

2. Dimensions of the pile, including reinforcement details and marks of the pile.

1. Details of mild steel liner where provided along with stiffener.

2. Depth bored and founding level along with a bore log indicating nature of stratum.

3. Time taken in penetration of every 15 cm for last 2 m depth above founding level.

4. Method of cleaning bottom of hole at founding level before commencing the concreting.

5. Time taken in concreting.

6. Cut-off level/working level/RL of top of concrete.

7. No. of Cement bags consumed, slump of concrete.

8. Any other relevant observations suggested by the Engineer-in-charge and which may eventually affect the overall performance of piles.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

172

15.13.9 Load Test on Pile

15.13.9.1GeneralThe load test on a concrete pile shall not be carried out unless the concrete has achieved its specified 28 days strength. Also the age of concrete at the time of testing shall not be less than 14 days.

There shall be two categories of static tests on piles, namely, initial load tests and routine load tests. Initial tests should be carried out on test piles, which are not to be incorporated in the work. Routine tests shall be carried out as a check on working piles. The number of initial and routine tests on piles shall be as determined by the Engineer-in-charge depending upon the number of foundations, span length, type of superstructure and uncertainties of founding strata. In any case, the initial load tests shall not be less than 2 in number, while the routine load tests shall not be less than 2% of the total number  of piles in the structure nor less than  2  in number. These tests shall be carried out at a cut-off level wherever practicable. Otherwise, allowance shall be made in the interpretation of test results if the test is not made at cut-off level.

Reaction may be applied using kentledge, anchor piles or ground anchors with the prior approval of the scheme by the Engineer-in-Charge. Reaction to be made available shall be 25% more than the test load.

The methodology of carrying out load tests and of arriving at safe load on piles shall conform to IS: 2911 (Part IV).

All pile tests shall be duly recorded and analysed with calculations in format approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

15.13.9.2 MethodThe test load shall be applied by jacking against kentledge and ground anchors or reaction piles. The reaction piles shall not be selected amongst the working piles. Any kentledge-loading truss if used shall be adequately supported in order to enhance its stability particularly in the event of a sudden change in the load reaction from the pile. The reaction from kentledge to be made available for the test shall be 25% more than the final test load proposed to be applied.

The load test shall be carried out either at cut-off level or maximum 1.5 m below G.L. as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Details regarding the test set up and the loading scheme shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge well in advance for approval.

15.13.9.3LoadThe hydraulic jack shall be powered by an electric pump whose discharge can be adjusted in order to suit the required rate of loading. The load applied to the pile shall be recorded either by a gauge in the hydraulic system or a proving ring with

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

173

fresh calibration from an approved laboratory. The sensitivity of the recording device shall not exceed 1.2% of the full load. However, in any event the accuracy and sensitivity of the system shall be checked against an approved instrument.

A test certificate and fresh calibration chart from an approved laboratory for jack and pump is to be produced to the Engineer-in-charge well in advance before their application in any load testing on piles. \

15.13.9.4Deflection MeasurementsThe settlement of the pile shall be recorded by a minimum three dial gauges recording to 0.02 mm and placed at equal angles round the test pile. The dial gauges shall be fixed to datum bars whose ends rest upon non-movable supports. The supports for datum bars with reference to which the settlement of the pile would be measured, shall be at least 5 m away clear from the test piles.

15.13.9.5 Initial TestThe test shall generally conform to IS: 2911 (Part IV)-1985. Pile head shall be prepared for load test by suitably cutting /bending the projecting pile reinforcement. Use of RMC (without flyash) can be allowed in the initial test pile after getting approval from engineer in charge. Testing of pile after 14 days of concreting is allowed. A bearing plate with a hole at centre shall be placed over the pile head for placing the jacks. Approximately 25mm gap between the bearing plate and pile head shall be kept which will be filled with pre-packaged free-flowing, high strength, non-shrink grout such as FOSROC's Conbextra-HF or approved equivalent. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.

Interpretation of pile load capacity shall be done as per clause 8.1.5 of IS: 2911 (part IV)-1985.

15.13.9.6Routine TestThe test shall generally conform to IS:2911 (Part IV)-1985. Preparation of pile head and placement of bearing plate including non-shrink mortar shall be as explained in the above clause.

Test load shall be equal to 1.5 times the estimated capacity of pile determined as per above clause. Interpretation of results shall be done as per clause 6.1.5 of IS:2911 (Part IV)-1985. The test shall be carried out not earlier than 28 days after concreting of the pile unless specifically permitted otherwise by the Engineer-in-Charge.

Selection of the piles for routine load test, which is often the MORTH inferior set of piles, shall be made by the Engineer-in-charge, determined by integrity tests.

15.13.9.7Lateral load Testing Lateral load testing of single pile as per the specifications duly supplemented with IS 2911(partIV) with lateset amendments thereto all complete.test shall be conducted

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

174

using reaction pile and it shall be carried out by a reputed agency approved by engineer-in-charge.item to include work to execute the job.

The test shall be performed after removal of bad/weak concrete at top so that the wave propagation is steady through hard concrete. The test shall not be carried out unless the concrete has achieved its specified 28 days strength. Also the age of concrete at the time of testing shall not be less than 14 days after concreting the piles. A specialist approved agency shall be employed for the test and the tests shall generally be as per recommendations of the agency, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer-in-Charge.

15.13.9.8High Strain Dynamic Testing At any stage of construction the Engineer-in-charge may order to conduct high strain dynamic tests on the selected piles by an approved agency. The testing charges of any such test shall be born by the Department. However the Contractor shall provide necessary facilities for testing as required by the Engineer-in-charge. No claim for delay or otherwise due to this reason shall be entertained on this account.

15.13.9.9 As-Built Drawings On completion of the work, the Contractor will submit a plan showing the exact location and length of each pile as constructed at site, as well as dates of concreting, cube test results etc. The original tracing of this drawing shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge.

15.14 Cement ConcreteOnly design mix concrete shall be used for various structural members. The contractor shall carry out the mix design and the mix so designed shall be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge within the limitation of parameters and other stipulations laid down in the contract.

15.14.1 Strength Requirement of ConcreteThe trial mixes shall be designed to have target mean strengths as specified in Table-6 of IRC:21-2000. The trial mix shall be prepared with approved aggregates, cement, water and admixtures. The Engineer-in-Charge shall be at liberty to inspect the operations and the quality of materials being used by the contractor for trial mixes. The samples of materials used for trial mix shall be submitted with the Engineer in charge for reference and the contractor shall ensure that the materials used for actual production of concrete conforms to the samples of material used in preparation of trial mix. The trial mixes, which do not conform to the specification, shall be rejected. The other parameters shall be as under:

Grade of concrete - As specified.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

175

Type of cement - As specified in relevant item of work of chapter “Materials and Testing”

Type and Size of Coarse Aggregate

As per chapter 7 for “materials and testing ”

15.14.2 WorkabilityThe concrete mix proportions chosen should be such that the concrete is of adequate workability for placing condition of the concrete to ensure proper compaction. The slump for various members shall be suitably decided as per the requirement and got approved from the Engineer-in-charge prior to mixing and placing the concrete into the position. However the following range shall be applicable for slump at the point of placing the concrete:

Bored Cast-in-situ piles : 150-200mm

Pile cap : 75-90 mm

Other cast-in-situ members : 90-120mm

Precast members : 75-90 mm

These slump parameters are broad guidelines, which shall be suitably modified and approved by the engineer-in-charge based on site conditions, reinforcement congestion, mode of concrete placement, weather conditions etc.

15.14.3 Limits Of Water and Cement ContentsMaximum Water/Cement Ratio shall be as per IRC 21

Minimum Cement Content shall be as per IRC-21

Maximum Cement Content - 540 kg/cum

Total water soluble sulphate (SO3) content of concrete mix expressed as (SO3) shall not exceed 4% percent by mass of cement used in the mix.

Total chloride content in the concrete expressed as chloride ion shall not exceed 0.2 percent by mass of cement used in the concrete mix for RCC/PCC members and 0.1% by mass of cement for PSC members.

15.14.4 Trial MixesTrail mixes shall be prepared using samples of approved materials for all grades of concrete.

The concreting plant and means of transportation employed to make the trial mixes and to transport them to representative distances shall be similar to the corresponding plant and transport to be used in the works. A clean dry mixer shall be used and the first batches shall be discarded. Test cubes shall be taken for trial mixes as follows.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

176

For each mix, set of six cubes shall be made from each of three consecutive batches. Three from each set of six shall be tested at an age of 28days and three at an earlier age approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The cubes shall be made, cured, stored, transported and tested in compression in accordance with the specification.

The average strength of the nine cubes at 28 days shall exceed the specified characteristic strength by the current margin minus 3.5 MPa. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.

15.14.5 Additional Trial MixesAdditional trial mixes and tests, shall be carried out during production before substantial changes are made in the material or in the proportions of the materials to be used, except when adjustments to the mix proportions are carried out to minimise the variability of strength subject to approval of Engineer-in-Charge and to maintain the target mean strength subject to approval of Engineer-in-Charge. Such adjustments shall not be taken to imply any change in the current margin and nothing extra shall be paid on this account.

15.14.6 Sampling And Testing

15.14.6.1GeneralSamples from fresh concrete shall be taken as per IS: 1199 and cubes shall be made, cured and tested at 28 days in accordance with IS: 516.

15.14.6.2Sampling ProcedureA random sampling procedure shall be adopted to ensure that each concrete batch shall have a reasonable chance of being tested, that is, the sampling should be spread over the entire period of concreting and cover all mixing units. The point and time of sampling shall be at delivery into the construction, unless otherwise agreed to.

15.14.6.3FrequencyThe minimum frequency of sampling of concrete of each grade shall be in accordance with the following Table:

Quantity of Concrete in Work (m3) Number of Samples

1 – 5

6 – 15

16 – 30

1

2

3

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

177

31 – 50

51 and above

4

4 plus one addl. Sample for each addl. 50m3 or part thereof

At least one sample shall be taken from each shift of work.

15.14.6.4Test Specimen and Sample StrengthThree test specimens shall be made from each sample for testing at 28 days. Additional cubes may be required for various purposes such as to determine the strength of concrete at 7 days or for any other purpose.

The test strength of the sample shall be the average of the strength of three specimens. The individual variation should not be more than 15% of the average.

15.14.6.5Acceptance CriteriaCompressive Strength: The acceptance criteria shall be as specified in Clause 16 of IS 456: 2000. The details shall be as follows:

When both the following conditions are met, the concrete complies with the specified compressive strength:

The mean strength determined from any group of four consecutive samples should exceed the specified characteristic compressive strength by 3 Mpa.

Strength of any sample is not less than the specified characteristic compressive strength minus 3 MPa.

15.14.7 Chloride ContentUnless otherwise specified and agreed the method of calculation and test shall be based upon the chloride-ion contents of all constituents and the composition of the concrete. The chloride-ion content of each of the constituent used in the calculation shall be one of the following:

1. the measured value

2. the value declared by the manufacture

3. the maximum value where specified in the BIS for constituent as appropriate

The calculated chloride content of the chloride expressed as the percentage of chloride-ion by mass of cement shall not exceed the value specified in clause 302.6.5 of IRC: 21- 2000.

15.14.8 Density of Fresh ConcreteWhere maximum density of fresh concrete is specified, the mean of any four consecutive samples shall not be less than the specified value and any individual

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

178

sample result shall not be less than 97.5% of the specified value. The specified value of density of fresh concrete shall be taken as that of the design mix concrete prepared in the controlled condition during mix design of respective concrete to meet the specified properties.

15.14.9 Density of Hardened ConcreteWhere minimum density of hardened concrete is specified, the mean of any four consecutive samples shall not be less than the specified value and any individual sample result shall not be less than 97.5% of the specified value. The specified value of density of hardened concrete just prior to crushing of cubes shall be taken as that of the design mix concrete prepared in the controlled condition during mix design of respective concrete to meet the specified properties.

15.14.10 Proportioning of ConcreteIn proportioning cement concrete, the quantity of both cement and aggregates shall be determined by weight. The cement shall be weighed separately from the aggregates. Water shall either be measured by volume in calibrated tanks or weighed. All measuring equipment shall be maintained in a clean and serviceable condition. The amount of mixing water shall be adjusted to compensate for moisture content in both coarse and fine aggregates. The moisture content of aggregates shall be determined in accordance with IS: 2386 (Part III). Suitable adjustments shall also be made in the weights of aggregates to allow for the variation in weight of aggregates due to variation in moisture content.

15.14.11 Production of ConcreteThe concrete shall be produced in a central batching and mixing plant with, computerised printing for contents and admixture dosage, producing at least 30 m3

concrete per hour. The batching plant shall be fully automatic. Automatic batcher shall be charged by devices which, when actuated by a single starter switch will automatically start the weighing operation of each material and stop automatically when the designated weight of each material has been reached. The batching plant shall have automatic arrangement for dispensing the admixture and shall also be capable of discharging water in more than one stage. A print out from the batching plant for every lot shall be submitted. A batching plant essentially shall consist of the following components:

1. Separate storage bins for different sizes of aggregates,

2. Silo for cement; and water storage tank.

3. Batching equipment

4. Mixers

5. Control panels

6. Mechanical material feeding and elevating arrangementsACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

179

The compartments of storage bins for aggregates shall be approximately of equal size. The cement compartment shall be centrally located in the batching plant. It shall be watertight and provided with necessary air vent, aeration fittings for proper flow of cement & emergency cement cut off gate. The aggregate and sand shall be charged by power operated centrally revolving chute. The entire plant from mixer floor upward shall be enclosed and insulated. The batch bins shall be constructed so as to be self-cleansing during draw down. The batch bins shall in general conform to the requirements of IS: 4925.

The batching equipment shall be capable of determining and controlling the prescribed amounts of various constituent materials for concrete accurately i.e. water, cement, sand, individual size of coarse aggregates etc. The accuracy of the measuring devices shall fall within the following limits.

Measurement of Cement : ± 2% of the quantity of cement in each batch

Measurement of Water : ± 3% of the quantity of water in each batch

Measurement of Aggregate : ± 3% of the quantity of aggregate in each batch

Measurement of Admixture : ± 3% of the quantity of admixture in each batch

15.14.12 Mixing ConcreteThe mixer in the batching plant shall be so arranged that mixing action in the

mixers can be observed from the operator’s station. The mixer shall be equipped with a mechanically or electrically operated timing, signalling and metering device, which will indicate and assure completion of the required mixing period. The mixer shall have all other components as specified in IS: 4925.

15.14.13 Transportation, Placing and Compaction of ConcreteMixed concrete from the batching plant shall be transported to the point of placement by transit mixers or through concrete pumps or steel closed bottom buckets capable of carrying 0.6 cum concrete. In case the concrete is proposed to be transported by transit mixer, the mixing speed shall not be less than 4 rev/min. of the drum nor greater than a speed resulting in a peripheral velocity of the drum as 70 m/minute at its largest diameter. The agitating speed of the agitator shall be neither less than 2 rev/min. nor more than 6 rev/min. of the drum. The number of revolutions of the mixing drum or blades at mixing speed shall be between 70 to 100 revolutions for a uniform mix, after all ingredients, have been charged into the drum. Unless tempering water is added, all rotation after 100 revolutions shall be at agitating speed of 2 to 6 rev/min and the number of such rotations shall not exceed 250. The general construction of transit mixer and other requirements shall conform to IS: 5892.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

180

In case concrete is to be transported by pumping, the conduit shall be primed by pumping a batch of mortar/thick cement slurry through the line to lubricate it. Once the pumping is started, it shall not be interrupted (if at all possible) as concrete standing idle in the line is liable to cause a plug. The operator shall ensure that some concrete is always there in the pump-receiving hopper during operation. The lines shall always be maintained clean and shall be free of dents.

Materials for pumped concrete shall be batched consistently and uniformly. Maximum size of aggregate shall not exceed one-third of the internal diameter of the pipe. Grading of aggregate shall be continuous and shall have sufficient ultra fine materials (materials finer than 0.25mm). Proportion of fine aggregates passing through 0.25mm shall be between 15 & 30% and that passing through 0.125mm sieve shall not be less than 5% of the total volume of aggregate. When pumping long distances and through hot weather, set retarding admixtures may be used. Admixtures to improve workability can be added but no extra payment shall be accounted for. Suitability of concrete through pumping shall be verified by trial mixes and by performing pumping tests.

The special precautions shall be taken that surrounding temperature during concreting should not be more than 30 degree centigrade all stages.

For placing concrete with pumps, pipelines from the pump to the placing area should be laid out with a minimum of bends. For large concrete placement, standby pumps shall be available. Suitable valves (air release valves, shutoff valves..Etc.) Shall be provided as per the site needs. The pumping of concrete shall be preceded by a priming mix to lubricate the pump and pipeline. A rich mix of creamy consistency shall be required for lubricating the pipelines. Continuous pumping shall be done to the extent possible. After concrete has been placed, the lines and all related equipment shall be cleaned immediately. A plug sponge ball shall be inserted in the end near the pump and shall be forced through the line by either water or air pressure. Pipes for pumping should not be made from materials, which can harm concrete; aluminium alloy pipelines shall not be used.

Except where otherwise agreed to by the Engineer-in-Charge, concrete shall be deposited in horizontal layers to a compacted depth of not more than 450 mm. Unless agreed to by the Engineer- in-Charge, concrete shall not be dropped into place from a height exceeding 2 m. In order to avoid such situations chutes, tremie pipe or closed bottom buckets shall be used. These shall be kept clean and used in such a way as to avoid segregation. Slope of the chute shall be so adjusted that concrete flows without the use of excessive quantity of water. The delivery end of chute shall be as close as possible to the point of deposit. The chute shall be thoroughly flushed with water before and after each working period and the water used for this purpose shall be discharged outside the formwork. The concrete shall be compacted by using immersion type vibrators. When the concrete is being continuously deposited to a

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

181

uniform depth along a member, vibrator shall not be operated within one meter of free end of the advancing concrete.

Every effort shall be made to keep the surface of the previously placed layer of concrete such that the vibration process can amalgamate the succeeding layer with it. In case the concrete in underlying layer has hardened to such an extent that it cannot be penetrated by the vibrator, but is still fresh (that is, just after initial set). Bond shall be achieved between the top and underlying layer by first scarifying the lower layer before the new concrete is placed by systematically and thoroughly vibrating the new concrete. The points of insertion of vibrator in the concrete shall be so spaced that the range of action overlap to some extent and the freshly filled concrete is sufficiently consolidated at all locations. The spacing between the dipping positions of vibrator shall be maintained uniformly throughout the surface of concrete so that concrete is uniformly vibrated. The vibrating head shall be regularly and uniformly inserted in the concrete so that it penetrates of its own accord and shall be withdrawn slowly whilst running so as to allow redistribution of concrete in its way and allow the concrete to flow back into the hole behind the vibrator. The vibrator head shall be kept in one position till the concrete within its influence is completely consolidated. Vibration shall be continued until the coarse aggregate particle have blended into the surface but have not disappeared. The contractor shall keep at least one additional vibrator in serviceable condition to be used in the event of breakdowns and maintenance problems.

The form work shall be strong and great care shall be exercised in its assembly. It shall be designed to take up increased pressure of concrete and pressure variations caused in the neighbourhood of vibrating head, which may result in excessive local stress on the form work. The joints of the formwork shall be made and maintained tight and close enough to prevent the squeezing out slurry or sucking in of air during vibration. The formwork to receive concrete shall be cleaned and made free from standing water, dust, etc. The contractor shall keep provision for screed and shutter vibrators at site.

No concrete shall be placed in any part of the structure until the approval of Engineer-in-Charge has been obtained. If concreting is not started within 24 hours of the approval being given, it shall have to be obtained again from the Engineer-in-Charge. Concreting shall be done continuously over the area between construction joints. Fresh concrete shall not be placed against concrete, which has been in position for more than 30 minutes unless a proper construction joint is formed. When concreting has to be resumed on a surface which has hardened, it shall be roughened, swept clean, thoroughly wetted and covered with a 13 mm thick layer of mortar composed of cement and sand in the same ratio as in the concrete mix itself. The 13-mm layer of mortar shall be freshly mixed and placed immediately before placing of new concrete.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

182

Where concrete has not fully hardened, laitance shall be removed by scrubbing the wet surface with wire or bristle brushes. Care shall be taken to avoid dislodgement of particles of coarse aggregate. The surface shall then be thoroughly wetted, free water removed and then coated with neat cement grout. Particular attention shall be given to corners and close spots.

15.14.14 Concreting of Narrow MembersWherever the concreting of narrow member (as adjudged by Engineer-in-Charge) is required to be carried out within shutters of considerable depth, temporary openings in the sides of the shutters shall if so desired by the Engineer-in- charge, be provided to facilitate the pouring and consolidating of the concrete. Before any concreting is commenced, shutters and centring shall be carefully examined and the space to be occupied by the concrete is thoroughly cleaned out. The concrete in such members shall be compacted using suitable shutter vibrator as appropriate.

15.14.15 Surface FinishThe exposed surface of concrete of all grades shall be shutter finished. Any special surface finish such as form liner finish of outer surface of crash barrier/piers/ reinforced soil wall panels, RCC ground supported boxes, retaining walls and components of superstructure etc, as may be deemed necessary as per approved drawing or as desired by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be executed using special surface finish shutters. The quoted rates shall deemed to have included such elements and nothing extra shall be payable on this account. Concrete with surface defects larger than 1/6th

of the cover shall be liable to rejection. The engineer-in-charge shall have option to accept the so formed concrete at reduced rates for the defects exceeding this limit provided it is structurally adequate and due rectification done by the contractor to the entire satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge.

All members above ground or formation level shall have shutter-finished surfaces. Utmost care shall be taken by the contractor in erection of formwork for components cast in stages. Location of construction joints in between such stages shall be predefined and all such joints shall be treated in a manner approved by the Engineer-in-charge so as to match with the surrounding concrete without leaving any visual aberration or bad patches and/or bands. The contractor shall be deemed to have included the cost of such operation in his quoted rates and no claim whatsoever shall be entertained at a later date.

The formed finished concrete surfaces shall be free from honeycomb, blemishes, holes, surface defects, surface undulation etc. In no case such defects shall exceed 200 mm in any direction for individual spots or the continued area of such defects shall not exceed 0.2% of the entire area of related surface. Any variation beyond this limit shall be considered as a substandard work and shall be liable for rejection. The Engineer-in-Charge shall have the option to accept the so formed concrete at a

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

183

reduced rate for defects exceeding this limit provided it is structurally adequate and due matching of defective patches is done by the contractor to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.

Special care shall be taken to ensure that no stains are left on the formed concrete either from formwork or exposed reinforcement bars. Such stains shall be removed by the contractor at no extra cost so as to match with adjoining concrete surfaces to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Shutter stipping solution/chemical of approved quality shall be used on shutter plates and use of burnt oil shall be avoided.

Stages of concrete for individual components shall be as follows:

For pile cap - In single stage

For Piers, Abutments - In suitable stages as approved by the Engineer-in - charge

For starter retaining wall, - In suitable stages as approved by the friction slab etc. Engineer - in - charge

Crash barrier segments - In single stage

For other RCC components, the stages of casting shall be as per directions of engineer-in-charge.

15.14.16 Protection of Concrete below Ground LevelConcrete placed below the ground shall be protected from falling earth during and after placing. Concrete placed in ground containing deleterious substances shall be kept free from contact with such ground and with water draining there from during placing and for a period of seven days or as otherwise instructed thereafter. Approved means shall be taken to protect immature concrete from damage by debris, excessive loading, abrasion, vibrations, deleterious ground water, mixing with earth or other materials, and other influences that may impair the strength and durability of the concrete.

Construction Joints

Before the concrete is fully hardened, all laitence shall be removed by scrubbing the wet surface with wire or bristle brushes. Care shall be taken to avoid dislodgement of particles of coarse aggregate. The surface shall then be thoroughly wetted, all free water removed and then coated with neat cement grout. Particular attention shall be given to corners and close spots. ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

184

Construction joints in all concrete work shall be made as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Where vertical joints are required, these shall be shuttered as directed and not allowed to take the natural slope of the concrete. The stop end at construction joint shall be made from special expanded wire mesh of two / three layers to facilitate the reinforcement to pass through. Before fresh concrete is placed against a vertical joint, the old concrete shall be chipped, cleaned and moistened.

When a horizontal construction joint is formed, provision shall be made for interlocking with the succeeding layer by the embedment of saturated wooden blocks or wooden strips beveled on four sides to facilitate their removal. Prior to the next pour the wooden pieces shall be loosened and removed in such a manner as to avoid injury to the concrete. After about 8 to 12 hours of concreting, contact surface shall be hacked with a mechanical chisel or by sand blasting, to expose the aggregate surface and remove laitance. Immediately thereafter clean the surface using compressed air to remove the entire dirt. The surface shall then be compressed air cleaned to remove all dirt. Before applying fresh concrete, the contact surface shall be wetted for at least 6 hours. After the surface has dried, two coats of cement paint shall be applied uniformly using a brush over the old concrete just before placing the fresh concrete. The fresh concrete shall be placed immediately after applying the cement coats. The fresh concrete shall be thoroughly vibrated near the construction joint so that the mortar from the new concrete flows between the large aggregate and develop proper bond with old concrete. The construction joint shall ensure proper bond and leak proof joint.

Use of metal, rubber or plastic water stops is specified, this shall be cast into joints. Measures shall be taken by the Contractor to ensure that no displacement or distortion of water stops takes place during placing of concrete. The construction joints shall ensure proper bond and leak proof joint.

15.14.17 Defects In Concrete

15.14.17.1 cracksIf external cracks developed in concrete construction are more than 0.2 mm and in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, these are detrimental to the strength of the construction, the Contractor at his own expense will conduct ‘Loading Tests’ on the structure in the manner as specified elsewhere in this document. If under such test loads the cracks develop further, the Contractor shall dismantle the construction, carry away the debris, replace the construction and carry out all consequential work thereto.

If any cracks develop in the concrete construction are not more than 0.2 mm or in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, the cracks are not detrimental to the stability of the construction, the Contractor at his own expense shall grout the cracks with neat cement grout or with other composition as directed by Engineer-in-Charge and also ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

185

at his own expense and risk shall make good to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge all other works such as plaster, moulding, surface finish, which in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge have suffered damage either in appearance or stability owing to such cracks. The Engineer-in-Charge's decision as to the extent of the liability of the Contractor in the above matter shall be final and binding.

15.14.17.2 Honeycombing If any concrete be found honeycombed or in any way defective, such concrete shall be cut out partially or wholly by the Contractor as per the directions of the Engineer-in-charge and made good at his own risk and cost using pressure grouting or any other technique. If Engineer-in-Charge feels that repaired structure will not be having same strength or shape or uniformity with other exposed surface as original desired structure / original structure, the same shall be rejected by Engineer-in-Charge and required to be dismantled and disposed by contractor at his own cost as instructed by Engineer-in-Charge. Decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final binding in this regard.

On no account shall concrete surfaces be patched or covered up or damaged concrete rectified or replaced until the Engineer-in-Charge or his representative has inspected the works and issued written instructions for rectification. Failure to observe this procedure will render that portion of the works liable to rejection. Contractor shall submit methodology for rectification of defects for approval. Proprietary products for concrete repair shall be used.

15.14.18 Holes & Fixtures and Grouting

15.14.18.1 Exposed faces, holes & fixturesHoles for foundation or other bolts or for any other purposes shall be moulded, and steel angles, holdfasts or other fixtures shall be embedded, according to the drawing or as instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

15.14.18.2 Grouting of base plates & bolt holes:

15.14.18.2.1 Mixing Dry grout should be mixed in a mechanical mixer: the conventional 200/400-litre capacity concrete mixer can be used to mix four bags of dry grout; alternatively, paddle type mortar mixers can be used. The quantity of grout to be mixed at one time should not exceed that amount which can be placed in approximately 10 to 15 minutes.

15.14.18.3 Batching Batching of grout by fraction of a bag is not allowed. The quantity of mixing water should be the minimum commensurate with workability, compaction, and filling of the

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

186

grout in all corners and crevices. Mixing should be done for a minimum of three minutes to obtain a fluid grout of uniform consistency.

15.14.19 Cleaning and preparation of the surface The base concrete should be clean and strong, and its surface should be properly hacked; all dust should be removed suction or compressed air. The surface should be thoroughly wetted with water for several hours. Before the grout is poured, all free water should be removed and the flat surfaces coated with thin cement slurry.

15.14.19.1 Restraint Heavy back-up blocks of timber or concrete should be fixed on all sided of the base plate to prevent escape of the grout, when poured through the openings provided in the base plate. Adequate restraint must be ensured on all the sides for a period of 7 days to obtain effective expansion and shrinkage compensation.

15.14.19.2 Curing The grout should not dry out where external restraint is provided in the form of formwork, the top opening and all stray openings should be covered with wet sack for at least 7 days.

15.14.20 Placing and compaction The grout should be placed quickly and continuously either through the holes in the base plates or from one side only to ensure complete filling without entrapment of air. Grout should be properly spread and compacted by roding. Excessive vibration should be avoided. Below the bed plates the grout should be compacted using long pieces of doubled-over flexible steel strapping or chains. The forward and backward movement of the strap or chain will assist in the flow of the grout into place. Steps must be taken to keep the grout in full contact with the underside of the bedplate until the grout sets; maintaining a small head of fresh grout in the forms.

15.14.21 Shrinkage compensated grout: Shrinkage compensated grout or non-shrinkable grout of Associated Cement Companies Limited or any other approved manufacture (Fosroc, Roff, Sika or equivalent) should be used. The batching shall be as per the manufacture's specifications, other procedures being as above.

ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PRECAST CONCRETE

The provision in this section shall be considered supplementary to general provisions for Concrete works covered under clause 4.14and its sub-clauses.

HANDLING AND STORAGE

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

187

The precast units shall be stored as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The area intended for the storage of precast units should be surfaced in such a way that no unequal settlement could occur.

To prevent deformation of slender units, they should be provided with supports at fairly close intervals and should also be safeguarded against tilting. Lifting and handling positions should conform to the Engineer-in-Charge's directions and drawings. In addition, location and orientation marks should be put on the members, as and where necessary. During erection the precast units should be protected against damage caused by local crushing and chafing effects of lifting and transport equipment.

15.14.22 Temporary Supports and Connections Temporary supports provided during erection should take into account all construction loads likely to be encountered during the completion of joints between any combination of precast and in-situ concrete structural elements. The supports should be arranged in a manner that will permit the proper finishing and curing of any in-situ concreting and grouting associated with the precast member being supported when the gaps of joints have to be filled with concrete or mortar. They should first be cleaned and faces of the joints should be wetted. The mixing, placing and compacting of cement and mortar should be done with special care. Mortar of a dry consistency should be in the proportion of 1:1½ (1 part of cement to 1½ parts of sand) and should be placed in stages and packed hard from both sides of the joint.

15.14.23 Tolerances The following tolerances apply to finished precast products at the time of placement in the structure. The forms must be constructed to give a casting well within these limits :

i Overall dimensions of members should not vary more than + 6mm per 3m length with a maximum variation of + 20mm.

ii Cross-sectional dimensions should not vary more than the following :

+ 3mm for sections less than 150mm thick

+ 4mm for sections over 150mm & less than 450mm

+ 6mm for sections over 450mm to 1000mm

+ 10mm for sections over 1000mm

iiiDeviation from straight line in long sections should not be more than + 6mm up to 3m, + 10mm for 3m to 6m, + 12mm for 6m to 12m.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

188

15.14.24 Curing Of Concrete Curing of concrete shall be complete and continuous using water that is free of harmful amounts of deleterious materials that may attack, stain or discolour the concrete. The water used for curing shall confirm to the requirements of clause 302.4 of IRC: 21- 2000.

Immediately after compaction and completion of concreting, the concrete shall be protected from evaporation of moisture by means of polyethylene sheets, wet hessian cloths or other material kept soaked by spraying water. As soon as the concrete has attained a degree of hardening sufficient to withstand surface damage, moist curing shall be implemented and maintained for a period of at least 14 days after casting.

Method of curing and their duration shall be such that the concrete will have satisfactory durability and strength and members will suffer a minimum distortion, be free from excessive efflorescence and will not cause undue cracking in the works by its shrinkage.

The top surface of the slabs and other horizontal surfaces shall be cured by impounding water (confirming to the requirements of clause 302.4 of IRC: 21- 2000) in cement mortar bunds. Steeply sloping and vertical formed surfaces shall be kept completely and continuously moist prior to and during the striking of formwork by applying water to the top surfaces and allowing it to pass down between the formwork and the concrete. After removal of form, moist curing to be done by wrapping hessian cloth, etc. and keeping it moist by suitable means.

Approved non-wax base curing compounds can be applied on vertical and inclined surfaces, where water curing cannot be done reliably. Prior permission of the Engineer-in-Charge will be necessary in such case, with no extra cost to the Department.

15.14.25 Grade Of Cement ConcreteOnly design mix concrete shall be used in the works for various structural members. The grades of concrete for various components of work shall be as specified in the relevant item and/or drawing. In case of any discrepancy, the grade of concrete as specified in item shall prevail unless otherwise approved by Engineer-in-charge. However, this discrepancy must be brought to the notice of Engineer-in-charge by the contractor before start of said concrete work for final decision.

15.14.26 Cover Block & SpacersThe Contractor shall provide approved type of supports for maintaining the bars in position and ensuring required spacing and correct cover of concrete to the reinforcement as called for in the drawings. Cover blocks of required shape and size, M.S. chairs and spacer bars shall be used in order to ensure accurate positioning of reinforcement. Cover blocks shall be cast well in advance and shall consist of

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

189

approved proprietary pre-packaged free-flowing mortars (Conbextra HF as manufactured by M/s FOSROC Chemicals India Ltd or approved equivalent) of high early strength and same colour as surrounding concrete. Alternatively, plastic cover blocks conforming to approved international codes of practice shall be used. No extra payment shall be made for cover blocks and spacers.

15.14.27 Anticarbonation Coating On ConcreteThe protective coating shall comprise a penetrating Silane/Siloxane primer and a single component aliphatic acrylate coating. The total dry film thickness (DFT) of the coating shall not be less than 150 microns and shall be capable of providing carbon di-oxide diffusion resistance and the depth of carbonation shall be proved to be nil through suitable tests when tested at 24 hrs by accelerated carbonation test as per BS: 1881.

ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE WORK (POST-TENSIONED) (MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001-1800)

The requirement of clauses relating to cement concrete shall be observed generally in case of prestressed concrete work so far as they are applicable as well as requirements mentioned hereinafter relating to prestressed work in particular.

Steel Reinforcement for Structure

GENERAL

The reinforcement bars bent and fixed in position shall be free from rust or scales, chloride contamination and other corrosion products. Effective methods of cleaning will have to be used so that the steel is free from rust, scales and contamination. The decision of Engineer-in-Charge in this regard shall be final & binding.

Bending Of Reinforcement

Bending of reinforcement shall be done as per bar bending schedule to be prepared and got approved by the contractor from Engineer-in-Charge or his authorised representative prior to commencement of work. The bar cutting and bending for 16mm and above diameters shall be done on bar cutting and bending machine only.

Placing Of Reinforcement

Reinforcement left projecting from newly placed concrete shall be supported in such a way that there is no sag or risk of damage to the newly placed concrete. The projecting bars that are likely to be exposed for a long time shall be protected by a coat of neat cement wash. These shall be thoroughly cleaned and wire brushed before depositing fresh concrete around it. No reinforcement bar shall remain exposed or projecting out of the concrete surface. These shall be removed or treated

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

190

in a manner as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. The unwanted projected reinforcement bars shall be cut below the finished surface and the cut end painted with epoxy paint. Thereafter the surface shall be repaired to match the colour, texture or pattern of adjoining concrete to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge.

Bar Splices

The location of joints in continuous reinforcing bars, not shown in drawings, shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge for acceptance. If nothing contrary has been specified, the number of bars to be joined in any cross section shall not exceed one-third of the total.

15.15 Assembled Accessories

15.15.1 Bearings (POT CUM PTFE)The work of bearings will include Design of bearings based on the load parameters given in the drawings and as directed by Engineer-in-charge, getting the design approved by Engineer-in-charge, their fabrication, supplying and fixing in position in accordance with details shown on drawings. Design of bearings will also include the design of all components individually. The work is to be carried out meeting the required Specifications, codes and standards quoted therein and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. The installation of bearings shall be carried out under the supervision of the manufacture of the bearings. The Contractor shall provide a warranty for 15 years and the bearings shall be repaired or replaced free of cost by the Contractor, in case any defect is observed during this period. The Engineer-in-charge decision regarding replacement/repair of bearing shall be final and binding. “An amount of 10% of the cost of BOQ item will be retained as security deposit in the form of standard bank guarantee for 15 years. This is in addition to the security deposit under clause 1A of GCC2005”.

It shall be ensured that the bottoms of the segments to be received on the bearings are plane at the location of these bearings and care shall be taken that the bearings are not displaced while placing the segments. Detailed methodology for fabrication and fixing shall be submitted for the approval to the Engineer-in-charge and the work will be carried out as strictly as per the approved method statement.

15.15.1.1Pot Bearing Material specifications of Pot Bearings

All the components of Pot Bearings will meet the following standards :

The material such as PTFE lubrication, confined elastomer, stainless steel & internal seal shall conform to requirement of IRC: 83 Part-III.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

191

The Pot base, saddle & top plate shall be of cast steel conforming to IS:1030 Gr 280-520 W. The anchor bolts shall conform to IS:1364.

All welding shall conform to IS:816 & IS:9595 with electrode as per IS:814.

Painting on non-working surface of bearing shall be as per IRC:83 Part-III.

The mating surface of Piston and cylinder shall be hardened to 350 BHN (Min).

Guides of sliding pot bearing shall be monolithic to parent component.

All the part of bearing such as anchor sleeves, anchor bolts, plates etc embedded in concrete shall be hot dip galvanized @ 300gm/m2.

Modifications to the requirements of IRC:83 Part – III

All the design requirement for Pot bearing as specified in IRC:83 Part-III has to be fulfilled with following modifications.

No increase in permissible stresses in any steel component of Pot bearing or bearing stress between concrete and bearing is permitted in seismic condition.

No increase in permissible bearing stress between concrete and bearing is permitted in seismic condition.

Anchor sleeve

The anchor sleeves have to be designed taking account of difference in elasticity of steel of sleeve and concrete. The effect of shifting of center of rotation of sleeve should be also taken into account.

Testing of Pot Bearing

A.4.1 Proof Load Test

A test bearing shall be tested as defined in IRC-83 Part-III.

The bearing will be visually examined both during the test and upon disassembly after the test. Bearings having any resultant visual defects, such as extruded or deformed elastomer or PTFE, damaged seals, or cracked steel, will not be accepted.

During the test, the steel bearing plate and steel piston shall maintain continuous and uniform contact and if any lift-off is observed, the bearings will not be accepted.

15.15.1.2Sliding Coefficient of FrictionFor all guided and non-guided expansion type bearing, the sliding coefficients of friction shall be measured at the bearing's design capacity. The sliding coefficient of

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

192

friction shall be calculated as the horizontal load required to maintain continuous sliding of one bearing, divided by the bearing's vertical design capacity.

The test result will be evaluated as follows:-

The measured sliding coefficients of friction shall not exceed 3%.

The bearing will be visually examined both during and after the test. If any resultant visual defects, such as bond failure, physical destruction, cold flow of PTFE to the point of de-bonding, or damaged components is found, the bearings will be rejected.

A.5 Sampling and Testing

A.5.1 Lot Size

Sampling testing and acceptance consideration will be made on a lot basis. A lot shall be defined as those bearings presented for inspection at a specific time or date. A lot shall be further defined as the smallest number of bearings as determined by the following criteria.

A lot shall not exceed a single contract or project quantity

A lot shall not exceed 25 bearings

A lot shall consist of those bearing of the same type regardless of load capacity. Bearing types shall be fixed or expansion bearings types. Guided and non-guided expansion bearing shall be considered a single type.

A.5.2 Sampling and testing requirements

The manufacture shall furnish the required number of samples to perform testing in accordance with Table Given below:-

Test Sample Required

Proof load

Coefficient of Friction

Physical Properties of elastomeric rotational elements

Physical properties of PTFE sheet

One production bearing per lot

One production bearing per lot

One elastomeric element per lot

One 10" x 15" sheet of PTFE material per project

A minimum of thirty (30) days shall be allowed for inspection, sampling and testing of ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

193

production bearings and component materials. All exterior surfaces of sampled production bearings shall be smooth and free from irregularities or protrusions that might interfere with testing procedures. The manufacture will select, at random, the required sample bearing(s) from completed lots of bearings for testing by the manufacture. He will complete the required testing and determine compliance with this specification before submitting the lot(s) for inspection, sampling, and acceptance consideration.

The Engineer-in-Charge or his authorised representative shall select, at random, the required sample bearing(s) from completed lots of bearings.

Necessary test certificates for all raw material shall be furnished by manufacture .Test specified in IS:1030 for cast steel shall be performed . Casting shall be ultrasonically got tested by approved testing agency.

A.6 Fabrication details

The Contractor shall provide the Engineer-in-Charge with written notification thirty (30) days prior to the start of bearing fabrication. This notification shall include all of the information shown on the shop drawings which are required as explained in subsequent section.

The finish of the mould used to produce the elastomeric rotational element shall conform to good machine shop practice.

All steel surfaces exposed to the atmosphere, except stainless steel surfaces and metal surfaces to be welded, shall be shop painted in accordance with the Contract Plans. Prior to painting, the exposed steel surfaces shall be cleaned in accordance with the recommendations of the coating's manufacture. Metal surfaces to be welded shall be given a coat of clear lacquer, or other protective coating approved by the Engineer-in-Charge, if the time of exposure before welding takes place is to exceed three months, the coating shall be removed at the time of welding. No painting will be done to these surfaces prior to the completion of welding.

Stainless steel sheet shall be attached to its steel substrate with an approved epoxy to ensure complete contact and then sealed with a continuous seal weld.

The steel piston and the steel pot shall each be machined from a solid piece of cast steel. The outside diameter of the piston shall be no more than 1mm less than the inside diameter of the pot at the interface level of the piston and elastomeric rotational element. The sides of the piston shall be bevelled to facilitate rotation. Except as noted all bearing surfaces of steel plates shall be finished or machined flat in accordance with tolerance written below:

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

194

Tolerances :-

Manufacture tolerance shall be as per IRC:83 Part-III. All these measurements will be taken using dial height gauges, vernier calipers, surface finish measurement instrument etc has to be arrange by manufacture at the workshop. Every bearing shall have the Project identification number, lot number, and individual bearing number indelibly marked with ink on a side that will be visible after erection.

After assembly bearing components shall be held together with steel strapping, or other means, to prevent disassembly until the time of installation. Packaging shall be adequate to prevent damage from impact as well as from dust and moisture contamination during transportation and storage.

A.7 SHOP DRAWINGS

Along with detailed design of different types of bearing, shop drawings shall be submitted .The shop drawings shall contain the following information, which is necessary for proper design and detailing of the bearings.

Quantity, type (fixed, guided expansion, non-guided expansion), and location of all bearing units.

A table containing maximum and minimum vertical and horizontal loads, design rotation requirements, and magnitudes and directions of movements.

Allowable contact stresses, maximum dimensions, and anchorage requirements at the bearing interfaces; grades, bevels, and slopes at all bearings; and allowable coefficients or friction of all sliding surfaces.

The painting system to be used on the steel components to guard against corrosion.

Any special consideration such as earthquake requirements, uplift details, or temporary attachments.

Installation scheme of pot bearing

15.15.2 Expansion Joints

15.15.2.1GeneralRelevant clause of IRC:SP:69-2005 would be applicable. For other details regarding fabrication, fixing, sealing, etc. specifications are as follows:

15.15.2.2Strip seal expansion jointExpansion joint type described here is the “strip seal” type.

A.1 COMPONENTS:

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

195

Strip seal expansion joint shall comprise the following items:

Edge beam:

This shall be either extruded or hot rolled steel section or cold rolled cellular steel section with suitable profile to mechanically lock the sealing element in place throughout the normal movement cycle. Further the configuration shall be such that the section has a minimum thickness of 10mm all along its cross section (flanges and web). The minimum height of the edge beam section shall be 80mm. The minimum cross sectional area of the edge beam shall be 1500mm2.

Anchorage:

Edge beams shall be anchored to the deck by reinforcing bars or bolts or anchor plates cast in concrete or a combination of anchor plate and reinforcing bars. Anchor bars studs or bolts shall engage the main structural reinforcement of the deck and in case of anchor plates or loops, this shall be achieved by passing transverse bars through the loops or plates.

The minimum thickness of anchor plate shall be 12mm. Total cross sectional area of bar on each side of the joint shall not be less than 1600 mm2 per meter length of the joint and the center to center spacing shall not exceed 250mm. The ultimate resistance of anchoress shall not be less than 600 KN/m in any direction.

MATERIALS FOR COMPONENTS

1. Suitability of material for different components of the expansion joints will be as detailed below.

2. The steel for edge beams shall conform to any of the steel grade corresponding to RST 37-2 or 37-3 (DIN), ASTM A36 or A588, CAN/CSA Standard G40.21 Grade 300W or equivalent.

3. Anchorage steel shall conform to IS:2062 or equivalent.

4. All steel sections shall be protected against corrosion by hot dip galvanizing or any other approved anticorrosive coating with a minimum thickness of 100 micron.

5. Chloroprene of strip seal element shall conform to Clause 915.1 of IRC:83 (Part-II). The properties of chloroprene shall be as specified in Table-1.

A.3 FABRICATION (Pre-installation)

Fabrication details for the expansion joints are given below.

The strip seal joint system and all its component parts including anchorages shall be supplied by the manufacture /system supplier.

Sealing element is made of chloroprene and must be extruded section. The working

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

196

movement range of each sealing element shall be at 70mm.

The width of the gap to cater for movement due to thermal effect, prestress, shrinkage and creep, superstructure deformations (if any) and sub-structure deformations (if any) shall be determined and intimated to the manufacture. Depending upon the temperature at which the joint is to be installed, the gap dimension shall be preset.

Each strip seal expansion joint system shall be fabricated as a single entity unless stage construction or excessive length prohibits monolithic fabrication. It shall fit the full width of the structure as indicated on the approved drawing. The system shall be pre-set by the manufacture prior to transportation. Presetting shall be done in accordance with the joint opening indicated on the drawing.

The finally assembled joint shall then be clamped and transported to the work site.

TABLE-1 STRIP SEAL ELEMENT SPECIFICATION

PROPERTY SPECIFIED VALUE

Hardness

DIN 53505

ASTM D 2240 (Modified)

Tensile Strength

DIN 53504

ASTM D 412

Elongation at fracture

DIN 53504

63 ± 5 Shore A

55 ± 5 Shore A

Min 11 MPa

Min 13 .8Mpa

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

197

ASTM D 412

Tear Propagation Strength

Longitudinal

Transverse

Shock elasticity

Abrasion

Residual Compressive Strain

(22h/70°C/30% Strain)

Aging in hot air

(14days/70°C)

Change in hardness

Change in tensile strength

Change in elongation at fracture

Ageing in Ozone

(24h/50pphm/25°C/20% elongation)

Swelling behaviour in oil (168h/25°C)

ASTM Oil No. 1

Min 350 %

Min 250 %

Min 10 N/mm

Min 10 N/mm

Min 25 %

Min 220 mm3

Max 28 %

Max + 7 Shore A

Max –20 %

-20 %

No cracks

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

198

Volume Change

Change in hardness

ASTM Oil No. 3

Volume Change

Change in hardness

Cold Hardening Point

Max + 5 %

Max –10 Shore A

Max + 25 %

Max –20 Shore A

Max –35°C

Only one set of specification viz. ASTM or DIN shall be followed depending on the source of supply.

A.4 HANDLING AND STORAGE

Following precautions shall be followed for the handling and safe storage of the joints before putting them into the job at site.

For transportation and storage, auxiliary brackets shall be provided to hold the joint assembly together.

The manufacture/supplier shall supply either directly to the Engineer-in-Charge or to the Bridge Contractor all the materials of strip seal joints including sealants and all other accessories for the effective installation of the jointing.

Expansion joint material shall be handled with care. It shall be stored under cover on suitable lumber padding.

A.5 SUPPLY/INSTALLATION:

Components of expansion joint such as edge beam and strip seal shall be imported from the specified foreign manufacture / collaborator with the prior approval of Engineer-in-charge. Contractor shall furnish a warranty on pre-approved format for trouble free performance for at least fifteen years and free rectification of defects / replacement, if any, during this period. “An amount of 10% of the cost of BOQ item will be retained as security deposit in the form of standard bank guarantee for 15 years. This is in addition to the security deposit under clause 1A of GCC 2005”.

The joints shall be installed by the manufacture/supplier or their authorised representative who will ensure compliance to the manufacture’s instructions for

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

199

installation.

Taking the width of gap for movement of the joint into account, the dimensions of the recess in the decking shall be established in accordance with the drawings or design data of the manufacture. The surfaces of the recess shall be thoroughly cleaned and all dirt and debris removed. The exposed reinforcement shall be suitably adjusted to permit unobstructed lowering of the joint into the recess. The recess shall be shuttered in such a way that dimensions in the joint drawing are maintained. The formwork shall be rigid and firm.

Immediately prior to placing the joint, the presetting shall be inspected. Should the actual temperature of the structure be different from the temperature provided for presetting, correction of the presetting shall be done. After adjustment, the brackets shall be tightened again.

The joint shall be lowered in a pre-determined position. Following placement of the joint in the prepared recess, the joint shall levelled and finally aligned and the anchorage steel on one side of the joint welded to the exposed reinforcement bars of the structure. Upon completion, the same procedure shall be followed for the other side of the joint. With the expansion joint finally held at both sides, the auxiliary brackets shall be released, allowing the joint to take up the movement of the structure.

High quality concrete shall then be filled into the recess. The packing concrete must feature low shrinkage and have the same strength as that of the superstructure, but in any case not less than M40 grade. Good compaction and careful curing of concrete is particularly important. After the concrete has cured, the movable installation brackets and shuttering still in place shall be removed.

The neoprene seal shall be field installed in continuous length spanning the entire roadway width. In order to ensure proper fit of seal and enhance the ease of installation dirt, spatter or standing water shall be removed from the steel cavity using a brush, scrapper or compressed air. The seal shall be installed without any damage to

the seal by suitable hand method or machine tools.

The deck surfacing shall be finished flush with the top of the steel sections. The horizontal leg of the edge beam shall be cleaned beforehand. It is particularly important to ensure thorough and careful compaction of the surfacing in order to prevent any premature depression forming in it.

A.6 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

All joints will meet the following acceptance criteria before these are accepted for

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

200

lowering and installation at the required location as per the drawings.

All steel elements shall be finished with corrosion protection system.

For neoprene seal, the acceptance test shall conform to the requirements stipulated in Annexure-C Table G-(5) of this NIT . The manufacture/supplier shall produce a test certificate accordingly, conducted in a recognized laboratory, in India or abroad.

The manufacture shall produce test certificates indicating that anchorage system had been tested in recognized laboratory to determine optimum configuration of anchorage assembly under dynamic loading.

Prior to acceptance 25 % of the completed and installed joints, subject to a minimum of one joint, shall be subjected to water tightness test. Water shall be continuously pounded along the entire length for a minimum period of 4 hours for a depth of 25mm above the highest point of deck. The width of ponding shall be at least 50mm beyond the anchorage block of the joint on either side. The depth of water shall not fall below 25mm anytime during the test. A close inspection of the underside of the joint shall not reveal any leakage.

As strip seal type of joint is specialized in nature, generally of the proprietary type, the manufacture shall be required to produce evidence of satisfactory performance of this type of joint.

A.7 TEST AND STANDARDS OF ACCEPTANCE:

The materials shall be tested in accordance with these specifications and shall meet the prescribed criteria. The manufacture/supplier shall furnish the requisite certificates from the recognised testing laboratory of India or abroad.

15.16 Temporary WorkAll designs for temporary work shall conform to and comply with all the requirements given in the latest edition the relevant IRC Codes, Standard specifications and codes of practice for Road Bridges and other technical Specifications as detailed in this tender. These standard specifications and codes of practices shall be supplemented wherever necessary by, ‘MORTH Specifications' for Road and Bridge works’ published by Indian Roads Congress, and relevant BIS codes specifications etc., so far as applicable. These shall also deem to incorporate any subsequent amendments that may be recommended by respective authorities of the above mentioned specifications and codes of practices, upto the last date of the month prior to month of receipt of tender.

For all work for which the contractor has to submit design for approval of the Consultant appointed by the Department, the same shall be got prepared by the contractor from approved consultants who are specialised in the field. For particular item of scaffolding, staging and shuttering, use of any proprietary method of staging

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

201

should be supplemented with proper designs of such system after getting approval from the Engineer-in-Charge.

15.17 Reinforced Soil structures

15.17.1 Description The work shall consist of Reinforced Soil Structures constructed of precast concrete facing, galvanized steel strip reinforcement/geogrid and backfill material in accordance with the following specifications and in conformity with the lines, grades, design and dimensions shown on the drawings (supplied by the manufacture) or established by the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall submit all the design calculations and drawings, well in advance, to the Engineer-in-charge for the purpose of approval.

15.17.2 Precast Concete facing

15.17.2.1GeneralThe facing shall consist of M 35 grade precast concrete blocks of finish approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Precast concrete facing elements shall conform to the details and dimensions shown on the drawings provided by the manufacture and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The area of single precast facia panel in elevation (after placing in position) shall not be less than 1.5 m2 (height not less than 900mm, thickness 180mm min.). Concrete shall conform to the requirements given in this Specification document. Services, pipes etc are not allowed to pass through the reinforced soil wall portions.

15.17.2.2CastingThe elements shall be cast on a flat area. The concrete in each unit shall be placed without interruption and shall be consolidated by the use of an approved vibrator supplemented by such hand-tamping as may be necessary to force the concrete into the corners of the forms and prevent formation of stone pockets or cleavage planes. Release agent of the approved manufacture shall be used throughout the casting operation.

15.17.2.3CuringThe precast elements shall be cured for a sufficient length of time (at least 14 days) so that the concrete develops the required compressive strength.

15.17.2.4Removal of FormsThe forms shall remain in place until they can be removed without damaging the elements.

15.17.2.5ScribingThe date of manufacture shall be clearly scribed on the rear face of each unit.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

202

15.17.2.6Concrete FinishThe surface finish shall be as per the instructions of the Engineer-in-charge.

15.17.2.7TolerancesAll elements shall be manufactured within the following tolerances:

- All dimensions : within 5mm

- Evenness of the front face : + 5mm over 1500mm

- Thickness : + 5mm

15.17.2.8 Handling Storage and TransportingAll elements shall be handled, stored and transported in such manner as to eliminate the danger of chipping, cracks, fracture and excessive stresses.

15.17.2.9 Acceptability and PlacementAcceptability of the precast elements shall be determined on the basis of compression tests, as specified and visual inspection. The age of concrete of precast facia elements shall not be less than 14 days at the time of placement in position and shall have achieved specified 28 days strength.

Regular check shall be conducted for wall batter after every layer of placement of panels by plumb.

15.17.2.10 RejectionElements shall be subjected to rejection in case of failure to meet any of the requirements specified above. In addition, defects that indicate imperfect moulding, or defects indicating honeycombed or open textured concrete, shall be sufficient cause for rejection.

15.17.2.11 Levelling Concrete PadA levelling concrete pad with nominal reinforcement shall be provided under walls and seat beams (for bridges abutments) as per the recommendations of the manufacture. Concrete used for levelling pad shall be M15 grade.

Maximum size of aggregates shall be 20mm. The pad shall be cured at least for 24 hours prior to placing the precast facia elements.

15.17.2.12 Soil ReinforcementThe soil reinforcement shall be in the form of geogrids or galvanized steel strips. The soil reinforcements shall conform to the specifications of the manufacture and shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-charge prior to supply of the material at the site.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

203

15.17.2.12.1 Geogrid Soil Reinforcement:The sample specifications for geogrids are given below for information only.

The geogrid shall be identified, handled, stored and installed in such a way that its physical property values are not affected and that the design conditions are ultimately met as intended.

15.17.2.12.2 Geogrid MaterialThe specific geogrid material shall be pre-approved by the Engineer-in-charge. For mono oriented geogrid, the characteristic design tensile strength (factored strength of the geogrid reinforcement at the end of its selected design life) at a strain not exceeding 10 percent in 100 years shall be at least 40kN/m when measured as per GRI:GG3.

The geogrid shall be a regular network of integrally connected polymer tensile elements with aperture sufficient to permit significant mechanical interlock with the surrounding soil. The geogrid structure shall be dimensionally stable and able to retain its geometry under construction stresses and shall have high resistance to damage during construction, to ultraviolet degradation, and to all forms of chemical and biological degradation encountered in the soil being reinforced.

15.17.2.12.3 CertificationThe supply of geogrids shall carry a certification of BIS or ISO 9002 or BBA or FHWA. In case of disputes over validity of values, the Engineer-in-charge can require the Contractor to supply test data from approved laboratory to support the certified values submitted.

15.17.2.12.4 High adherence Galvanized Steel Strips and Fasteners for soil reinforcement:

The shape and dimensions of these elements shall be as shown on the drawings. Tie strips and high adherence reinforcing strips shall be hot rolled. Their physical and mechanical properties shall conform to European norms EN 10025 or equivalent IS 2062. Reinforcing and tie strips shall be hot dip galvanized to conform to the minimum requirements of ISO Standard 1460 and 1461 equivalent to IS 4759. The average zinc coating shall not be less than 1000gm/sqm.

Reinforcing and tie shall be cut to the lengths and tolerances shown on approved drawings. Holes for bolts shall be punched in the locations shown. They shall be carefully inspected to ensure that they are true to size and free from defects that may impair their strength or durability.

Bolts and nuts shall be hexagonal in shape and high strength screw conforming to European norms E25100 CLASS 10.9 or equivalent IS. They shall be 12mm in

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

204

diameter 30mm in length hot dip galvanized in conformity with ASTM A153 or equivalent IS. The average zinc coating shall not be less than 1000gm/sqm

15.17.2.13 ConstructionMaterial identification, storage and Handling

Contractor shall immediately inspect the material upon delivery to assure that the proper type and grade of geogrid have been received. The geogrid shall be ro rolled on cores having sufficient strength to avoid collapse and other damage from normal use. Each roll shall be wrapped with plastic covering to protect the geogrid from damage during shipping, handling, and shall be identified with a durable gummed level, or equivalent, clearly readable, on the outside of wrapping for the roll. The label shall show the manufacture’s name, the style number and the roll number.

While unloading or transferring the geogrid from one location to another, care shall be taken to prevent damage to the wrapping, core, label, or the geogrid itself. The geogrid shall not be stored in an exposed condition and shall be located and placed in a manner that ensures the integrity of the wrapping, core, and label as well as the physical properties of the geogrid. The geogrid shall be placed on an elevated platform and adequately covered and protected from ultraviolet radiation including sunlight, chemicals that are strong acids and bases, fire or flames including welding sparks, and human and animal destruction. It shall also be ensured by the contractor that during shipping, handling and storage of the geogrid the surrounding temperature remains within the allowable limits as specified by the manufacture. However, in no case, the temperature shall be less than -6oC or greater than 60oC.

At the time of installation, the geogrid shall be rejected if it has defects, tears, punchers, flaws, deterioration, or damage incurred during manufacture, transportation, storage or placement. However, if approved by the Engineer-in-charge, torn or punctured sections may be repaired by placing a patch of suitable size (as recommended by the manufacture) over the damaged areas.

Geogrid Placement

The role identification, length, installation orientation, and location shall be verified with the construction drawings before unrolling of the geogrid. Inspection of damage or defects shall be made during unrolling of the geogrid.

The geogrid reinforcement shall be installed strictly in accordance with the manufacture recommendations. The geogrid reinforcement shall be placed within the layers of the compacted earth as shown in the construction drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

The geogrid shall be laid in one continuous length in the principal strength direction; no jointing by overlap or sewing shall be allowed in the principal strength direction. ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

205

However a bodkin joint may be allowed as per the recommendations of the manufacture and with a prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge. This joint shall be made for the full width of the strip as per the specifications of the manufacture. Joints in geogrid reinforcement shall be pulled and held taut during fill placement.

Place only that amount of geogrid reinforcement required for immediate pending work to prevent undue damage. After a layer of geogrid reinforcement has been placed, the next succeeding layer of earth shall be placed and compacted as appropriate. After the specified soil layer has been placed, the next geogrid layer shall be installed. The process shall be repeated for each subsequent layer of geogrid reinforcement and soil.

Geogrid reinforcement shall be placed to lay flat and pulled tight prior to backfilling. After a layer of Geogrid reinforcement has been placed, suitable means, such as pins or small piles of soils, shall be used to hold the geogrid reinforcement in position until the subsequent soil can be placed.

During construction, the surface of the fill shall be kept horizontal. Geogrid reinforcement shall be placed directly on the compacted horizontal fill surface. Correct orientation of the geogrid reinforcement shall be verified by the Contractor and got approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

15.17.2.13.1 PrecautionsUnder no circumstances shall a track type vehicle be allowed on the geogrid reinforcement before at least 300mm of fill material has been placed. Turning of tracked vehicles should be kept to a minimum to prevent tracks from displaying the fill and the geogrid reinforcement. If approved by the Engineer-in-charge, Rubber-typed equipment may pass over geogrid reinforcement at slow speeds less than 15kmph. Sudden braking and sharp turning shall be avoided.

15.17.2.13.2 Joint FillersThe facia unit joint filler shall be as per the recommendations of the manufacture and shall be durable resistant to the effect of air pollution and water.

Particularly in the case of galvanized steel strips, filler of vertical joints between panels shall be flexible open cell polyethylene foam strips or non-woven fabric strips (the latter used as joint cover instead of filler). Bearing pads for horizontal joints of panels shall be made of elastomer with vulcanised EPDM.

15.17.2.13.3 Backfill materialsThe backfill material shall conform to the specifications of the manufacture and got approved by the Engineer-in-charge prior to placement in position. The filling material from the precast concrete facing to the end of the soil reinforcement (geogrids/galvanized steel strips) shall be referred as ‘reinforced fill’ while the filling

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

206

material beyond the soil reinforcement shall be referred as ‘random fill’. Backfill material used in reinforced soil volume shall be reasonably free from organic or otherwise deleterious material and shall confirm to necessary mechanical requirements. The backfill soil shall also meet all chemical and electro-chemical properties required for Geosynthetic reinforcement. The soil used as ‘reinforced fill’ shall conform to the following specifications:

The filling material for reinforced soil structure shall have an angle of internal friction between the compacted fill and the reinforcing element of not less than 25o, measured in accordance with IS: 13326 (Part 1). The soil shall be predominantly coarse grained and not more than 10 percent of particles shall pass 75 micron sieve. The uniformity coefficient (CU), of the backfill material shall be greater than 2.5. The soil should have properties such that the salts in the soil should not react chemically or electrically with the reinforcing elements in an adverse manner.

The ‘random fill’ beyond the soil reinforcement shall be fly ash conforming to the specifications given in materials chapter.

15.17.3 Construction requirements

15.17.3.1ExcavationsExcavation shall be in accordance with the relevant section of these Specifications and in conformity to the limits and construction stages shown on the drawings. In case of Excavation of slopes for building the retaining wall temporary protection work may be required to keep the traffic running on the embankment.

15.17.3.2 Foundation PreparationPrior to the erection of wall, if required by the Engineer-in-charge, the foundation soil shall be compacted with smooth wheel vibratory roller. Any foundation soil/ loose pockets deemed unsuitable shall be removed and replaced.

15.17.3.3 ErectionThe erection of precast fascia panels shall be in accordance to the instructions given by the manufacture. Panels shall be placed in successive horizontal lifts in the sequence shown on the drawings as backfill placement proceeds.

Vertical tolerances (plumbness) and horizontal alignment tolerance shall not exceed 25mm when measured along a 3m straight edge.

15.17.3.4 Backfill Placement and CompactionBackfill placement shall follow closely the erection of each lift of fascia panels. At each reinforcing level, backfill should be roughly levelled before placing the soil reinforcement. The galvanised steel strips shall be placed normal to the face of the

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

207

wall or as shown on the drawings. The program for filling shall be such that no construction plant runs directly on the reinforcement.

All construction plant having a mass exceeding 1000kg shall be kept at least 1.5m from the inner face of the wall. In this area (upto 1.5m from the inner face of the wall) the compaction shall be done with a vibratory plate compactor of maximum weight 1000kg.

Compaction by any other method shall only be permitted with the prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge. During construction the retained material beyond the reinforcement shall be maintained at the same level as reinforced fill.

The compacted layer shall not be more than 200mm, to achieve the compaction of 95 percent of maximum laboratory density when measured as per IS: 2720 (Part 8). Temporary formwork shall be used to support the precast concrete facing as per specified details given in the drawings. The forms, scaffolding, and props shall be sufficient in numbers to allow executing the job within the specified time schedule.

At the end of each day's operations, the Contractor shall shape the last level of backfill as to permit runoff of rainwater away from the wall face.

15.17.3.5MeasurementThe measurement shall be in terms of completed area of M35 grade concrete precast facing panels in square meter.

The unit rate shall include the supply of the precast fascia panels, all specialist fitments and accessories, placing and attaching galvanised steel strips, all sealant and fixings, filter media behind precast facing panels and at the base of the filling as per drawing, submission of detailed design and construction drawings (prepared by the manufacture of the soil reinforcement), supervision to site works and all labour, equipment, tools and incidentals to complete the work.

15.17.3.6SupervisionA representative of the manufacturer or his licensee shall be present on site during the entire casting and erection phases to ensure that the quality of the works performed by the Contractor is in accordance to the specifications. The representative shall also assist the contractor whenever required during the entire construction period of reinforced soil wall or desired by the Engineer-in-charge.

All expenses related to his presence on site shall be borne by the Contractor.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

208

15.18 Shuttering, Formwork

15.18.1 GeneralSteel formwork or any other internationally accepted “System Formwork” shall only be used for concrete work to produce a smooth and uniform finish on all exposed surfaces. The entire responsibility of planning, designing, erection, dismantling, shifting and safety of false work lies with the contractor. Individual steel shuttering plates shall have a minimum size of 0.9m x 1.5m (minimum area 1.35sq.m) except in the matching pieces, piers and smaller components. Formwork shall be made out of minimum 5 mm thick M.S. plates with stiffeners (thickness not less than 5mm) or as per design approved by Engineer-in-Charge. Planning of formwork shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge prior to actual mobilisation and use. All piers shall be cast in one operation and the formwork shall be planned and provided accordingly.

All shuttering and supports shall be designed by the contractor in accordance with the loads, pressures, stresses, etc. stipulated in the "IRC: 87-1984, Guidelines for the Design and Erection of Formwork and Centring for Road Bridges" and relevant drawings. The Contractor shall submit design calculations for strength and deflection of the formwork/staging and portal for central span including its foundation in triplicate to the Engineer-in-charge for approval at least 30 days before the contractor is ready to erect the same in position. Any improvement to portals, shuttering, staging and its support system as suggested by the Department shall be binding on the contractor without any extra cost to the Department. These suggestions shall however not absolve the contractor of his full and final responsibility towards the safety and serviceability of the staging and formwork as well as men and equipment working on them during the preliminary works before concreting, during concreting and afterwards. Shutters shall be water tight, fixed in perfect alignment and shall be able to withstand, without any displacement, deflection or movement of any kind, the loads due to the pressure of concrete, the movement of construction personnel, materials and plant.

Attention is drawn to the form liner finish required for the outer face of crash barrier, reinforced soil wall panels (if required), piers etc. It may be noted that the formwork for the piers will have suitable number of pieces (in plan) to facilitate easy removal of formwork without breaking the vertical ribs on the pier face. Actual scale trials (mock ups) using FRP made form liners of piers for full height including foundation, voided deck slab portion and Box girder and full width of carriageway including voiders, using FRP made form liners for crash barrier, R.S.wall panels, External surfaces of RCC ground supported boxes and retaining walls shall be performed for demonstrating the efficiency of the system to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. The cost of one such final approved mock up of each type shall be payable as per respective items of concrete and reinforcement. No costs shall be payable for

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

209

unsatisfactory mock-ups or trials. The concreting for the piers shall have to be done in single pour only using concrete pump. The location for making mock up items shall be as per the directions of engineer in charge. Temporary openings may be required in the formwork of the piers for proper compaction of concrete. Care shall be taken to maintain a single source of the raw material for concreting to achieve a uniform colour. Shuttering joints for all-important items shall be got approved.

15.18.2 Pre-Assembly Of FormworkIt shall be obligatory on the part of the contractor to pre- assemble the formwork for mock up piers, precast superstructure, crash barrier, pedestrian railing, Precast RCC railing, Kerb etc. on ground of suitable scale/dimension as directed by engineer-in-charge, prior to actual use. The contractor shall arrange for all material, labour facilities, etc. to facilitate first hand checking and carry out necessary modifications as required to make the formwork true to line, level and shape at no extra cost. However, the contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the formwork when erected in position finally. Pre-checking of formwork shall not be a ground for accepting any defective and bad formwork produced by the contractor.

The formwork shall be load tested for the probable anticipated loads before the same is put to actual use, at the direction of Engineer-in-charge. However, load testing of formwork shall not relieve the contractor of his responsibility for safety and serviceability.

15.18.2.1Permissible TolerancesThe formwork shall be so made as to produce a finished concrete, true to shape, lines, levels, plumb and dimensions as shown on the drawings subject to the following tolerance for in-situ casting unless otherwise specified or shown in drawings or directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

Sectional dimension - + 5mm

Plumb - + 1 in 1000 of height

Levels - 3 mm (before any deflection has taken place).

The tolerances given above are specified for local aberrations in the finished concrete surface and should not be taken as tolerance for the entire structure taken as a whole or for the setting and alignment of formwork, which should be as accurate as possible to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. Errors, if noticed, in any lift/tilt of the structure after stripping of forms, shall be corrected in the subsequent work to bring back the surface of the structure to its true alignment provided always that prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge shall be obtained in respect of acceptability of such corrective measures without affecting the component structurally or aesthetically.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

210

All shutters of beams, slabs and other members shall be so designed and constructed that the sides may be removed without disturbing the bottom plates or supports thereto. The bottom of each shutter shall be provided with a camber approximately to the final deflection of both shutter and beam under load as determined by the Engineer-in-charge. The supporting struts shall be adjusted and fixed in position by suitable means duly approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

Tubular steel props, shores, bracing or similar rigid material approved by the Engineer-in-charge shall be used for shuttering, scaffolding and staging.

15.18.2.2Preparation of Formwork before ConcretingThe inside surfaces of forms shall, except in the case of permanent formwork or where otherwise agreed to by the Engineer-in-Charge be coated with an approved material to prevent adhesion of concrete to the formwork. Release agents shall be applied strictly in accordance with the manufacture’s instructions and shall not be allowed to come into contact with any reinforcement. Different release agents shall not be used in formwork for concrete, which will be visible on the surface of finished works. Releasing agent should not leave any stain marks/difference in colour shades on finished exposed surface of the RCC member. Use of grease or burnt lubricant oil etc. on shutters, as release agent shall not be permitted.

Formwork shall be tight enough to prevent any loss of cement slurry during vibrations. Immediately before concreting, all forms shall be thoroughly cleaned.

Contractor shall give the Engineer-in-charge due notice before placing any concrete in the forms to permit him to inspect and accept the formwork as to their strength, alignment and general fitness, but such inspection shall not relieve the contractor of this responsibility for safety of men, machinery, materials and for result obtained.

15.18.2.3Removal of FormworkThe minimum time period for the removal of formwork shall be as per section 1508 of MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 for Road and Bridge Works (4th Revision, 2001). However this shall be taken as guidance only and the scheme for removal of formwork (de-shuttering and de-centering) shall be planned well in advance and furnished to the Engineer-in-charge for scrutiny and approval. No formwork or any part thereof shall be removed without prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge.

The contractor shall record in any approved manner, the date on which concrete is placed in each part of the work and the date on which the formwork is removed there from and have this record checked and countersigned by the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall be responsible for the safe removal of the formwork and any work showing signs of damage through premature removal of formwork or loading shall be rejected and entirely reconstructed by the Contractor without any extra cost

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

211

to the Department. The Engineer-in-charge may, however, instruct to postpone the removal of formwork if he considers it necessary and no claim whatsoever shall be entertained on this account.

15.18.2.4Re-Use Of FormsBefore re-use, all forms shall be thoroughly scrapped, cleaned, joints and planes examined and when necessary/repaired and inside surface treated as specified herein before. Formwork shall not be used/re-used if declared unfit or unserviceable by the Engineer- in-charge. Nothing extra or any claim whatsoever shall be admissible on this account.

The contractor is to make good at his own expenses any injury to the concrete work and any damage caused by, or arising from the removal and striking of shutters and supports. Notwithstanding conditions and requirements mentioned in the foregoing paragraphs the shuttering should be such that all concrete work remains shutter finished as per pattern approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

15.18.2.5Formed Surface and FinishAll members above ground or formation level shall have shutter finished surfaces. The contractor in erection of formwork shall take utmost care for components cast in stages. Location of construction joints in between such stages shall be predecided and all such joints shall be treated in a manner approved by the Engineer-in-charge so as to match with the surrounding concrete without leaving any visual aberration or bad patches and/or bands. The contractor shall be deemed to have included the cost of such operation in his quoted rates and no claim whatsoever shall be entertained at a later date.

The formed finished concrete surfaces shall be free from honeycomb, blemishes, holes, surface defects, etc. In no case such defects shall exceed 200mm in any direction for individual spots or the continued area of such defects shall not exceed 0.2% of the entire area of related surface. Any variation beyond this limit shall be considered as a substandard work and shall be rejected.

Special care shall be taken to ensure that no stains are left on the formed concrete either from formwork or exposed reinforcement bars. Such stains shall be removed by the contractor at no extra cost so as to match with adjoining concrete surfaces to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.

15.19 Embankment Works

15.19.1 Site ClearanceRoad side trees, shrubs, any other plants, pole lines, fences, signs, monuments, buildings, pipe lines, sewers and all road facilities within or adjacent to the road which are not to be disturbed, shall be protected from injury or damage. The

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

212

contractor shall provide and install at his own expenses suitable safeguards and barricades as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge for this purpose.

Before the earth work is started, the area where site clearance is required shall be cleared of shrubs, rank vegetation, grass, brush-wood, trees and saplings of girth upto 30cm measured at a height of one meter above ground level and rubbish removed from site and disposed off to approved disposal site for all leads and lifts. The roots of trees shall be removed to a minimum depth of 60cm below ground level or a minimum of 50cm below formation level whichever is lower and the hollows filled up with earth.

15.19.1.1Setting out and Making Profiles After the site has been cleared and layout completed, the limits of embankment should be set out true to lines, curves, slope, grades and sections as shown on the drawings. The limits of the embankment should be marked by fixing batter pegs on both sides at regular intervals as guides before commencing the construction. The embankment should be built sufficiently wider than the design dimensions so that surplus material may be trimmed, ensuring that the remaining material is of the desired density and in position specified, and conforms to the specified slopes. Bench marks and other stakes should be maintained as long as in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, they are required for the work.

Masonry pillars shall be erected at suitable points in the area, which is visible from the largest area to serve as bench mark and survey instrument stations, for the execution of the work. The benchmark shall be connected with standard B.M. as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Necessary profiles with pegs, bamboo’s and string or ‘Burjis’ shall be made to show the correct formation levels before the work is started and at the intervals indicated in general arrangement drawings. The setting out of the layout of alignment of approach embankments shall be done using total survey station.

The contractor shall supply labour and materials such as strings, pegs, nails, bamboos, stones, lime, mortar, concrete etc. required in connection with the setting out and making profiles and establishing bench marks and nothing extra shall be paid on this account. The contractor shall be responsible for maintenance of benchmarks and burjis.

The ground levels shall be taken at 5 metres intervals (or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge) in uniformly sloping ground and at close intervals where local mounds, pits or undulations are met with the levels as directed by engineer in charge. The initial levels shall be taken for 15m on either side of centre line of slip road except in MCD landfill area where the levels shall be taken for 50m. The initial ground levels shall be recorded jointly by the representative of Engineer-in-charge and contractor and plotted on plans by the contractor. The plans shall be drawn to a ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

213

scale of 5 metres to one cm or any other suitable scale as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. North direction line and position of B.M. shall invariably be shown on the plans. These plans shall be signed by the contractor and the Engineer-in-Charge before the earth work is started. The labour and T&P required for taking levels shall be supplied by the contractor at his own cost. “The levels shall also be recorded in level book as per departmental procedure”.

15.19.1.2Excavation and Preparation of Ground Supporting Subgrade In all cases, the original ground at the foundation level of embankment shall be consolidated by rolling, as directed by Engineer-in-Charge, but with a minimum of six passes of 8-10 tonne roller.

Existing structure such as old buildings, footpaths, culverts, pipe lines, sewers etc. within or adjacent to the area if required to be removed as part of site clearance shall be dismantled as per the direction of Engineer-in-Charge. The steel railings/trusses/signages etc. dismantled shall remain property of the department and shall be handed over to the Engineer-in-charge.

For construction of surface/sub-surface drains, excavation shall be carried out in proper sequence as per programme submitted by the contractor with other works as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Where so directed by the Engineer-in-Charge any unsuitable material occurring in the embankment foundation shall be removed and replaced by approved materials, suitably compacted.

The cut formation shall be prepared by earth excavation upto the depth/founding level as shown in drawings and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge, to receive the first layer of embankment. The top layer of earth not suitable for reuse in embankment shall be removed from the site as per directions of engineer-in-charge, at no extra cost, for all leads and lifts. The good earth suitable for reuse as side and top cover in embankment shall be stacked near the site.

Note: Where the material, in the existing subgrade or founding/bed level in cut formation has a density less than 97 per cent of the maximum dry density determined according to IS:2720 (Part VIII), the same shall be loosened to a depth of 500 mm and compacted in layers not exceeding 200 mm loose thickness. Any unsuitable material encountered at the bed level shall be removed to a depth indicated by the Engineer-in-Charge and replaced with suitable material. Payment shall be made for such loosening and compaction only.

Embankment or subgrade work shall not proceed until the foundations for embankment/subgrade have been inspected by the Engineer-in-Charge for satisfactory condition and approved.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

214

In works involving widening of existing pavements, unless otherwise specified, the shoulder verge/median shall be removed to their full width and to levels shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. While doing so, care shall be taken to see that no portion of the existing pavement designated to be retained is loosened or disturbed.

Finishing operations shall include the work of properly shaping, dressing and consolidating all excavated surfaces and founding surface of the embankment as mentioned in drawings.

When completed no point on the slopes shall vary from the designated slopes by more than 150mm measured at right angles to the slopes. In no case shall any portion of the slope encroach on the roadway.

In construction works involving small quantities or constructions of routine nature, the embankment and subgrade material shall be spread in a uniform thickness over the entire width of the embankment in layers not exceeding 250 mm in loose thickness. Successive layers shall not be placed until the layer under construction has been thoroughly compacted to the requirements set down hereunder. Before placing the next layer, the surface of the under layer shall be moistened and scarified with pickaxes or spades, so as to provide a satisfactory bond with the next layer.

In all embankment/subgrade construction works the whole work including spreading material and sprinkling water shall be done by mechanical means only, unless permitted by the Engineer-in-Charge otherwise.

In cases where mechanical means are adopted, a motor grader shall spread the material uniformly over the entire width of the embankment/Subgrade in layers not exceeding 250 mm in loose thickness. The motor grader blade shall have hydraulic control suitable for initial adjustments and maintain the same so as to achieve the specified slope and grade. Successive layers shall not be placed until the layer under construction has been thoroughly compacted to the requirements set down hereunder.

15.19.2 Use of flyash in embankment The random filling material is flyash mixed with 20% sand. The materials are to be arranged, mixed and supplied by the contractor at his own expense. The source of such filling and mixing both materials shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge before the start of work.

15.19.2.1 Characterisation of MaterialsThe flyash materials to be used in embankment construction should be tested to determine their physical and engineering properties. In certain specific situations, chemical properties of flyash may also be of relevance. Suitability of the material and

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

215

design parameters shall be obtained through tests. The following information on the fly ash to be used, should be made available for approval of the Engineer-in-charge before commencement of work:

Particle size distribution of the flyash [IS 2720 (Part 4) : 1985]

The maximum dry density (MDD) and optimum moisture content (OMC) as per IS Heavy Compaction test (commonly known as modified proctor test), and the graph of density plotted against moisture content, for this test [IS 2720 (Part 8) : 1985]

Once the Engineer in-charge has approved the above information, it shall form the basis for compaction. The density of fly ash is considerably lower than density of many types of soils. So, unlike soils, fly ash with low MDD value shall not be rejected for using it as a fill material. However, in general, fly ash of density lowers than 0.9 gm/cc may not be suitable for embankment/ construction.

Typical values for different geotechnical properties of fly ash to be used for embankment are given in clause 7.2.13 of this tender document.

Fly ash being a very fine material gets air borne easily and causes dust nuisance. Dust at a construction site may be a safety hazard. It may also lead to environmental pollution, public resentment and damage to internal combustion engine of the construction equipment besides being a health hazard to workers. To avoid this, fly ash from hoppers or silos shall be conditioned with water at power plant to prevent dusting enroute. Fly ash shall be typically delivered to the site in covered dump truck to minimizeloss of moisture and dusting. On the other hand, pond ash generally contains enough moisture to prevent dusting and may even contain excess moisture content to create road spillage during transport. In such cases, periodic inspections and lifting of ash from relatively dry areas or the pond would be needed.

The fly ash may require on site temporary stockpiling if the rare at 'which the ash is supplied to the project site is more than the contractor's demand for an efficient rateof placement. Such cases shall be avoided to the extent possible and in case stockpiling at site is inevitable, adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent dusting by spraying water on stockpiles at regular intervals. Otherwise, the surface of the fly ash stockpile may be covered with tarpaulins or a thin layer of soil or other granular material not subject to dusting. Traffic movements may be restricted to those areas which are kept moist, to prevent types of passing vehicles dispersing ash into the air.

15.19.2.2Stripping and Storing of Top Soil For constructing embankment using fly ash, the top soil from all areas to be covered by the embankment shall be stripped to specified depth as shown in the construction drawing and stored in stock piles of height not exceeding 3 m near the site, for use in

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

216

covering the fly ash embankment slopes, cut slopes and other disturbed areas where re-vegetation is desired. Topsoil should not be unnecessarily trafficked either before stripping or when in stockpiles. Also, these shall not be surcharged or otherwise loaded and multiple handling should be kept to minimum.

15.19.2.3Spreading and Compaction of Fill MaterialEmbankment material shall be laid in layers not exceeding 250mm loose thickness, which shall be continuous and parallel to the finished grade. The placing of filling material shall be done in full width of embankment, and the section of formation shall be kept slightly sloping away from the centre to avoid pools of water forming due to rain. The height of filling in different sections shall be uniform. There should not be any undulations in the longitudinal section of the embankment also. All clods shall be broken to have maximum size of 75 mm when being placed in subgrade. Organic matter of any kind or any other ingredient which in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge is likely to deteriorate or effect the stability of the embankment shall be removed and disposed off as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The jointing of the old and new embankment shall be done in stepping with an overall slope of 1:5.

The side soil cover of required width shall be provided along with the fly ash core and mechanically compacted as the embankment/ progresses upwards. The addition of side cover subsequent to the construction of the core is prohibited. The fill material should be spread by mechanical means, finished by motor grader. The motor grader blades shall have hydraulic control so as to achieve the specified slope and grade. The MORTH efficient lift thickness is a function of roller weight and vibratory energy. Decision of engineer-in-charge in respect of loose thickness of each layer to be compacted using vibratory roller shall be final and binding on the contractor. The fill material should be laid simultaneously before compaction, to ensure confinement of fly ash. Clods or hard lumps in cover soil shall be broken to have a maximum size of 50 mm.

Moisture content of the fill material shall be checked at the site of placement prior to commencement of compaction. Moisture content of fill material laid for compaction shall normally vary from OMC determined as per IS: 2720 (Part 8): 1983. Each layer of filling material shall be carefully moistened to give a field moisture content of about + 1% to –2% of the optimum moisture content (OMC). Each layer shall then be compacted by rolling with 8 to 10 tonnes power road roller and vibratory roller, if required. The required amount of water shall be added during consolidation to keep the moisture content of the soil at the optimum as per test.

If the material delivered to the embankment layer is too wet, it must be dried by aeration and exposure to the sun, till the moisture content is acceptable for compaction. Should circumstances arise, where owing to the wet weather, the moisture content can not be reduced to the required amount by the above

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

217

procedure, work on compaction shall be suspended, as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and no claim of the contractor shall be accepted on this account except extension of time for completion of the work.

At moisture contents higher than the appropriate range, fly ash/earth may liquefy and would be difficult to handle and compact. Moisture content of cover soil shall be maintained at its OMC. Where water is required to be added to the fill material, it shall be sprinkled from a water tanker fitted with a sprinkler capable of applying water uniformly without any flooding. The water shall be mixed thoroughly by blazing, dicing or harrowing or by suitable means until uniform moisture content is obtained throughout the depth of the layer. The mixing of 20% fine sand(jamuna sand) in flyash at site shall be done by tractor crawler.

Fly ash and cover earth shall be compacted in longitudinal direction as well as cross direction using vibratory and static rollers. Static rollers or vibratory roller without vibration shall be used for first few rounds (5-7 rounds) of rolling on a layer and then self-propelled vibratory rollers shall be used for final compaction. Regardless of the equipment used, fly ash/earth must be compacted as early as possible after spreading.

At all times during construction, the top of the embankment shall be maintained at such a cross fall as will shed water and prevent ponding.

The contractor shall demonstrate the efficacy of the equipment he intends to use by carrying out compaction trials. The procedure to be adopted for these site trials shall be first submitted to the Engineer-in-charge for approval. Test strips to develop compaction method specifications (optimum compaction procedure to satisfy density requirements) for the construction of the embankment shall be prepared. A series of compaction trials shall be conducted on such test strips. In such trials, usually one parameter such as layer thickness, moisture content etc. Shall be varied at a time while the others remain constant. The final embankment/ filling and compaction methodology shall be approved by the engineer-in-charge based on results of such trials.

Each compacted layer shall be finished parallel to the final cross-section of the embankment. The following end product specifications as given in Table 1 below, have been suggested for construction of fly ash embankments.

Table 15-4 Compaction Requirement for Embankment and Subgrade

Sl. Type of work/material Field dry density as percentage of maximum laboratory dry density as

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

218

per IS:2720 (Part VIII)1. Subgrade including the portion below

earthen shoulders and vergeNot less than 97

2. Embankment Not less than 95

The Engineer-in-charge shall permit measurement of field density according to agreed procedure. Subsequent layers shall be placed only after the finished layer has been tested for its density requirements. The contractor shall maintain record of all such tests. When density measurements reveal any soft areas in the embankment, further compaction shall be carried out as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. In spite of that if specified degree of compaction is not achieved, the material in the soft areas shall be removed and replaced by approved material, moisture content brought to permissible limits and re-compacted to the required density

Embankment shall be constructed evenly over their full width and the contractor shall control and direct construction plant and other vehicular traffic uniformly across the width. Damage by the construction plant or other vehicular traffic shall be made good by the contractor with material having the same characteristics and strength as it had before it was damaged. Embankments shall not be constructed with steeper side slopes or to greater width than those shown in the drawings. Whenever embankment construction is to be taken up against the face of natural slope or sloping earth works face including embankments, cuttings, and excavations which are steeper than 1:2 (Vertical: Horizontal), such faces shall be benched immediately before placing the subsequent fill. A less permeable capping layer of selected earth should be constructed on the top of embankment of fly ash mixed with 20% sand, which would form the subgrade for the road pavement. The thickness of this layer shall be as per drawings.

Where the embankment is to be constructed across low swampy ground that will not support the weight of trucks, road rollers or other hauling equipment, the lower part of the fill shall be consolidated by vibratory rammers/rollers/frog hammers till adequate strength has been achieved when rollers can move.

Each compacted layer shall be tested in the field for the density and accepted before the operations for next layer are begun.

15.19.2.4Precautions against Corrosion and Seepage The Sulphate content in fly ash should be within the limits specified. The sulphate content of fly ash may sometimes cause concern about possibility of sulphate attack on adjacent concrete structures. Certain precautions shall be taken, in case sulphate attack on concrete structures is suspected. These consist of painting the adjacent concrete faces with bitumen or compounds, which offer moisture protection

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

219

to concrete. Corrosion of cast iron, lead, copper, PVC or terra cotta pipes would be minimum due to contact with fly ash. There have been reported failures of aluminium conduit materials buried in fly ash. If protection of pipes is necessary, polythene sheeting, bituminous coating or embedding and back filling with inert materials like suitable soil of minimum cushion thickness of 500 mm shall be adequate.

Where significant volumes of seepage are encountered, pipes should be used to drain the water out of the embankment area. Perforated pipe is usually placed in the vicinity of seep. One-third solid wall pipe with two third slotted portions shall be used to drain the water out of embankment area. PVC/HDPE pipe materials are preferred because of their long-term performance. Analysis should be performed to confirm that they provide adequate wall strength to support the expected embankment loads. To prevent the internal erosion of the fill, filter protection should be provided around the pipes.

Nothing extra shall be payable for providing such protection works in the embankment/guide

15.19.2.5Finishing Operations Finishing operations shall include the work of shaping and dressing the shoulders/verge/road bed and side slopes to conform to the alignment, levels, cross-sections and dimensions shown on the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge subject to the tolerance. Both upper and lower ends of side slopes shall be rounded off to improve appearance and to merge the embankment with the adjacent terrain. Wherever turfing is proposed, top soil shall be provided so that after seeding, a dense cover can develop. The depth of top soil should be sufficient to sustain plant growth, the usual thickness being 75 to 100 mm. Slopes shall be roughened and moistened slightly before the application of top soil in order to provide satisfactory bond. Embankments constructed in flood prone areas shall be protected, by stone pitching as shown in drawings, as per the provisions of IRC: 89-1985.

15.19.2.6Embankment around Structure Unless directed otherwise, during the execution the filling around culverts, bridges and other structure shall not be done upto a distance of twice the height of the embankment. The fill material shall not be placed against any abutment or wing-wall unless permission has been given by the Engineer-in-Charge but in any case not until the concrete or masonry has been in position for 14 days. The embankment shall be brought up simultaneously in equal layers of not more than 200mm in thickness on each side of the structure (where applicable) to avoid displacement and unequal pressure. The sequence of work in this regard shall be got approved from the Engineer-in Charge. The compaction shall be done with a vibratory plate compactor of maximum weight 1000kg.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

220

Where the provision of any filter media is specified behind the abutment and reinforced walls etc. the same shall be laid in layers simultaneously with the laying of fill material. The material used for filter media shall conform to the requirements given in the drawings and specifications duly approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

At locations where compaction using rollers is impracticable, such as fill portions adjacent to RCC structures/steep abutments or around concrete drain pipes embedded in embankment, earth vibrator / table vibrator hand held vibratory tampers shall be used for compaction. The required moisture contents and compaction requirements shall be same, as for the rest of the embankment. However, compacted layer thickness should not exceed 100 mm in such cases.

Care shall be taken to see that the compaction equipment does not hit or come too close to any structural members so as because any damage to it.

15.19.2.7Earthwork Over Existing Road Surface Where the embankment is to be placed over an existing road surface, the work shall be carried out as indicated below:

If the existing road surface is of granular or bituminous type and lies within 1 m of the new sub grade level, the same shall be scarified to a depth of 50mm or more so as to provide ample bond between the old and new material. Nothing extra shall be payable for the same.

If the existing road surface is of cement concrete type and lies within lm of the new sub grade level the same shall be removed completely without any extra cost.

If the level difference between the existing road surface and the new sub grade level is more than lm, the existing surface shall be permitted to stay in place without any modification.

15.19.2.8Earth Work for Widening Existing Road Embankment When an existing embankment is to be widened and its slope is steeper than 4: 1 (horizontal: vertical), continuous horizontal benches each atleast 0.3 metre wide, shall be cut into the old slope upto a depth of 300mm for ensuring adequate bond with the fresh embankment material to be added.

The material obtained from cutting of benches could be utilised in the widening of the embankment. However, when the existing slope against which the fresh material is to be placed is flatter than 4: 1 the slope surface may only be ploughed or scarified instead of resorting to benching.

Where the width of the widened portion is insufficient to permit the use of standard rollers, compaction shall be carried out with the help of vibratory roller, mechanical tampers or other approved equipment. End dumping of material from trucks for

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

221

widening operations shall be avoided except in difficult circumstances when the extra width is too narrow to permit the movement of any other type of hauling equipment.

Where the embankment is to be placed against sloping ground the latter shall be appropriately benched or ploughed before the embankment material.

The surplus excavated earth and other material which could not be used in embankment shall be disposed off for which nothing extra shall be payable. The contractor shall identify the actual location of the disposal site. The contractor has to take prior approval of engineer-in-charge about place of disposal before the surplus earth/material is disposed off.

15.19.2.9Plying Of Construction Traffic Construction traffic shall not use the prepared surface of the embankment and/or sub grade without the prior permission of the Engineer-in-Charge. Any damage arising out of such use shall, however, be made good by the contractor at his own expense as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.

15.19.2.10 Quality Control Quality of compacted material shall be controlled through periodic checks on the compaction process or the end product, singly or in combination as directed. The end product must conform to the specifications.

15.19.2.11 Analysis and Acceptance of Density Results Control on compaction in the field shall be exercised through frequent moisture content and density determinations. A systematic record of these shall be maintained, as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. At all times during construction, the top of the embankment shall be maintained at such a cross fall as will shed water and prevent pounding.

The control for earth work in top 500mm portion of embankment (sub-grade), shall be more strict as per the specifications with density measurement being done at the rate of one measurement for 250 cum of compacted volume. Further for the determination of the mean density, the number of tests in one measurement shall not be less than 10 and the work will be accepted if the mean dry density equals or exceeds the specified density.

When density measurements reveal any soft areas in the embankment, the same shall be compacted further. If the specified compaction is still not achieved the material in the soft areas shall be removed and replaced by approved materials and compacted to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge for which nothing extra shall be paid.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

222

After the completion of work to the required formation level, the embankment shall be dressed to the required shape, size, slopes etc. and to compute the quantity of filling in embankment. The final formation levels of embankment shall be taken at the points where previously the initial ground levels were taken and the level books got signed by the contractor in token of acceptance. The layout required for taking levels shall be supplied by the contractor at his own cost. The work shall be completed as per formation levels and side slopes (where applicable) supplied by the Engineer-in-Charge. No variation in levels or in slopes shall be done without the written approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. Any embankment work done in excess of designated formation levels and designed side slopes shall not be paid for and the contractor shall be liable to remove the extra earth at his own cost and risk while dressing the embankment to the required formation level, shape, size and slopes etc.

15.19.2.12 Measurements The length and breadth shall be measured correct to 1.0cm. The height of filling shall be recorded correct to 5 mm. The compacted volume of earth/flyash work shall be computed from cross sections of the filling/embankment. The cubical contents of compacted earth/flyash shall be worked out in cubic metres to the nearest two places of decimal. No deduction shall be made for voids.

15.19.2.13 Rate Rate for earth work in embankment shall including the following

1. Compensation/royalty for the filling material, if any, its excavation and transportation to site of work, including loading, unloading, stacking etc.

2. Depositing filling material as specified and the cost of all operations described above.

3. All leads and lifts involved in the above operations.

4. Working in foul conditions.

5. Bailing out water due to subsoil condition rains, springs and all incidental works required to execute the job and to keep the area dry when the work is in progress below water table.

6. Removal of slush etc. while excavation under water or sludge.

7. All incidentals including labour, machinery, T&P etc required to complete the embankment work as per drawing.

15.19.2.14 Source of Supply The flyash to be used in embankment can be obtained free of cost from the Ash ponds and other notified locations of I.P. Power Plant and/or Rajghat Power plant on Ring road, New Delhi. In case of any shortfall in availability of flyash from these sources the contractor can obtain the flyash from Badarpur Power Plant also. However, nothing extra shall be payable for additional lead involved for procuring

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

223

flyash from Badarpur Power plant or any other sources proposed by the agency and approved by Engineer-in-charge. The Engineer-in-charge shall provide all support in obtaining the flyash free of cost from these thermal power plants. However, if any charges are levied for flyash, the same shall be borne by the contractor and nothing extra shall be payable for the same

For providing earth cover around flyash core in embankment, the earth excavated from site for construction of embankment and guide s shall be used. Only the excavated earth of suitable quality as approved by Engineer-in-charge shall be reused in embankment earth cover.

Good earth for turfing and subgrade for any other location in embankment shall be arranged by the contractor from any suitable borrow pit /outside source duly approved by the engineer-in-charge, before the start of the work.

The arrangement for supply of material is to be made by the contractor at his own responsibility and he shall pay necessary charges for the land/royalty, if required. The rate quoted by the contractor shall be inclusive of all labour, material, land charges, royalty, T &P , carriage for all leads and lifts etc. involved and nothing extra shall be paid over the rates quoted for any reason whatsoever. The department shall not be responsible for any dispute arising out in connection with the supply of material.

15.20 Road Work – (Flexible pavement)

15.20.1 Sub-Grade Construction It shall be ensured prior to actual execution that the borrow area material to be used in the sub-grade satisfies the requirements of design CBR (not less than 5%, under soaked condition). For the purposes of specifications, the top 500mm thick layer of filling in the embankment (just below the sand drainage layer) over the entire formation width and directly supporting the road pavement will be termed as ‘subgrade’.

Sub-grade shall be compacted and finished to the design strength consistent with other physical requirements. The actual laboratory CBR values of constructed sub-grade shall be determined on remoulded samples. IRC: 37-1984 shall be referred to for details.

The 500mm thick of the sub-grade shall be compacted to achieve at least 97% of MDD at OMC.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

224

15.20.2 Granular Sub-Base Course This work shall consist of laying and compacting well-graded material on prepared sub-grade in accordance with the requirements of these Specifications. The material shall be laid in one or more layers as sub-base or lower sub-base and upper sub-base (termed as sub-base hereinafter) as necessary according to lines, grades and cross- sections shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

The granular sub-base (GSB) material shall be closed graded of grading I and III, conforming to the requirements of clause 401 and table 400-1 of MORTH, Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (4th Revision).

15.20.3 Wet Mix Macadam Base Course The work shall consist of laying and compacting clean, crushed, graded aggregate and granular material premixed with water, to a dense mass on a prepared subgrade/sub- base/base or existing pavement as the case may be in accordance with the requirements of these specifications. The material shall be laid in one or more layers as necessary to lines, grade and cross section shown on the approved drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The laying of WMM layer shall be done using paver only.

The wet mix macadam base course shall satisfy the requirements of clause 406 of MORTH, Specifications for Road and Bridge Works.

15.20.4 Bituminous Work

15.20.4.1General The contractor shall have to necessarily deploy self-propelled paver with electronic sensor having suitable hydraulically operated screeds capable of spreading, tamping and finishing the mix true to the specified lines, grades and cross sections of the road. The paver finisher shall have the following essential features:

1. Loading hoppers and suitable distributing mechanism.

2. All drives having hydrostatic drive/control.

3. The machine shall have a hydraulically extendable screed for appropriate width requirement.

The screed shall have tamping and vibrating arrangement for initial compaction to the layer as it is spread without rutting or otherwise marring the surface. It shall have adjustable amplitude and variable frequency.

The paver shall be equipped with necessary control mechanism so as to ensure that the finished surface is free from surface blemishes.

The paver shall be fitted with an electronic sensing device for automatic levelling and profile control within the specified tolerances.

The screed shall have the internal heating arrangement. ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

225

The paver shall be capable of laying 2.5 to 4.0 m width in service road and 4.0 to 7.0m width on main carriageway as per site requirement.

The paver shall be so designed as to eliminate skidding/slippage of the tyres during operation.

The contractor shall have to necessarily deploy the road rollers, for BM, DBM & BC for their compaction as per relevant MORTH specifications.

Mix shall be prepared in a computerised hot mix plant of adequate capacity and capable of yielding a mix of proper and uniform quality with thoroughly coated aggregate. Hot Mix Plant shall be preferably of batch mix type with electronic load sensor device. The requirement of clause 504.3.4 of MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 shall be strictly adhered to.

15.20.4.2Prime CoatThe work shall consist of the application of a single coat of low viscosity liquid bituminous material to a porous granular surface preparatory to the superimposition of bituminous mix material. The work shall execute in accordance with clause 502 and sub clause thereto of MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 for Road & Bridge works 2001.

The emulsified bitumen for prime coat shall be medium setting conforming to IS: 8887-1995. The bitumen emulsion shall be brought at site in one lot in sealed drums and shall be got verified and checked by the representative of Engineer-in-Charge before its use. After priming coat the road can be opened to the traffic as directed by the engineer in charge.

15.20.5 Tack coatThe work shall consist of application of single coat of low viscosity liquid bituminous material to an existing road surface preparatory to another bituminous construction over it. The binder used for tack coat shall be bitumen of suitable grade as specified in nomenclature of item.

The emulsified bitumen for tack coat on road shall be medium setting (MS) type conforming to IS: 8887-1995. The bitumen emulsion shall be brought at site in one lot in sealed drums and shall be got verified and checked by the representative of Engineer-in-Charge before its use. The work shall be done strictly in accordance with clause 503 and sub-clauses thereto of MORTH specifications for Roads & Bridges work (Fourth Revision), 2001.

15.20.5.1Cleaning and Preparation of the Surface: The surface on which the tack coat is to be applied shall be clean and free from dust, dirt and any extraneous material and be otherwise prepared in accordance with the requirements of clause 501.8 and 902 of MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 for Roads and Bridges work (Fourth Revision) 1995 as appropriate. Immediately before the application or the tack coat, the surface shall be swept clean with a mechanical broom and high-pressure jet or by other means as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

226

15.20.6 Bituminous macadamThe work shall consists of constructing a single layer of specified compacted thickness of bituminous macadam having crushed stone aggregate premixed with bituminous binder on a previously prepared base to the requirement of clause-504 and sub clause thereto of MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 for Road & Bridge works (Fourth Revision) 2001 and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

15.20.6.1Material

15.20.6.1.1 BitumenBitumen shall confirm to grade and quantity as specified in nomenclature of item.

15.20.6.1.2 AggregateAggregate shall consist of crushed stone aggregate as laid down in sub clause -504.2.2 to 504.2.5 of MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 for Road & Bridge works (4th revision). The grading shall conform to grading 2 of Table 500-4.

15.20.6.1.3 RateThe contract unit rate for the Bituminous Macadam shall be payment in full for carrying out all the required operations as specified, and shall include, but not necessarily limited to all component listed in 501.8.8.2 (i) to (xi) as MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 for Road & Bridges (Fourth revision) 20.01. The rate shall include the provision of bitumen @ 3.5% by weight of total mix with provision that variation of quantity on minus side shall be recovered @ Rs.********** - per MT of bitumen. However, no extra payment would be admissible for use of bitumen if the variation is on higher side i.e. beyond 3.5% of weight of total mix.* At the justified rate at the time of tendering

15.20.7 Dense Bituminous MacadamThe work shall consists of constructing dense bituminous macadam in two layers of specified compacted thickness having crushed stone aggregate premixed with bituminous binder on a previously prepared base to the requirement of clauses 507 and sub clause thereto of MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 for Road & Bridge works (Fourth Revision) 2001 and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

15.20.7.1Material

15.20.7.1.1 BitumenBitumen shall confirm to grade and quantity as specified in nomenclature of item.

15.20.7.1.2 AggregateAggregate shall consist of crushed stone aggregate as laid down in sub-clause-507.2.2 to 507.2.5 of MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 for Road & Bridge works. The grading shall conform to grading of Table 500-10/

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

227

15.20.7.1.3 Filler Filler shall consist of hydrated lime of grade & specification conforming to clause 509.2.4 of MORTH Specification for Roads & Bridges.

15.20.7.1.4 RateThe contract unit rate for the Dense Bituminous Macadam shall be payment in full for carrying out all the required operations as specified, and shall include, but not necessarily limited to all component listed in 501.8.8.2 (i) to (xi) as MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 for Road & Bridges (Fourth revision) 2001. The rate shall include the provision of bitumen @ 5.0% by weight of total mix with provision that variation of quantity on minus side shall be recovered @ Rs *********** per M.T. of bitumen. However, no extra payment would be admissible for use of bitumen if the variation is on higher side i.e. beyond 5% of weight of total mix.

15.20.8 Dense Bituminous ConcreteThe work shall consist of constructing a single layer of specified compacted thickness or dense bituminous concrete consisting of crushed stone aggregate mixed with bituminous binder to serve as wearing course laid immediately after mixing on a previously prepared base in accordance with the requirements of specifications as laid down in clause 509 and sub-clauses thereto of MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 for Roads & Bridges works and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.

15.20.8.1Material15.20.8.1.1 Bitumen

Bitumen shall conform to grade and quantity as specified in nomenclature of item.

*At the justified rates at the time of tendering

15.20.8.1.2 AggregateAggregates shall consist of crushed stone aggregate conforming to grading & specifications as laid down in sub-clause 509.2.2 to 509.2.5 of MORTH specifications for Road & Bridges work. Only natural aggregate or sand shall be allowed. The grading shall conform to grading 1 of Table 500-18 of MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001.

15.20.8.1.3 FillerFiller shall consist of hydrated lime of grade & specification conforming to clause 509.2.4 of MORTH Specification for Roads & Bridges.

15.20.8.1.4 RateThe contract unit rate for the Dense Bituminous Concrete using modified bitumen (PMB-40) shall be payment in full for carrying out all the required operations as specified, and shall include, but not necessarily limited to all component listed in

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

228

501.8.8.2 (i) to (xi) of MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001. The rate shall cover the provision of modified bitumen (PMB-40) in mix design @ 5.5% by weight of total mix with provision that variation of quantity on minus side shall be recovered @ Rs. -********** per M.T. of modified bitumen, less use as per design mix. However, no extra payment would be admissible for use of modified bitumen if the variation is on higher side i.e. beyond 5.5% of weight of total mix.

15.20.8.1.5 Compaction The degree of compaction for the various bituminous layers shall be established by taking CORE from the laid bituminous layer. The bill of the contractor shall be paid only if the same qualifies as per the specifications / requirements. Sand replacement method for verifying the degree of compaction of laid bituminous layers will not be allowed.

15.20.8.1.6 Guarantee Bond Five years guarantee in prescribed proforma as per Annexure-‘L’ must be given by the contractor in token of his overall responsibility regarding satisfactory performance of Bituminous Works. If any defect is noticed during the guarantee period, it should be rectified by the contractor within seven days by re-executing the defective Bituminous Works and if not attended to, the same will be got done through another agency at the risk and cost of the contractor. General Form of Bank Guarantee is attached as Annexure- "H". The above ‘Guarantee Bond’ will hold good for all the Bituminous Works i.e. Bituminous Macadam , Dense Bituminous Macadam & Dense Bituminous Concrete work.Clause 35(iii) of the ‘General Conditions of Contract for CPWD Works 2005’ at Page 54 shall be read as ‘The contractor shall be responsible for rectifying defects noticed within Five years from the date of completion of the bituminous work and the portion of the security deposit relating to bituminous work shall be refunded after the expiry of this period’

15.21 Road Work – (Rigid Pavement)

15.21.1 Dry Lean Cement Concrete Sub-BaseThe Sub-Clauses Mentioned Below Are As Per MORTH Specifications (Forth Revision)2001 for Roads And Highways. The deviation in various clauses from the book are listed below:

*At the justified rates at the time of of tendering

Sub-Clause 601.2 Materials

Sub-Clause 601.2.1 This Clause shall read as follows

Source of Materials “Provisions of Clause 1002 of these specifications shall apply to sources of material”

Sub-Clause 601.2.2 Cement

The clause shall read as follows: ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

229

"Any of the following type of cements, capable of achieving the Design strength may be used with the prior approval of the Engineer-in-Charge, but preference shall be to use 43 grade.

1. Portland cement 33 grade conforming to IS: 269

2. Portland cement 43 grade conforming to IS: 8112

If the soil around has soluble sulphates exceeding 0.5% the cement used shall be sulphate resistant and conform to IS: 12330

"Cement to be used shall be obtained in bulk form. The bulk cement shall be stored in accordance with Clause 1014. The cement shall be subjected to acceptance test just prior to its use.”

Sub-Clause 601.2.4 Water

This item shall read as under:

“Water used for mixing and curing concrete shall conform to Clause 1010 of Section 1000.”

Sub-Clause 601.4 Sub-grade

Sentence 2 shall be read as:

“The Lean Concrete sub-base shall be laid on drainage layers as per drawings. The drainage layer shall be as per Grading 1 of Table 400-2. The material shall be crushed stone aggregate. The CBR of drainage layer shall be more than 30”.

Sub-Clause 601.5 ConstructionSub-Clause 601.5.4 Placing

Add in the beginning of Clause 601.5.4:

One day before placing of the dry lean cement concrete sub-base, the surface of the drainage layer shall be given a fine spray of water and rolled with a smooth wheeled roller after a lapse of 2-3 hours after watering. The Engineer-in-Charge may instruct another fine spray of water to be applied just before placing of the dry lean cement concrete sub-base.

Sub-Clause 601.5.7 Curing

Add the following in last.

Two applications of an approved wax-based white pigmented curing compound shall be applied as per Additional Specifications A-12

Cement Concrete Pavement

Sub-Clause 602.1 Scope

Add the following at the end of this Clause:

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

230

“A site trial shall be performed in accordance with Clause 901.16.”

Sub-Clauses 602.2 MaterialsSub-Clause 602.2.2 Cement

Replace the last para of Clause 602.2.2 with:

“It is the responsibility of the Contractor to test and propose the type of cement which will result in a concrete complying in all respects with the specifications. Cement to be used shall be obtained in bulk. Bulk cement shall be stored in accordance with Clause 1014. The cement shall be subjected to acceptance test just prior to use.”

Sub-Clause 602.2.4.2 Coarse Aggregate

Delete the word ‘crushed gravel’ in third line of this para and add the following para at the end of clause:

The Stone Polishing Value, as measured by BS: 812 (Part 114), shall not be less than 55.”

Sub-Clause 602.2.4.3 Fine Aggregate

Add the following at the end of this Clause:

“The fine aggregates shall be natural sand conforming to the grading Zone-II as per IS: 383.”

Add the following as Clause 602.2.4.4

Sub-Clause 602.2.4.4 Combined All-In Aggregate

The grading limit for all-in aggregates shall be as per IS: 383 for 20mm nominal size aggregates and as given under:

IS Sieve Designation Percentage Passing

40mm 100

20mm 95-100

4.75mm 30-50

600 micron 10-35

150 micron 0-6

Sub-Clause 602.2.5 Water

This clause shall read as under:

“Water used for mixing and curing shall conform to Clause 1010 of Section 1000.”

Water for preparation of concrete during hot weather shall be from water chilling plant installed at site.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

231

Sub-Clause 602.2.7 Premoulded Joint Filler

Replace Clause 602.2.7 with:

“Joint filler board for expansion joints shall be of the same thickness as the specified joint width within a tolerance of + 1.5mm and shall comply with the requirements of IS: 1838 or BS Specification No.2630. The filler for each joint shall be furnished in a single piece for the full depth and width required for the joint. Holes to accommodate dowel bars shall be accurately bored or punched to give a sliding tilt on the dowel bars.”

Sub-Clause 602.2.8 Joint Sealing Compound

Replace Clause 602.2.8 with:

“The joint sealing compound shall be hot applied elastomeric type, complying with AASHTO M282 for joints in asphalt pavements or joints between asphalt and concrete pavements, and cold applied polyurethane or polysulphide type complying with BS: 5212 –1 990 for joints in concrete pavements.

The joint sealant shall be resistant to age hardening and shall have flexibility to accommodate movements of minimum 25% of the joint width as shown in the drawings without risk of breaking of the sealant or adherence failure. The dimensions shall be so proportioned; that the adherence to the groove walls is fully intact within the movements limits.

Suitable primers as recommended by the manufactures of each type of joint sealant shall be used.

Each lot or batch of joint sealant compound and primer shall be delivered to the job-site in the manufacture's original sealed container. Each container shall be marked with the manufacture's name, batch or lot number, date of manufacture, storage life, safe heating temperature for hot applied sealant, and shall be accompanied by the manufacture's certification stating that the compound meets the requirements of these specifications.

The manufacture's health and safety precautions shall be available at the job-site for each joint sealing compound and primer and it is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all precautions are met.

Sub-Clause 602.3 Proportioning of Concrete

Sub-Clause 602.3.3. Concrete Strength

Sub-Clause 602.3.3.1 Replace the entire Clause 602.3.3.1 with:

“The pavement concrete shall be a class M-40 concrete with a minimum 28 days compressive characteristic strength of 40 MPa and a minimum flexural characteristic strengths of 4.5 MPa."

While designing the mix in the laboratory, correlation between flexural and compressive strengths of concrete shall be established on the basis of at least thirty ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

232

tests on samples. However, quality control in the field shall be exercised on the basis of flexural strength. It may, however, be ensured that the materials and mix proportions remain substantially unaltered during the daily concrete production. The water content shall be the minimum required to provide the agreed workability for full compaction of the concrete to the required density as determined by the trial mixes or other means approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and the maximum free water cement ratio shall be 0.45.”

Sub-Clause 602.3.3.2 Replace the entire Clause 602.3.3.2 with:

“The ratio between the 7 and 28 days strength shall be established based on the results of the design mix trials, refer Clause 602.3.5.1. The average flexural strength of the 7 days cured specimens shall be divided by the average strength of the 28 days cured specimens for each batch, and the ratio between 7 days and 28 days flexural strength R7 shall be determined to an accuracy of three decimal places.

If, during the construction of the trial length or during normal working, the average value of any six consecutive 7 days test results divided by R7 falls below 4.50+1.65*s MPa, (where s is the standard deviation of the group) then the Contractor shall stop paving and propose for the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge, corrections to the mix to improve the flexural strength. The Contractor shall provide evidence, that the proposed corrections result in the required flexural strength before paving operations may be resumed by producing minimum six beams with the proposed corrected mix and testing these for 7 days flexural strength. No additional payment will be made for any changes to the mix."

Sub-Clause 602.3.5 Design Mix

Add the following at the end of sub-clause 602.3.5.1

Following parameters shall be used

i) Characteristics flexural strength at 28 days = 4.5 Mpa

ii) Target mean strength at 28 days = 5.80 Mpa

iii) Water cement ratio = 0.45 maximum

iv) Slump as per IS: 1199 = 31+15 mm.

Sub-Clause 602.5 Separation Membrane

Replace the sub clause with the following:

The use of plastic interface layer shall be eliminated. Two applications of an approved wax based white pigmented curing compound shall be applied as per clause 601.5.7 and Additional Specifications A-12

Sub-Clause 602.6 Joints

Sub-Clause 602.6.2 Transverse Joints

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

233

Sub-Clause 602.6.2.1Replace the first para as follows:

"Transverse joints shall be 'contraction and expansion joints. Contraction joints shall be provided at 4.5 m intervals, except where expansion joints are provided. Expansion joints shall be provided at the junction of the approach slabs of bridges and the rigid pavement. Furthermore, transverse joints shall be provided at special locations like transitions to structures, transition to flexible pavements, off carriageway areas as shown on the drawings. The exact position of transverse joints shall be coordinated with adjoining construction packages and shall be proposed by the Contractor in writing for the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. Transverse joints shall be straight within the following tolerances along the intended line, which is the straight line perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the carriageway at the position of the joint."

Sub-Clause 602.6.2.2 Contraction Joints

Replace the entire Clause 602.6.2.2 with

"Contraction joints shall be as shown in the drawings.

The crack inducing joint groove, as indicated in the drawing and to 1/3 depth of the slab shall be cut as soon as the concrete is hard enough to take the load of the joint sawing machine without causing damages to the slab. The Contractor shall furnish a method statement, which describes his proposed methods for determination of the time period available for sawing the crack inducing joint grooves together with the capacity and number of sawing machines for the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. The, method statement shall include establishment of maturity-strength relationships in the laboratory and measurement of the in-situ maturity of the concrete by maturity meters (COMA-Meter by German Instruments A/S or similar) or other internationally recognized methods."

Sub-Clause 602.6.2.3 Expansion Joint

Add new para at the end of this sub-clause:

Joints at the junction of rigid and flexible pavements:

Joints shall be provided at the junctions of rigid and flexible pavement with transition slab as shown in drawings. Where due to unavoidable reasons, the joints cannot be constructed at the junction of the two contract packages dowel bars shall be provided in the rigid pavement and other measures as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be undertaken. Joints between bituminous pavement and concrete pavements (at locations other than junction between contract packages) shall be constructed.

Sub-Clause 602.7.2 Concreting in Hot Weather

Add to the first para:

"If the concrete temperature exceeds 70°C during hardening, the Contractor shall -at his own expense -prove to the Engineer-in-Charge that durability parameters are

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

234

unaltered (for example micro cracking, compressive strength of sawn cylinders or other as agreed with the Engineer-in-Charge).

Sub-Clause 602.9 Construction

Sub-Clause 602.9.1 General

Add new para at the end of Clause 602.9.1 as follows: .

"Paving shall be carried out in full carriageway width, including paved shoulders, where required. The paver should be able to run at least at an average uniform speed of 1m per minute".

Sub-Clause 602.9.3.2 Batching Plant and Equipment

Add at the end of the Clause:

"Batching Plant should have output capacity at least 20% more than output required to meet the paving speed of 1m per minute. The Contractor shall not use more than two plants to meet the daily output requirement of concrete. The batching plant should have suitable devices for adjusting the slump of the mix and should have facility for the computer printouts of every batch produced".

Sub-Clause 602.9.4.1

Insert in the ninth line after uniform speed – “of at least 1 m per minute".

Sub-Clause 602.9.4.7

The new para to Clause 602.9.4.7 as follows:

“The marking shall be located on the horizontal surface at the edge of the paved shoulder and shall be carried out using prefabricated template figures approximately 80mm high and 5mm thick as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The figures shall be fixed to a plate which shall be inserted approximately 2mm into the plastic concrete by vibration and left in place until the concrete has hardened.”

Sub-Clause 602.9.8 Surface Texture

Replace the sub-clause with the following:

Surface texturing/mechanical tining of concrete pavement shall begin immediately after finishing of the concrete before application of curing membrane. Texturing/Tining shall be done with a specified machine specially designed for the purpose for providing grooves at an uniform spacing (c/c) of 18mm to 21mm, depth (3mm to 4mm) and width (3mm), parallel to the centre line of roadway extending over the entire roadway width but within 75 mm of pavement edge & omitting within +/- 20mm of the sawed longitudinal joints.

Sub-Clause 602.10 Trial Length

Sub-Clause 602.10.2 Add new para to Clause 602.10.2 as follows:

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

235

"All trials shall be carried out using the same paving width and slab thickness as used in the permanent works."

Sub-Clause 602.10.4 Replace the entire Clause 602.10.4 with:

“Transverse joints and longitudinal joints of each type that are to be included in the pavement work shall be constructed and assessed in the trial length.”

Sub-Clause 602.10.5.3 Density

Replace the entire Clause 602.10.5.3 with:

"(v) In-situ density shall be assessed as described in Clause 903.5.2.2 from at least 3 cores drilled when the concrete is not less than 7 days old. Should any of the cores show honey-combing in the concrete, the trial length shall be rejected and further use of the spreading and compacting unit shall not be permitted until further trials have shown that modification can be made which will result in adequate compaction."

Sub-Clause 602.10.5.5 Strength

Add new clause as under:

"Minimum of thirty (30) beams for flexural strength and thirty (30) cubes for compressive strength shall be prepared from the concrete delivered to the paving plant. Each pair of beams and cubes shall be from a different batch of concrete. Compressive and flexural strength shall be tested after 28 days curing.

At the age of 28 days thirty (30) cores with diameter 150 mm shall be saw cut from the slab. The cores shall be saw cut in both ends to provide a specimen height of 300 mm + 5 mm and shall be tested for compressive strength at the age of 28 days.

The concrete strength shall be deemed satisfactory if:

The average flexural strength exceeds 4.50 + 1.65*s (MPa), where s is the standard deviation of the thirty tests, and the strength of any sample is not less than characteristic strength less 1.65 times standard deviation.

The average compressive strength of the cores divided by 0.8 is equal to or exceeds the average compressive strength of the thirty cubes.

Sub-Clause 602.10.5.6 Temperature Measurements

Add new clause as under:

“The temperature development in the concrete slab during hardening shall be recorded. The temperature shall be measured in the middle of the slab (vertically) at a horizontal distance of at least 1000-mm from any free edge. The temperature shall be recorded every 3 hours after instalment of the thermometer and the temperature-age relationship shall be determined. The maximum recorded temperature shall not

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

236

exceed 70°C. If the temperature exceeds 70oC the trial length shall be condemned and the Contractor shall propose methods to reduce the temperature development and carry out a new trial length at his own expense.

Sub-Clause 602.11 Preparation and Sealing of Joint Grooves

Sub-Clause 602.11.3 Sealing with Sealant

Sub-Clause 602.11.3.1 Replace first sentence with:

"Prior to application of the sealant the primer recommended by the manufacture shall be applied."

Clause 602.11.3.3 Replace the entire Clause 602.11.3.3 with:

“Sealant complying with Clause 602.2.8 shall be used. Cold applied sealant shall be mixed and applied within the time limit specified by the manufacture. Primers shall be applied neatly with an appropriate brush or as recommended by the manufacture.

Sub-Clause 602.11.4 Testing of applied Sealant

Replace the entire Clause 602.11.4 with:

"Each delivery of joint sealant compound and primer shall be tested in accordance with AASHTO M282 for hot applied joint sealant and BS : 5212: Part 2 for cold applied sealant at a recognized independent laboratory. In case deliveries are made more frequent than every three months, testing may be reduced to every three months. The laboratory shall be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge in advance."

Sub-Clause 602.13 Opening to Traffic

Replace the entire Clause 602.13 with:

"No vehicular traffic (including the Contractor's vehicles) shall be allowed on the finished surface until a field flexural strength of minimum 4.50 MPa has been achieved. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to produce a sufficient number of series of test specimens to verify the field flexural strength.

Each series of test specimens for measurement of field flexural strength shall consists of minimum 3 test specimens. The specimens shall be cured at conditions similar to the field conditions. The method for curing and storing of the test specimens in order to imitate field conditions shall be proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The required minimum field flexural strength of 4.50 MPa is achieved when the average flexural strength of minimum 3 specimens exceeds 4.50 + 1.65*s, where s is the standard deviation of the group.

“Prior to opening to traffic the joints shall be sealed and areas adjacent to the pavement shall be completed to a degree that will ensure traffic safety. Opening to traffic shall not constitute a final acceptance of the pavement."

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

237

15.22 Overhead signs

15.22.1 Design ConsiderationsFrom safety considerations, overhead signs shall be mounted on structures wherever possible. Where these are required to be provided at some other locations, the support system should be properly designed based on sound engineering principles, to safely sustain the dead load, live load and wind load on the completed sign system. For this purpose, the overhead signs shall be designed to withstand a wind loading of 150 kg/m2 normal to the face of the sign and 30 kg/m2 transverse to the face of the sign. In addition to the dead load of the structure, walkway loading of 250 kg concentrated live load shall also be considered for the design of the overhead sign structure. The Contractor shall furnish the designs for approval.

15.22.2 HeightOverhead signs shall provide a vertical clearance of not less than 5.5 m over the entire width of the pavement and shoulders except where a lesser vertical clearance is used for the design of other structures. The vertical clearance to overhead signs structures or supports need not be greater than 300 mm in excess of the minimum design clearance of other structures.

15.22.3 Lateral ClearanceThe minimum clearance outside the usable roadway shoulder for signs mounted at the road side or for overhead signs supports either to the right or left side of the roadway shall be 1.80 m. This minimum clearance of 1.80 m shall also apply outside of an insurmountable kerb. Where practicable, a sign should not be less than 3 m from the edge of the nearest traffic lane. Large guide signs should be farther removed preferably 9 m or more from the nearest traffic lane, unless otherwise specified. Lesser clearances, but not generally less than 1.80 m, may be used on connecting roadways or ramps at inter-changes.

Where a median is 3.6 m or less in width, consideration should be given to spanning over both roadways without a central support. Where overhead sign supports cannot be placed at a safe distance away from the line of traffic or in an otherwise protected site, they should either be so designed as to minimise the impact forces or protect motorists adequately by a physical barrier or guardrail of suitable design.

15.22.4 Materials for Overhead Sign and Support StructuresAluminium alloys or galvanised steel to be used, as truss design supports shall conform to relevant IS. These shall be of sections and type as per structural design requirements as shown on the plans.

After steel trusses have been fabricated and all required holes punched or drilled on both the horizontal truss units and the vertical and support units, they shall be galvanised in accordance with IS Specifications.

Where aluminium sheets are used for road signs, they shall be of smooth, hard and corrosion resistant aluminium alloy conforming to IS 736 - Material Designation

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

238

24345 or 1900. The thickness of sheet shall be related to the size of the sign with minimum thickness of sheet as 1.5 mm.

High strength bolts shall conform to IS : 1367 whereas precision bolts, nuts etc. shall conform to IS : 1364.

Plates and support sections for sign posts shall conform to IS : 226 and IS : 2062.

The overhead signs shall be reflectorised with high intensity retro-reflective sheeting preferably of encapsulated lens type.

15.22.5 Size, Locations, etc. of SignsThe size of the signs, letters and their placement shall be as specified in the Contract drawings and Specifications.

In the absence of details or for any missing details in the Contract documents, the signs shall be provided as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

15.22.6 InstallationThe supporting structure and signs shall be fabricated and erected as per details given in the plans.

Sign posts, their foundations and sign mountings shall be so constructed as to hold signs in a proper and permanent position to adequately resist swaying in the wind or displacement by vandalism.

The work of construction of foundation for sign supports including excavation and backfill, forms, steel reinforcement, concrete and its placement shall conform to the relevant Specifications given in these Specifications.

The structures shall be erected with the specified camber and in such a manner as to prevent excessive stresses, injury and defacement of cement.

Brackets shall be provided for mounting signs of the type to be supported by the structure. For better visibility, they shall be adjustable to permit mounting the sign faces at any angle between a truly vertical position and three-degree from vertical. This angle shall be obtained by rotating the front lower edge of the sign forward. All brackets shall be of a length equal to the heights of the signs being supported.

Before erecting support structures, the bottom of each base plate shall be protected with an approved material which will adequately prevent any harmful reaction between the plate and the concrete.

The end supports shall be plumbed by the use of levelling nuts and the space between the foundation and base plate shall be completely filled with an anti-shrink grout.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

239

Anchor bolts for sign supports shall be set to proper locations and elevation with templates and carefully checked after construction of the sign foundation and before the concrete has set.

All nuts on a aluminium trusses, except those used on the flanges, shall be tightened only until they are snug. This includes the nuts on the anchor bolts. A thread lubricant shall be used with each aluminium nut.

All nuts on galvanised steel trusses, with the exception of high strength bolt connections, shall be tightened only to a snug condition.

Field welding shall not be permitted.

After installation of signs is complete, the sign shall be inspected by the Engineer. If specular reflection is apparent on any sign, its positioning shall be adjusted by the Contractor to eliminate or minimise this condition.

15.22.7 MeasurementAluminium or steel overhead sign structure will be measured for payment by the specific unit (each) complete in place or for each component of the overhead sign structure as indicated in the Bill of Quantities and the detailed drawing(s).

Flat sheet aluminium signs with retro-reflective sheeting thereon shall be measured for payment by the square metre for each thickness, complete in place.

The structural work of the overhead sign shall be measured in tonnes while the sign board shall be measured in sq. m. Other items like excavation for foundation and concrete in foundation shall be measured and paid in cu.m. separately. The Contract unit rate for overhead sign structure shall be payment in full compensation for furnishing all labour, materials, tools, equipment, excavation, fabrication and installation and all other incidental costs necessary to complete the work to the Specifications.

The Contract unit rate for aluminium sheet signs shall include the cost of making the sign including all materials and fixing the same in position and all other incidental costs necessary to complete the work to the Specifications.

The colour configuration, size and location of all traffic signs for highways other than Expressways shall be in accordance with the Code of Practice for Road Signs, IRC: 67 or as shown on the drawings. For expressways, the size of the signs, letters and their placement shall be as specified in the Contract drawings and relevant Specifications. In the absence of any details or for any missing details, the signs shall be provided as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

The signs shall be either reflectorised or non-reflectorised as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. When they are of reflectorised type, they shall be of retro-reflectorised type and made of encapsulated lens type reflective sheeting fixed over aluminium sheeting as per these Specifications.

In general cautionary and mandatory signs shall be fabricated through process of screen printing. In regard to informatory signs with inscriptions, either the message ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

240

could be printed over the reflective sheeting, or cut letters of non-reflective black sheeting used for the purpose which must be bounded well on the base sheeting as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

15.22.8 MaterialsThe various materials and fabrication of the traffic signs shall conform to the following requirements:

Bolts, nuts, washers: High strength bolts shall conform to IS: 1367 whereas precision bolts, nuts, etc., shall conform to IS: 1364.

Plates and supports: Plates and support sections for the sign posts shall conform to IS:226 and IS:2062 or any other relevant IS Specifications.

Aluminium: Aluminium sheets used for sign boards shall be of smooth, hard and corrosion resistant aluminium alloy conforming to IS:736-Material designation 24345.

Signs with a maximum side dimension not exceeding 600 mm shall not be less than 1.5 mm thick. All others shall be at least 2 mm thick. The thickness of the sheet shall be related to the size of the sign and its support and shall that it does not bend or deform under the prevailing wind and other loads.

Table 15-5 Technical Specification For High Intensity Retro Reflective Road Sign Boards

GENERAL

Size : As per requirement to be got approved in writing from the Engineer-in-Charge

Letter height (English, Hindi) for over head road signs

: 300mm

Location : As shown in the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge

MATERIALS

Sign Face : Front face to be fully covered with high intensity type Retro Reflective base sheeting conforming to type-IV of ASTM-D-4956-01

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

241

Subject Matter/Legends : Cut out letters, arrows etc made with high intensity Retro Reflective sheeting shall be pasted by heat activated adhesive backing over base sheeting of high intensity sheet conforming to type-IV of ASTM-D-4956-01

Base Substrate : 2mm thick Aluminium sheets conforming to IS:736 for sign plates. Back f the sheet shall be painted with two coats of epoxy paint over a primer

Back support frame : Sign plate shall be fixed either by screws or bolts and nuts or rivets of suitable size made of Aluminium Alloy to the MS base sheet fixed to the structural frame work with theft resistant measures for informatory Road Signs.

For mandatory and cautionary road signs, sign plate shall be provided with proper theft resistant measures to a support frame of MS angle iron mounted on a vertical support as per the nomenclature of the item.

Durability : Should have effective performance life of at least 10 years under normal stationary, vertical exterior exposure conditions.

HEIGHT : A minimum height of 5.5 metre from the highest point of carriage way to the lowest edge on the sign board for over head signs.

For other signs, normally 2.4 metre from the finished pavement / ground level to the lowest edge of the sign board.

COLOUR : Back side of the sign plate shall be painted with epoxy paint of grey colour over a layer of approved primer.

Background, legend, symbols etc shall be Reflectorised using high intensity Retro Reflective sheeting as per details in Para 8.6 of these specifications.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

242

GOVERNING DOCUMENTS

: In the order of preference :-

ASTM-D-4956-01

Code for Practice of Road Signs – IRC: 67 – 2001.

MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001 of Road & Bridge Works (4th Revision), Section-800

Standard letters and numerals – IRC:30-1968.

15.22.9 Retro Reflective Sheeting

15.22.9.1 General RequirementsThe Retro Reflective Sheeting used on the signs shall consist of the white or coloured sheeting having a smooth outer surface, which has the property of Retro Reflection over its entire surface. It shall be weather resistant and exhibit colourfastness. It shall be new, unused and shall show no evidence of cracking, scaling, pitting, blistering, edge lifting or curling and shall have negligible shrinkage or expansion.

The Retro Reflective Sheeting shall be encapsulated lens type consisting of spherical glass lens, elements adhered to a synthetic resin and encapsulated by the flexible, transparent, water proof plastic having smooth surface.

Road signs sheeting shall be a high intensity Retro Reflective Sheeting and is typically an encapsulated glass bead Retro Reflective material conforming to type-IV of ASTM-D-4956-01. Retro Reflective surface after cleaning with soap and water and in dry condition shall have minimum co-efficient of Retro Reflection (determined in accordance with ASTM-Standard E 810) as indicated in Table 15-6 AcceptableMinimum Coefficient Of Retro Reflection For Type-IV Retro Reflective Sheeting(Candelas/Lux/Sqm)given below:-

Table 15-6 Acceptable Minimum Coefficient Of Retro Reflection For Type-IV Retro Reflective Sheeting (Candelas/Lux/Sqm)

Observation angle

Entrance angle

White Yellow Orange

Green Red Blue Brown

0.10 -40 400 270 160 56 56 32 12

0.10 +300 120 75 48 13 13 7 3.0

0.20 -40 250 170 100 35 35 20 7.0

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

243

0.20 +300 80 54 34 9 9 5 2.0

0.50 -40 135 100 64 17 17 10 4.0

0.50 +300 55 37 22 6.5 6.5 3.5 1.4

When totally wet, the sheeting shall not show less than 90% of the values of Retro Reflection indicated in Table-1 above. At the end of three years and seven years, the sheeting shall retain at least 80% and 75% of its original Retro Reflectance respectively.

The Retro Reflective Sheeting used on sign shall have the property of Retro Reflection over its entire surface. It shall be weather resistant and show colourfastness.

A certificate of having tested sheeting for the properties in an unprotected outdoor exposure facing the sun for three years and its having passed the tests indicated in ASTM-D-4956-01 at the time of initial development of material shall be obtained from a reputed laboratory by the manufacture of the sheeting and submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge for record.

A certificate from the manufacture of the sheeting stating that there has neither been any significant change in the manufacturing process nor any ingredient has been changed in the sheeting and hence the test result supplied him as above are valid for current lot also, shall be obtained and submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge.

15.22.10 Messages/BordersThe messages (legends, letter, numerals etc) and borders of Cautionary/Regulatory Sign Boards shall be screen printed. Screen-printing shall be processed and finished with materials and in a manner specified by the sheeting manufacture. Cut out letters, arrows etc. shall be of high intensity Retro Reflective Sheeting and shall be bounded with the base sheeting of high intensity Retro Reflective materials in the manner specified by the manufacture.

For screen-printed transparent coloured areas on white sheeting, the coefficient of Retro Reflection shall not be less than 50% of the values of corresponding colour in Table I above.

Cut out messages and borders, wherever used, shall be made out of Retro Reflective Sheeting except those in black colour which shall be non reflective sheeting.

15.22.11 AdhesiveThe sheeting/film shall have a tag free adhesive activated by heat, applied in a heat vacuum applicator, in a manner recommended by the sheeting manufacture. The adhesive shall be protected by an easily removable liner (removable by peeling without soaking in water or other solvent) and shall be suitable for the type of material of the base plate used for the sign. The adhesive shall form a durable bond

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

244

to smooth, corrosion and weather resistant surface of the base plate such that it shall not be possible to remove the sheeting from the sign base in one piece by use of sharp instrument.

15.22.12 FabricationSurface to be reflectorised shall be effectively prepared to receive the Retro Reflective Sheeting. The Aluminium sheet shall be de-greased either by acid or hot alkaline etching and all scale/dust removed to obtain a smooth plain surface before the application of Retro Reflective Sheeting. If the surface is rough, approved surface primer may be used. After cleaning, metal shall not be handled, except by suitable device or clean canvas gloves, between all cleaning and preparation operation and application of reflective sheeting/primer. There shall be no opportunity for metal to come in contact with grease, oil or other contaminants prior to the application of Retro Reflective Sheeting. The Retro Reflective Sheeting shall cover the sign surface evenly and shall be free from twists, cracks and folds. The transparent overlay film in which cut out messages have been made shall be bonded with sheeting in the manner specified by the manufacture.

Complete sheets of the materials shall be used on the signs except where it is unavoidable. At splices, sheeting with heat activated adhesive shall be overlapped not less than 5mm or butted with a gap not exceeding 0.75mm. Where screen printing with transparent colour is proposed, only butt joining shall be used. The material shall cover the sign surface evenly and shall be free from twists, cracks and folds. The transparent overlay film in which cut out messages have been made shall be bonded with sheeting in the manner specified by the manufacture.

15.22.13 InstallationSign post, their foundation and sign mountings shall be so constructed as to hold these in a proper and permanent position against the normal storm wind loads or displacement with vandalism. Sign supports and foundation shall be shown in the contract drawing or as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

Sign boards for overhead informatory signs shall be fixed to the MS plate of the Steel Structure frame work by means of suitable sized aluminium alloy rivets or bolts & nuts by lowering down the steel frame work and re-fixing the same to the gantry in a proper and permanent position as shown in the applicable drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. All the arrangement for lowering down the structural frame work and re-fixing the same in position shall be made by the contractor himself at his own cost. Nothing extra on this account shall be payable.

All components of signs and supports, excluding the back side of Aluminium Sheet and the reflective portion shall be thoroughly de-scaled, cleaned and painted with two coats of synthetic enamel paint in black and white colour over one coat of Zinc Chromate yellow primer. Any part of the mild steel post below ground shall be painted with three coats of Zinc Chromate yellow primer.

The signs shall be fixed to the posts by welding and / or bolts and washers as shown in the drawings. After the nuts have been tightened, the tails of the bolts shall be furred over with a hammer to prevent removal.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

245

Signs shall normally be placed at right angles to the line of travel of the approaching traffic, signs relating to parking shall be fixed at an angle of 15 degree (approximately) to the carriageway.

Where light reflection from the sign face is encountered to such an extent as to reduce legibility, the sign shall be turned slightly away from the road. On horizontal curves, the sign shall not be fixed normal to the carriageway but the angle of placement shall be determined with regard to the course of approaching traffic.

Sign faces shall normally be vertical but on gradients, it shall be desirable to tilt the sign forward / backward from the vertical to make it normal to the line of sight.

15.22.13.1 Test Certificates and Testing of Materials

15.22.13.1.1 Test Certificates The following test certificates shall be produced by the contractor for the said work: -

A certificate from the manufacture of retro-reflecting sheeting stating that the material lot being supplied under the purchase order has been tested and conform to the standards specified to the sheeting. The certificate should be accompanied with a copy of test results for the particular lot of supply of sheeting conforming to the specification requirements.

15.22.13.1.2 Testing of Materials Every lot of the sheets to be used on the work shall be got tested for following tests from CRRI or any approved independent test house for which necessary facility / means including carriage to the test house, cost of the samples, testing charges, other incidental charges, if any, etc. shall be provided by the contractor at his own cost. Testing charges, if any, unless otherwise provided, shall be born by the department provided the material passes the tests. Result of such tests shall be binding upon the contractor.

Coefficient of Retro Reflection.

Daytime colour.

Removability of liner.

Specular Gloss.

Flexibility.

Shrinkage.

Impact Resistance.

Resistant to accelerated weathering.

Colour fastness

Appearance.

Reflective Intensity.

Adhesion.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

246

Reflective intensity during rain fall after accelerated weathering.

Five samples each of informatory, Mandatory and Cautionary sign boards shall be got tested from CRRI or some approved independent test house after completion of second, third and seventh year of installation of the sign boards at site to observe the performance of high intensity Retro Reflective Sheeting, transparent film, screen printed or cut out letters/ legends etc. The results shall be compared with the provisions of ASTM-D -4956-01. Necessary facility / means including carriage to the test house, cost of the samples, testing charges, other incidental charges, if any, making arrangement for lowering down, etc. shall be provided by the contractor at his own cost. Testing charges, if any, unless otherwise provided, shall be born by the department provided the material passes the tests.

Result of such tests shall be binding upon the contractor.

15.22.13.2 WarrantyThe contractor shall obtain a seven (7) years warranty in original from the manufacture of Retro Reflective Sheeting for satisfactory field performance including stipulated retro reflectance of the retro reflective sheeting of high intensity type and submit the same to the Engineer-in-Charge (refer Annexure-I).

In Addition, a 7 years warranty for satisfactory field performance of the finished signs with retro reflective sheeting of high intensity type, inclusive of the cut out letters / legends, transparent field and their bonding to the retro reflective sheeting shall be obtained from the contractor in favour of Executive Engineer, Flyover Div-4, DDA (refer Annexure –S).

The contractor shall also furnish a certificate that the signs and materials supplied against the assigned work meets all the stipulated requirements and carry the stipulated warranty. The warranty shall also cover the replacement obligation by the sheeting manufacture as well as contractor for replacement / repairing / restoration of the retro reflective efficiency (refer Annexure-T).

All signs shall be dated during fabrication with indelible marking to indicate the date of manufacture of the Road Sign and actual date of installation at site in an unprotected outdoor exposure. Warranties should be given in original and should have legal jurisdiction in India. Warranties given by power of attorney holders will not be acceptable.

15.22.13.3 GuaranteeSeven years guarantee in prescribed proforma attached as Annexure–I of tender documents must be given by the Authorised Converter. In addition 10% ( Ten percent ) of the cost of item No.1&2 of subhead.6 of the schedule of quantities of the tender documents would be retained as guarantee for 7 (seven ) years to watch the performance of the work executed. However, half of this amount would be released after three years if the performance of the work executed is found satisfactory when tested as per the test requirement prescribed in these documents. If any defect is noticed during the guarantee period it will be either rectified or replaced in total by the contractor within 7 days and if not attended to, the same shall be got done by another agency at the risk and cost of the contractor. However, this ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

247

security deposit can be released in full, if bank guarantee of equivalent amount for 8 years is produced and deposited with the department.

15.22.13.4 Measurement for PaymentThe retro-reflective informatory signboards shall be measured by area of retro reflective sheet in square metre nearest to two decimal places. Each dimension shall be measured nearest to 1 mm.Cautionary and mandatory sign boards shall be measured & paid by numbers supplied and fixed.

The contract unit rate shall be inclusive of the cost of making retro reflective road sign boards including all materials, installing it at site and incidental to complete the work in accordance with specifications.

Noise Barrier System

Providing and Fixing Noise Barrier System consisting of:

M.S FRAMEWORK

Lexan Polycarbonate sheet (Clear) Panel is to be fixed on a MS framework system as follows:

15.22.13.5 Retention PostThe Retention Post consists of special curved steel section of size 100x6mm on the front facing and rear facing side, wrapped around a special reducing web of section 240x100x6mm.

This is mounted on the crash barrier by means of a base plate consisting of MS 150x100x8mm with nut and bolt arrangement. The nut to be supplied as per site conditions of existing prefixed bolt. Care to be taken to fasten the nut with a combination of spring and plate washer to ensure locking and anti-vibration fitment.

15.22.13.6 Tubular membersThe Retention Posts are held in position at ~1,000mm centre to centre with horizontal reinforcements consisting of 75mm outer diameter hollow seamless tubular member.

15.22.13.7 Vertical splinesVertical steel splines to hold the Sound Shield panels are fixed on the Retention Posts. The edge splines consists of MS angle 50x50x6mm that is weld jointed to the Retention Posts.

The centre spline consists of MS T-angle 50x50x6mm that is weld jointed to the Horizontal Splines.

Both the edge and centre spline is curved similar to the Retention Post.

15.22.13.8 Horizontal splinesHorizontal U-shaped steel splines are weld jointed to the Retention Post for inserting top and bottom panel.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

248

15.22.14 Polycarbonate sheet Lexan polycarbonate sheet of GE plastics or equivalent shall only be used as per approval of Engineer-in-charge.

15.22.14.1 Welding ElectrodesThe weld joints are with Advani MS welding electrodes or approved equivalent.

15.22.14.2 Corrosion ResistanceThe MS framework is treated for corrosion resistance with metal oxide primer and further painted as per specifications. The colour scheme is as per drawings. The paint is Berger, Asian Paints or approved equivalent.

15.22.15 Delineators and solar warning light

15.22.15.1 GeneralThe work covers supplying and fixing roadway delineators with solar warning light.

The design, material to be used and the location of the road delineators shall conform to Recommended Practice for Road Delineators, IRC: 79, and to relevant drawings or as otherwise directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

The posts for the delineators shall be tubular and in MS steel painted as per specifications, as per dimensions given in the Drawing.

GENERAL PRODUCT SPECIFICATION FOR SOLAR WARNING STUDS:

The studs should have automatic switching on and off system under dark and bright conditions and each unit should be a completely independent composite unit.

The visibility of the illuminated studs should be at least from 500 meters without the support of the head beam of a vehicle.

There should be at least 3 L.E.Ds on each side in case of Bi-directional studs (Total 6LED) and 3 L.E.Ds on the visible side in case of Uni-directional studs. The LEDs should be flashing/constant as desired by the customer.

The studs should be made of robust all-weather aluminum die-cast housing and there should be a passive reflector strip in addition to the L.E.Ds. & weight minimum 700 gm.

The studs should be supplied with batteries detached to prevent discharging before fixing of studs. The battery should be attached just before fixing of studs on the road.

The stud should carry a replacement warranty of atleast a year against any malfunctioning, or water percolation.

ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS:

The stud should be manufactured by a company, having experience in manufacturing of solar photovoltaic products with commercial production of the same for at least 10 years.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

249

The manufacturing company must have ISO: 9001 certification and ISO: 14001accreditation.

The manufacturing company should have supplied at least 2000 pcs. Against a single order to any central govt. agency either directly or through its authorized distributors.

Only manufacturing company or its authorized distributor/dealer for Solar Power Road Studs are eligible to quote.

The Manufacturing Company must be an approved supplier of Solar PV products to the Government of India and should have supplied to at least five public sector units for the last five years.

The studs should be indigenously manufactured in India.

15.22.15.2 Measurement for PaymentThe measurement shall be made in numbers fixed at site.

15.22.15.3 RateThe Contract unit rate for Road Delineators with Solar Warning Light shall be payment in full compensation for furnishing all labour, materials, tools, equipment for preparing, supplying and fixing at site and all other incidental cost necessary to complete the work to these Specifications.

15.22.16 Chequered tiles for footpaths and islandsSupply of Spl. Grade Concrete Floor tiles (Homogeneous) with hardened abrasion resistant surface (Abrasion < 3 mm), top Silver Grey surface finished with clear lacquer, dimensions : 400 mm x 400 mm x 25 mm thick, with approved pattern (manufactured as per IS : 1237 : 1980)

15.22.16.1 ScopeThe work shall consist of constructing footpaths and or separators at locations as specified in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The lines, levels and dimensions shall be as per the drawings.

15.22.16.2 MaterialsThe tiles shall be precast cement concrete of grade M-25 and shall have a chequered surface. The thickness shall be 25 mm and the size shall be 300 mm x 300 mm. The colour shall be light yellow.

15.22.16.3 Construction OperationsThe tiles shall be laid on a well-compacted base finished to the required levels, line and dimensions as indicated in the drawings. The tiles shall be set on a layer of average 12 mm thick cement-sand mortar (1 : 3) laid on the prepared base in such a way that there is no rocking and the tiles are firmly in position. The joints between the tiles shall not be more than 12 mm and shall be filled with cement-sand mortar 1 : 3.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

250

15.22.16.4 Measurement for PaymentThe chequered tiles shall be measured in square metres.

15.22.16.5 Rate

15.22.16.6 The contract unit rate for the chequered tiles shall be inclusive of full compensation for all labour, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals to construction.

15.22.17 Polycarbonate Sheet Covering For Skylight The supporting structure shall be made of aluminium hollow pipes 50 x 25 x 2.9 mm(min size). powder coated as per the approved shade , bended to suitable curve fixed to the RCC structure with necessary base plates anchor fasteners, also including the supply and fixing of 6mm. Multiwall polycarbonate sheet with aluminium profiles powder coated , with EPDM gasket in between , self drilling screws, silicones to make the structure water tight etc. complete in all respects. In case the spans are more MS framework using SHS/RHS sections painted as per specification shall be used.

15.23 RCC Box Structure For UnderpassThe work consists of construction of vehicular / pedestrian underpasses across and along the existing roads by cut and cover methods. Usage of soldier piles and timber lagging is essential to protect the existing pile foundations and allowing the existing traffic.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

251

16. MISCELLANEOUS WORKS16.1 Stone Pitching of slopes

Providing and laying stone pitching with stones weighing 40-50 kg of 300 mm thickness on slopes as per drawings and MORTH Specifications, Section 2504. Pitching stones shall be sound, hard, durable and fairly regular in shape. Round boulders shall not be allowed. The spalls used for filling the voids in the pitching shall be of a size of minimum 25-mm, and shall also be sound, hard and durable.

Providing and laying crushed stone aggregate filter material 150 mm thick underneath stone pitching on slopes complete as per drawing and MORTH Specifications, Section 2504. The grading of material shall be as follows:

Table 16-7 -Grading of material

IS sieve % passing

26.5mm

9.5mm

4.75mm

2.36mm

425 microns

75 microns

100%

65-95%

50-80%

40-65%

20-35%

3-5%

Furnishing and laying of the live sods of perennial turf forming grass of indigenous variety on embankment slope, verges or other locations shown on the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge including preparation of ground, fetching of sods, applying manure and watering including maintenance for one year all complete as per MORTH Specifications Clause 307.

16.2 Barricading of Construction AreaThe contractor shall make adequate arrangement for barricading as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge to cover the entire construction site including all T&P and materials. No payment shall be made for the barricading done by the contractor. The barricading provided to stop trespassing to site of work and for public safety, at locations other than road/intersections shall not be payable separately and the decision of the engineer-in-charge in this regard shall be final and binding. The type of non payable barricading provided at such intermediate locations/ casting yard etc ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

252

shall be similar to that shown in the tender drawing but its height can be varied as per the suitability at site of work. Semi permanent type barricading can also be provided around casting yard/batching plant with the approval of Engineer-in-Charge.

The requirement of providing and fixing new barricading or refixing the barricading already provided at site shall be decided as per the direction and approval of Engineer-in-Charge. The barricading shall be provided continuously during the execution of the entire work till completion and shall not be removed at any stage without prior approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. The barricading shall include the following:

1. Traffic signals during construction at site for day and night, reflective signs, direction boards, marking, traffic signages as per requirement, flags etc. as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. However traffic police signals shall not be the responsibility of the contractor.

2. Cleaning of barricading every fifteen days with water and detergent so as to ensure that there is no dirt of splashes on the barricading. The dust accumulated along the barricades on the carriageway shall be removed every week.

3. Installation of temporary warning signs/lamps on all barricades during the hours of darkness and kept it lit there at all times during these hours.

4. Shifting and refixing in position as per the direction of Engineer-in-Charge and all incidentals to execute the job.

5. Repainting of the barricading after three months.

6. Proper maintenance of the barricading till completion of the work by repairing/replacing the damaged barricade.

Barricading and safety requirements are very important aspects and shall be followed as per the requirements given above. In case of failure the compensation as per clause 7.26 of the tender will be levied.

Water Proofing for RCC structure of Service Road Crossing through embankment, Pedestrian Subway and Utility Buildings

16.3 System of waterproofing treatment by CICO method

16.3.1 Base slabThe sub-base concrete (lean concrete) to be rendered smooth with cement: sand mortar (1:3) while it is still green.

Application of one coat of TAPECRETE P151 PMC slurry coating over the properly rendered surface.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

253

Application of one coat TAPECRETE P151 Acrylic Polymer Modified Brush Topping over PMC slurry coating after the slurry coating has dried. The coated surface shall be protected by 1:4 cement plaster (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) about 15mm thick.

Placing and fixing 15NB threaded nozzles of suitable length prior to or during or after concreting, at a regular interval not exceeding 1.5m apart along the construction joints. Adequate precaution shall be taken to keep the nozzles plugged at both ends to prevent them from getting clogged by concrete. Similar nozzles shall also be fixed at critical joints, if required.

Casting of RCC slab M 35 grade and W/C ratio not exceeding 0.4 admixed with CICO PLAST SUPER- Super plasticizer cum cement water-proofer, as per recommended dosage. (Dosage 0.6% by weight of cement).

Injection of CICO GROUT E-1 Polymeric non-shrink high strength grout through the nozzles under pressure by pump. The grout should flow through all pores, cracks and shrinkages thereby sealing them.

Sealing off the nozzles after the injection operation is over with CICO quick setting admixture with cement.

16.3.2 Side walls & roofPlacing and fixing 15 NB threaded nozzles of suitable length which shall be provided at a regular interval not exceeding 1.5m apart along the construction joints of the retaining wall prior to or during concreting. Adequate precaution shall be taken to keep the nozzles plugged at both ends to prevent them from getting clogged by concrete. Similar nozzles shall also be post fixed at critical joints, if required.

Casting of RCC wall/roof slab M 35 grade and W/C ratio not exceeding 0.4 admixed with CICO PLAST SUPER – Super plasticizer-cum-cement water proofer, as per recommended dosage. (Dosage 0.6% by weight of cement).

Application of one coat of TAPECRETE P-151 PMC slurry coating over the properly rendered external face of the retaining wall.

Application of one coat TAPECRETE-P151 PMC Brush Topping over dried PMC slurry coating. The coated surface shall be protected by 1:4 cement plaster (1 cement:4 coarse sand) about 15mm thk.

Injection of CICO GROUT E1 Polymeric non-shrink-high strength grout through the nozzles already fixed under pressure by pump. The grout should flow through all pores, cracks and shrinkages thereby sealing them.

Sealing off the nozzles after the injection operation is over with CICO Quick Setting Admixture, admixed with cement.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

254

Approved methods of M/s CICO Technologies Ltd. or other suppliers as per approved list for the similar type of waterproofing may also be considered by approval from Engineer-in-Charge.

16.4 Road Marking Using Hot Applied Thermoplastic Paint

16.4.1 GeneralThe road marking symbols, patterns, sizes, colour and legends shall be adopted in accordance with the code of practice for Road Marking with paints, IRC 35-1997 and as specified in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

The colour of the compound shall be white or yellow (IS colour No.356) as specified in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

The thermoplastic compound shall be screeded / extruded on to the pavement surface in a molten state by suitable machine capable of controlled preparation and laying with surface application of glass beads at a specific rate. Upon cooling to ambient pavement temperature, it shall produce an adherent pavement marking of specified thickness and width and capable of resisting deformation by traffic.

Where the compound is to be applied to cement concrete pavement, a sealing primer as recommended by the manufacture, shall be applied to the pavement in advance of placing of the stripes to ensure proper bonding of the compound. On new concrete surface any laitance and/or curing compound shall be removed before the markings are applied.

16.4.2 MaterialsRoad markings shall be of hot applied thermoplastic compound, or reflectorised

paint as specified in the item and the material shall meet the requirements as specified below.

16.5 Thermoplastic Paint

16.5.1 Material The thermoplastic material shall be homogeneously composed of aggregate, pigment, resins and glass reflectorising beads. Road markings shall be of hot applied THERMOPLASTIC COMPOUND that shall meet the requirements as specified below.

16.5.2 Requirements

16.5.2.1 Composition The Thermoplastic material shall be homogeneously composed of aggregate, pigment, resins and glass reflectorising beads. The pigment, beads and aggregate shall be uniformly dispersed in the resin. The material shall be free from all skins,

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

255

dirt and foreign objects and shall comply with requirements indicated in Table 16-8Proportions of Constituents Of Marking Material.

Table 16-8 Proportions of Constituents Of Marking Material.

(Percentage by Weight)

COMPONENT WHITE YELLOW

Binder 18.0 min. 18.0 min.

Glass Beads 30-40 30-40

Titanium Dioxide 10.0 min. ----

Calcium Carbonate and Inert Fillers.

42.0 max. **

Yellow pigments ---- **

** NOTE: Amount of Yellow pigment, calcium carbonate and inert fillers shall be at the option of the manufacture, provided all other requirements of these specifications are met.

16.5.2.2 PropertiesThe properties of thermoplastic material, when tested in accordance with ASTM D36/BS-3262 (Part-I), shall be as below.

16.5.2.3 Luminance White- Daylight luminance at 45 degree Celsius shall be 65 percent min. as per AASHTO M-249.

Yellow: Daylight luminance at 45 degree Celsius shall be 45 percent min. as per AASHTOM-249.

Drying time:-When applied at a temperature specified by the manufacture and to the required thickness, the material shall set to bear traffic in not more than 15 minutes.

Skid resistance:- Not less than 45 as per BS 6044.

Cracking resistance at low temperature:-The material shall show no cracks on application to concrete blocks.

Softening point:- 102.5 + 9.5C as per ASTM D-36.

Flow resistance:- Not more than 25 percent as per AASHTO M-249.

Yellowness index (for white thermoplastic paint):- not more than 0.12 as per AASHTO M-249.ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

256

The paint shall conform to the following technical specifications.

TECHNICAL DATA WHITE YELLOW

Type of Aggregate Silica sand/Dolomite Silica sand/Dolomite

Type of extender Calcium Carbonate Calcium Carbonate

Type of Binder Synthetic resin Synthetic resin

Glass beads content % (min) by weight

30% (reflective) 30% (reflective)

Heat Stability 65 min. 65 min.

Flash Point (COC ‘’C) 270 min. 270 min.

Relative Density 2.00+0.1 2.00+0.1

Application Temperature oC 165+ 15 165+ 15

Maximum Heating Temperature o C 210° 210°

Durability (Class) 2 Years (A) 2 Years (A)

Pigment Consists of Titanium Dioxide Type-R(rubile)

Yellow pigment is substitute for a part of TITANIUM DIOXIDE.

The pigment shall have a heating range upto 300oC in order to withstand heating temp. range upto 250oC without colour change.

16.5.3 Storage LifeThe material shall meet the requirements of these specifications for a period of one year. The thermoplastic material must also melt uniformly with no evidence of skins or unmelted particles for the one year storage period. Any material not meeting the above requirements shall be replaced by the manufacture/supplier / Contractor.

16.5.4 Reflectorisation:Shall be achieved by incorporation of beads, the grading and other properties of the beads shall be as specified in clause 9.4.6

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

257

16.5.5 Marking:Each container of the thermoplastic material shall be clearly and indelibly marked with the following information:

1. The name, trade mark or other means of identification of manufacture.

2. Batch number

3. Date of manufacture.

4. Colour (white or yellow).

5. Maximum application temperature and maximum safe heating temperature.

16.5.6 Sampling And TestingThe thermoplastic material shall be sampled and tested in accordance with the appropriate ASTM/BS method. The contractor shall furnish to the Employer a copy of certified test reports from the manufactures of the thermoplastic material showing results of all tests specified herein and shall certify that the material meets all requirements of this specification.

16.5.7 Reflectorising Glass Beads.

16.5.7.1 General:- This specification covers two types of glass beads to be used for the production of reflectorised pavement markings.

Type-1 beads are those which are a constituent of the basic thermoplastic compound as described in Table-1 and Type-2 beads are those which are to be sprayed on the surface as described in clause 9.4.7.

The glass beads shall be transparent, colourless and free from mildness, dark particles and excessive air inclusions. These shall conform to the requirements spelt out in clause 9.4.6.3.

16.5.8 Specific RequirementsGradation: - The glass beads shall meet the gradation requirements for the two types as given in

Table 16-9 Gradation requirements for glass beads.

Percent retained

Sieve size Type 1 Type 2

1.18 mm 0 to 3 ----

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

258

Percent retained

Sieve size Type 1 Type 2

850 micron 5 to 20 0 to 5

600 micron ---- 5 to 20

425 micron 65 to 95 ----

---- 30 to 75

180 micron 0 to 10 10 to 30

Below 180 micron ---- 0 to 15

Roundness:- The glass beads shall have a minimum of 70 percent true spheres

Refractive index:- The glass beads shall have a minimum refractive index of 1.50.

(d) Free flowing properties:- The glass beads shall be free of hard lumps and clusters and shall dispense readily under any conditions suitable for paint striping. They shall pass the free flow-test.

16.5.9 Test MethodsThe specific requirements shall be tested with the following methods:

Free-flow test: Spread 100 grams of beads evenly in a 100-mm diameter glass dish. Place the dish in a 250-mm inside diameter desiccator, which is filled within 25 mm of the top of a desiccator plate with sulphuric acid water solution (specific gravity 1.10). Cover the desiccator and let it stand for 4 hours at 20 to 29 degree C. Remove sample from desiccator, transfer beads to a pan and inspect for lumps or clusters. Then pour beads into a clean, dry glass funnel having a 100-mm stem and 6 mm orifice. If necessary, initiate flow by lightly tapping the funnel. The glass spheres shall be essentially free of lumps and clusters and shall flow freely through the funnel.

The requirements of gradation, roundness and refractive index of glass beads and the amount of glass beads in the compound shall be tested as per BS:6088 and BS:3262 (Part-1).

The contractor shall furnish to the Employer a copy of certified test reports from the manufacture of glass beads obtained from a reputed laboratory showing results of all tests specified herein and shall certify that the material meets all requirements of this specification. However, if so required, these tests may be carried out as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

Application Properties of Thermoplastic Material

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

259

The Thermoplastic Material Shall Readily Get Screeded / Extruded at temperatures specified by the manufactures for respective method of application to produce a line of specified thickness which shall be continuous and uniform in shape having clear and sharp edges.

The material, upon heating to application temperatures, shall not exude fumes, which are toxic, obnoxious or injurious to persons or property.

16.5.10 PreparationThe material shall be melted in accordance with the manufacture’s instructions in a heater fitted with a mechanical stirrer to give a smooth consistency to the thermoplastic material to avoid local overheating. The temperature of the mass shall be within the range specified by the manufacture, and shall on no account be allowed to exceed the maximum temperature stated by the manufacture. The molten material should be used, as expeditiously as possible and for thermoplastic material, which has natural binders or is otherwise sensitive to prolonged heating, the material shall not be maintained in a molten condition for more than 4 hours.

After transfer to the paint applicator machine, the material shall be maintained within the temperature range specified by the manufacture for achieving the desired consistency for laying.

The maximum safe heating temperature should not exceed 210oC

The melted material may be allowed to use, provided the total time in melted state has not exceeded 4 hours.

16.5.11 Properties of Finished Road MarkingThe stripe shall not be slippery when wet.

The marking shall not lift from the pavement in freezing weather.

After application and proper drying, the stripe shall show no appreciable deformation or discoloration under traffic and under road temperature upto 60C.

The marking shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium chloride or oil drippings from traffic.

The stripe or marking shall maintain its original dimensions and position. Cold ductility of the material shall be such as to permit normal movement with the road surface without chopping or cracking.

The colour of yellow marking shall conform to IS colour No.356 as given in IS:164-1981.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

260

16.5.11.1ApplicationMarking shall be done by fully / semi-automatic paint applicator machine in order to maintain straight line, size and sharp edges. For locations where painting cannot be done by machine, approved manual methods shall be used with prior approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall maintain control over traffic while painting operations are in progress so as to cause minimum inconvenience to traffic compatible with protecting the workmen.

The thermoplastic material shall be applied hot either by screeding or by extrusion process. After transfer to the laying apparatus, the material shall be laid at a temperature within the range specified by the manufacture for the particular method of lying being used. The paint shall be applied using a screed or extrusion machine.

The pavement temperature shall not be less than 10C during application. All surfaces to be marked shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dust, dirt, grease, oil and all other foreign matter before application of the paint. Priming coat as per manufacture’s recommendation shall be applied.

Badly worn out bituminous surface and concrete road surface shall be treated with “BITEX” or equivalent primer prior to application of Thermoplastic Paint. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.

The material, when formed into traffic stripes, must be readily renewable by placing an overlay of new material directly over the old line of compatible material. Such new material shall so bond itself to the old line that no splitting or separation takes place.

Thermoplastic paint shall be applied in intermittent or continuous lines of uniform thickness of at least 2.5 mm unless specified otherwise, having uniform width and sharp edges. In addition to the beads included in the material, a further quantity of glass beads of Type 2, conforming to the above noted specifications (BS:6088 clause-B) shall be sprayed uniformly with the help of glass beads spray pump into a mono-layer on to the hot paint line in quick succession of the paint spraying operation. The glass beads shall be applied at the rate of 250 grams per Sqm. area.

The minimum thickness specified is exclusive of surface applied glass beads. The method of thickness measurement shall be in accordance with Appendices B and C of BS-3262 (Part-3).

The finished lines shall be free from ruggedness on sides and ends and be parallel to the general alignment of the carriageway. The upper surface of the lines shall be level, uniform and free from streaks.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

261

16.5.12 Performance RequirementsThe road markings laid shall meet the performance requirements of Class-A road marking specified in the BS-3262 (Part-II)-1989. The wear index shall not exceed 35 at each regular inspection interval as per the Appendix “D” of B.S.-3262. The spread of the markings of each stripe measured between 600 mm & 900 mm from the near side kerb shall not increase at each regular inspection interval by more than 10% of its initial value.

GUARANTEE:- The Thermoplastic paint shall last at least for a period of two years. The marking, when tested, shall show no sign of cracking, flaking, peeling off or disintegration. Two years guarantee in prescribe proforma as per Annexure –'L' must be given by the contractor in acceptance of his overall responsibility regarding satisfactory performance of Thermoplastic Painting work. If any defect is noticed during the guarantee period, it shall be rectified by the contractor within 7 days by re-executing the defective Thermoplastic Painting Work, and if not attended to, the same will be got done from another agency at the risk and cost of contractor.

Clause 35(iii) of the ‘General Conditions of Contract for CPWD Works 2005’ shall be modified to read as ‘The contractor shall be responsible for rectifying defects noticed within two years from the date of completion of the work and the portion of the security deposit relating to road marking work using Thermoplastic Paint shall be refunded after the expiry of this period’

16.5.12.1Measurements for PaymentThe painted markings shall be measured in sqm. of actual area marked (excluding the gaps, if any).

16.5.12.2RateThe contract unit rate for road marking shall be paid in full compensation for furnishing all labour, materials, tools, equipment, including all incidental costs necessary for carrying out the work at the site conforming to these specifications complete as per the approved drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and all other incidental costs necessary to complete the work to these specifications.

NOTE: In case of any discrepancy in particular specifications for Thermoplastic Paint and the specifications as per MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision) 2001, Section 803, the later will prevail.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

262

16.6 Precast concrete paver blocks

16.6.1 Materials

16.6.1.1 Cement.The cement used in the manufacture of heavy duty precast concrete paving blocks shall comply with the requirements of IS: 8112 for high strength Ordinary Portland Cement.

16.6.1.2 Aggregate.The fine and course aggregate shall consist of naturally occurring crushed or uncrushed materials which, apart from the grading requirements, shall comply with the provision of IS 383-1970. The fine aggregate shall contain a minimum of 25% natural silicon sand. Lime stone aggregate shall not be used.

Aggregates shall not contain clay and silt more than 3% by weight and shall be free

from deleterious salts and contaminants.

16.6.1.3 WaterThe water shall be clean and free from any deleterious matter. It shall meet the requirements as stipulated in IS: 456.

16.6.1.4 Other Materials.Any other materials / ingredients used in the concrete shall conform to IS Specifications.

16.6.1.5 FinishesCement blocks shall be of natural colour without use of any pigment unless and otherwise specified by the Engineer-in-Charge.

16.6.1.6 Cement Content The cement content of the concrete of various grades shall not be less than as specified in IRC-21

16.6.1.7 Curing After manufacture, the blocks shall be stored as to prevent undue loss of moisture. The blocks shall be manufactured in at appropriate plant with provision of application of high pressure and controlled vibration.

16.6.1.8 Sampling for testing The blocks shall be sampled as described in Appendix ‘A’ at a rate of 16 blocks for every lot of 5000 blocks or part thereof, Blocks in a sample shall be protected from

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

263

damage and contamination until tested. Before testing, the sample blocks shall be stored in water at 20 degree C± 5 degree for 24 hours

16.6.1.9 Dimensions and tolerances

16.6.1.9.1 DimensionsNominal sizes:– The rectangular blocks shall be manufactured with a nominal length of 200 mm and a nominal width of 100 mm. The blocks shall be chamfered. The width and height of the chamfered edges measured in horizontal and vertical directions shall not be less than 4 mm and shall not exceed 6 mm.

The blocks shall be of a uniform shape and shall have no structural faults such as gravel accumulations, hollows or cracks etc. The blocks shall be fairly straight, flat and shall have virtually no burrs or projections.

16.6.1.9.2 TolerancesLENGTH :- The length of all blocks from the sample shall be within + 2 mm of the nominal specified length.

WIDTH :– The width of all blocks from the s ample shall be within +2 mm of the nominal specified width.

STANDARD DEVIATION :– The standard deviation of the length and width of the sample shall be calculated using the following formula :

S = ( X – X’) 2

n-1

Where:-

S = The standard deviation rounded of to 0.1 mm.

X= The arithmetic mean of the lengths and widths of the blocks rounded of to 0.1mm.

X’ = Successively the length and widths of the blocks of the sample in mm.

n = The size of the sample ( 16 blocks )

The standard deviation of the length & width shall not be more than 1.2 mm.

THICKNESS –The thickness of all blocks from the sample shall be within +3 mm of the nominal specified thickness.

Dimensions shall be measured as described in Appendix –B.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

264

COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH

Calculation of corrected compressive strength for individual block.

The compressive strength of each block specimen, tested in accordance with Appendix –‘C’ shall be calculated by dividing the maximum load by contact surface area and multiplying by an appropriate factors of –

(a) For 100 mm thick blocks 1.24

(b) For 80 mm thick blocks 1.18

(c) For 60 mm thick blocks 1.06

The strength shall be expressed to the nearest 1 N /sq.mm.

The average compressive strength of the blocks of different grade of concrete when sampled and tested in the manner described, shall be not less than as specified below:

GRADE AVERAGE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH

M-30 30 N /Sq.mm.

However, if the average compressive strength of the first four blocks tested in accordance with the prescribed manner, is not less than 33N/Sq.mm.for M-30 grade of concrete, the sample shall be deemed to comply and the remaining twelve blocks from the sample need not be tested.

The compressive strength of an individual block shall not fall below 24 N/ Sq.mm., for M-30, grade of concrete.

16.6.1.9.3 Facilities for sampling and inspection The Engineer-in-Charge or his authorised representative shall at all reasonable times be permitted access to the place where the paving blocks are manufactured or stored, for the purpose of examining and sampling the materials and the finished paving blocks for sampling, if required.

16.6.1.9.4 Test Results Should any of the test results not comply with the requirements of these specifications, the consignment shall be rejected.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

265

16.6.2 Technical description of laying concrete paving blocks

16.6.2.1 Base The finished surface of the sub-base shall match the design profile of the concrete blocks within ± 2.0 mm. Compaction shall be done with special plate rammer devices.

16.6.2.2 Bedding Layer The bedding shall be from either a single source or shall be blended to achieve the following grading :

SIEVE SIZE % PASSING

9.52 mm 100

4.75 mm 95-100

2.36 mm 80-100

1.18 mm 50-100

600 microns 25-60

300 microns 10-30

150 microns 5-15

75 microns 0-10

Single sized, gap graded sands or those containing an excessive amount of fines shall not be used. The sand particles should preferably be sharp and not rounded.

The sand for filling of joint shall pass 2.36 mm sieve and should achieve the following grading:

SIEVE SIZE % PASSING

2.36 mm 100

1.18 mm 90-100

600 microns 60-90

300 microns 30-60

150 microns 15-30

75 microns 0-10

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

266

The use of cement in the sand to be used for filling of joints is prohibited as a general practice as the cemented sand is likely to crack into segments, which are easily dislodged.

Thickness of bedding layer shall be 25 mm compacted sand as per item in SOQ.

Moisture contents shall be at least 4% by weight.

It shall not contain clay and silt more than 3% by weight and shall be free from deleterious salts or contaminants.

The finished surface of the bedding layer shall match exactly the design profile as indicated in the drawings.

Before placing the bedding layer, the surface of base course shall be cleaned by sweeping.

During construction, the draining of the surface of bedding and / or base course shall be assured.

Walking or driving on the finished surface of the bedding layer shall not be allowed.

16.7 Concrete Paving Blocks. Laying of the blocks shall be done, precisely at the indicated level and profile so as to achieve a good draining surface.

The blocks shall be laid on an elbow pattern or in the pattern as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge. The blocks shall be laid as tight as possible to each other and also along connections. The maximum joint width shall be limited to 4 mm.

Laying of broken blocks shall not be allowed except along connections. The maximum length of a broken block shall be 100mm. Breaking of the blocks shall be done with a “block splitter”.

Fine angular sand as per specifications shall be brushed into the joints. Thereafter compaction shall be done with a special plate rammer device. After compaction again fine angular sand shall be brushed into the joints.

The maximum tolerance in surface unevenness in longitudinal and cross profiles when checked with a three meter long straight edge shall be +5 mm.

No movement of equipment or people should be allowed on paved, non-compacted blocks. At the end of the day’s paving barrier should be placed for preventing lateral movement of the blocks at the free end. Initial compaction of the paved block shall be done before applying joint sealer. First cycle of minimum two passes shall be done for compaction using a plate compactor (Ideal specifications: 0.35 to 0.5 sq.m

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

267

plate area, 16 to 20 KN centrifugal force, vibrating at frequency of 75 to 100 Hz.). Second cycle of compaction after application of joint sealer shall be done with minimum two passes.

16.7.1 Field / Laboratory Tests During execution of the work, necessary field /laboratory tests shall be carried out by the contractor at his own cost.

The field /laboratory tests may also be conducted in an approved test laboratory /Engineering College /Technical Institution as per the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.

Contractors shall peruse detailed technical specifications as specified above and relevant tests for aggregate, cement, water and compressive strength shall be carried out accordingly including any other tests as desired by the Engineer-in-Charge including the number of tests.

16.7.2 Laying And Surface Tolerances While the laying, the surface tolerances, given below shall be observed:

Layer / Item Tolerance

Subgrade +0, -25 mm of nominated level

Select subgrade/Sub-base +0, -20 mm of nominated level

Base Course -0, +10 mm of nominated level10 mm deviation from a 3 m straight edge

Plan deviation

from any 3 m line

from any 10 m line

10 mm (maximum)

20 mm (maximum)

Vertical deviation from 3 m line at kerbs intrusions, channels, edge restraint elsewhere

+3 mm, -0 mm

Maximum difference in surface level between adjacent paving units

+10 mm, -15 mm

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

268

Deviation of finished surface level from designated level

+10 mm, -15 mm

Joint width range 2 mm, 4 mm

Percentage of joints outside range 10% max. along 10 m line

Nominal joint width 3 mm

16.8 Waterproofing Of Underpass StructureWaterproofing shall be integral type consisting of admixture in the concrete, nozzle grouting and applying impervious polymerised cementitious coating. It is assumed that concrete mix design will incorporate adequate amount of water reducing admixture not requiring additional dosage of waterproofing compound for waterproofing purpose. The entire treatment of waterproofing shall be measured in area of the structure waterproofed. All waterproofing shall carry a maintenance warrantee in an approved format for period of not less than 10 years after completion of the project.

16.9 Brick WorkAll brick work shall be carried out as per CPWD specifications using 75 class designation bricks in cement sand mortar of 1:4. Measurement shall be made as per specifications.

16.10 Tiles on the wallsPrecast concrete tiles, such as Duracrete or equivalent shall be fixed on the brick walls with the help of cement sand mortar not less than 12 mm thick 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand). The tiles shall have a form-liner finish as indicated on the execution drawings and shall be arranged in a pattern as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

16.11 Fibre Reinforced Concrete (FRC) wearing coatThe main requirements of FRC Wearing Coat are:

Efficient bond to the concrete deck slab

Concrete mix design that has the lowest shrinkage characteristics, while offering acceptable workability for the Contractor to place with ease.

Concrete placement and curing techniques to obtain a durable long lasting wearing surface.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

269

16.11.1 BondingTo achieve the required bond, preparation of the concrete base slab must provide a competent, clean surface, which will enable a mechanical attachment to the aggregate in the base concrete. This might be achieved in a number of ways but common practice is to scrabble or sandblast the surface to remove laitance and expose the concrete. An acrylic based approved bonding agent shall be applied on top of base slab concrete prior to laying the FRC wearing coat.

16.11.2 Mix DesignConcrete of M35 grade with maximum free water-cement ratio of 0.35 and minimum slump of 50mm at the point of placing the concrete including polypropylene fibres with a minimum dosage of 900 gm per cum of concrete shall be provided as concrete wearing coat. Thickness of such wearing coat shall be 75mm.

16.11.3 Placing The ConcreteProper vibration to compact the topping layer is essential to concrete a dense, bonded, hard wearing surface. Care when removing formwork shall be exercised to avoid damage at the construction joints. Tie bars between adjacent panel slabs shall be avoided and simple butt joints adopted. The wearing coat shall be compacted using screed vibrator and top surface smoothened using skim floaters. In totality Vacuum Dewatering process shall be used for compacting the FRC wearing coat. Complete patented system of vacuum dewatering of any one approved supplier shall be used for the purpose. Adequately qualified representative of supplier of vacuum dewatering equipment shall be available at the site during all operations relating to vacuum dewatering compaction of FRC wearing coat.

16.11.4 CuringImmediate and prolonged curing shall follow compaction of the concrete. Gunny bags soaked in water shall be maintained for curing.

16.11.5 JointsTransverse joints shall be incorporated at approximately 4m to 5m maximum centres. These joints shall be cut within 24 hours of casting but preferably as soon as the concrete is sufficiently hard to be cleanly sawn. The depth of the saw cut shall be 1 /3rd of the depth of the wearing coat. After the sawing operation, curing shall be continued. The joints shall be 8 mm wide and shall be sealed with preformed Neoprene Compression seal conforming to ASTM 02628 and AAS HTO M-220 using Adhesive lubricants as primer conforming to ASTM 02835 and to be installed with an Auto installer. The longitudinal joint shall be kept as per the lane width i.e. between 3 to 4 m. Construction drawing shall be final and binding in this regard.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

270

16.11.6 Properties of fibresFibrillated 100% Virgin Polypropylene Fibres shall conform to BS 5139 and/or ASTMC-1116 and have broadly the following physical and chemical properties:

Absorption NIL

Specific Gravity 0.91

Young’s Modulus 3.5KN/mm2

Melting Point 160 ºC

Ignition Point 590ºC

Thermal Conductivity Low

Electrical Conductivity Low

Acid & Salt Resistance High

Alkali Resistance Alkali Proof

16.11.7 Measurement For PaymentOnly area of the wearing coat shall be measured. The lump sum offer shall include all material such as concrete, fibre, admixture, acrylic bonding agent, etc, plant and equipment, saw cutter, screed vibrators, skim floaters, etc and all related operations.

APPENDIX - A16.12 Sampling Blocks

16.12.1 Method of Sampling Each lot of 5000 blocks or part thereof shall be divided into eight real or imaginary approximately equal groups. Two blocks shall be drawn from each group.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

271

16.12.2 Marking And Identification All samples shall be clearly marked at the time of sampling in such a way that the lots represented by them are clearly defined.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

272

17. APPENDIX –B17.1 Method For Measuring Dimensions

17.1.1 Length and Width

17.1.1.1 ApparatusThe apparatus used to measure the shape shall be a metallic, rectangular box large enough to put a concrete block in it. The horizontal base plate and the two adjoining vertical plates are fixed to each other. The two other vertical plates can be removed in the directions perpendicular to these plates. The parallel plates can be read off from a scale to an accuracy of 1 mm.

The apparatus construction shall be such that the accuracy of the measurements obtained to a whole number of mm can be trusted.

17.1.1.2 Procedure Before measuring, remove any impurities and /or burrs from the blocks with a hard brush. Put the block, with its top surface facing downwards, on the horizontally positioned base plate of the apparatus and press it as far as possible between the two fixed vertical plates which are at the right angles to each other so that the long side of the block comes to lie completely flush with the long vertical plates. Determine the length and width of the block by successively pressing each of the movable plates against the block and reading off the distance between the parallel plates in mm on the scales.

17.1.2 Height The height of each block shall be accurately measured in whole mm using a sliding head with calipers 50-mm long, measurements being taken at the four corners and at the centre. While measuring the height, the calipers of the sliding head are placed as flushed as possible with the top and bottom surfaces of the blocks and at the corners at an angle of 45 degrees on the long side surface of the block.

The height shall be taken as the arithmetic mean of these five values.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

273

18. APPENDIX – C18.1 Test For Compressive Strength

18.1.1 Testing Machine.

The testing machine shall be of suitable capacity and capable of applying the load at the rate specified. It shall comply with the requirements of Clause 2.1 of BS:1881 –Part-4 in respect of repeatability and accuracy.

18.1.2 Procedure

The sample specimen shall be tested in a wet condition after being stored for at least 24 hours in water maintained at a temperature of 20 degrees C ± 5 degrees C. Before the specimens are submerged in water, the necessary area shall be determined by the method described in Appendix-‘B’.

The plates for the testing machine shall be wiped clean and any loose grit or other material shall be removed from the contact faces of the specimen. Plywood sheets normally 4 mm thick, shall be used as packing between the upper and lower faces of the specimen and the machine plates and these sheets shall be larger than the specimen by a margin of at least 5 mm at all points. Fresh packing shall be used for each specimen tested.

The specimen shall be placed in the machine with the wearing surface in a horizontal plane and in such a way that the axes of the specimen are aligned with those of the machine plates.

The load shall be applied without shock and increased continuously at the rate of approximately 15 N/sq.mm per minute until no greater load can be sustained. The maximum load applied to the specimen shall be recorded.

18.1.3 Calculation of Corrected Strength for Individual Blocks

The corrected compressive strength of each block specimen shall be calculated and recorded as described in Clause 7.0

18.1.4 Compressive Strength Calculation

The average corrected compressive strength for the designed lot shall be calculated.

18.1.5ComplianceThe average corrected compressive strength of the specimen samples shall comply with the requirements of Clause 9.5.7.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

274

Annexure-A

LIST OF APPROVED MANUFACTURES/SUPPLIERS

Sl.No. Item Name

1. Ordinary Portland Cement ACC, GRASIM, Gujarat Ambuja, Birla (Vikram), Ultra-Tech

2. Slag Cement ACC, Grasim, Gujrat Ambuja

3. Reinforcing Bars Tata Steel, SAIL, RINL

4. Bearings J.Sons, METCO, Sanfield (India) P Ltd.

5. Expansion Joints * J.Sons, METCO, Sanfield (India) P Ltd., Z-Tech (India) Pvt.Ltd

6. Bitumen IOCL, BPCL, HPCL

7. Admixtures FOSROC, SIKA, MBT, Asian Laboratories, Dura Build care, CICO Technologies Ltd.

8. Release Agent FOSROC, MBT, Dura Build Care , CICO

9. Geotextile & Geogrids AIMIL, Z-Tech, Netlon (India), Garware wall ropes Ltd, Maccaferri

10. Void former Spiral Tubes Pvt. Ltd. (Spiro), Steel auto industries

11. Non-shrink grout Fosroc Chemicals, Sika, Dura Buildcare

12. Mild Steel Tubes Tata, Llyods, NSL

13. Structural Steel Tata, SAIL, RINL.

14. Welding Electrodes ESAB, Advani-orlikon, Weld Alloy

15. Water proofing CICO, SWC, SIKA

16. Paints Akzo Nobel, Berger, Jenson and Nicholson, Asian Paints.

17. Pile Integrity Testing CBRI, AIMIL, NDM technology,

18. Bar Couplers Dextra, Moment

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

275

19. Reinforced soil wall system AIMIL, VSL, Garware wall ropes, Earthcon Systems, Z-tech india.

20. Anti carbonation paints CICO, MBT, FOSROC

21 Polymerised modified bitumen

Usha Lubes, Ooms polymers, Tiki Tar

22. Thermoplastic paints CBM, CMS

23. PVC waterstops Fixopan, Maruti Rubber

24. RMC RCC,ACC, BIRLA, L&T and other reputed manufacture of RMC subjected to approval of Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall submit the RMC plant.

25. Prestressing system FPCC, BBR, VSL

26. TMT Fe 415/500 TISCON, ISCON, RINL, SAIL

* Raw material source to be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

276

Annexure- BLIST OF CODES AND STANDARDS

Applicable Codes, Standards & Publications for Structural & Road Work :

The important Codes, Standards and Publications to Contract are listed here under:

A General

CPWD specifications

IRC:86-1983 Geometric design standard for urban road in planes

B Bitumen

IS:702 Industrial Bitumen

D Cement

IS:269 33 grade ordinary Portland cement

IS:455 Portland Slag Cement

IS:650 Specifications for standard sand for testing cement.

IS:6925 Methods of test for determination of water soluble chlorides in concrete admixtures.

IS:8112 Specification for 43 grade ordinary Portland cement.

IS:12269 Specification for 53 grade ordinary Portland cement.

IS:12330 Specification for sulphate resistant Portland cement.

E Concrete

IS:456 Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete.

IS:460 (Parts I to III) Specification for Test Sieves

IS:516 Methods of test for strength of concrete.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

277

IS:1199 Methods of sampling & analysis of concrete.

IS:1607 Method of Test Sieving

IS:2386 Parts I-VIII: Methods of tests for aggregates for concrete.

IS:2430 Methods of Sampling of Aggregates of Concrete

IS:2645 Specifications for integral cement water proofing compounds

IS:3025 Methods of sampling and test (physical and chemical) for water & waste water

IS:6925 Methods of test for determination of water soluble chlorides in concrete Admixtures

IS:7242 Specifications for concrete spreaders

IS:7251 Specifications for concrete finishers

IS:7969 Safety code for handling and storage of building materials

IS:8989 Safety code for erection of concrete framed structures

IS:8142 Methods of test for determining setting time of concrete by penetration resistance

IS:9103 Specifications for admixtures for concrete

IS:10262 Recommended guidelines for concrete mix design.

MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works, Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (Roads Wing)

IRC SP 64 Guidelines for the analysis and design of voided slab superstructure

IRC SP 69 Guidelines and specifications for expansion joints

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

278

IRC SP 70 Guidelines for the use of high strength concrete for bridges

IRC 21-2000 Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Road Bridges Section III – Cement Concrete (Plain & Reinforced)(First Revision)

F Construction Plant and Machinery.

IS:1791 Specification for batch type concrete mixers.

IS:2505 General requirements for concrete vibrators: Immersion type.

IS:2506 General requirements for screed board concrete vibrators.

IS:3366 Specification for pan vibrators.

IS:3558 Code of Practice for use of immersion vibrators for consolidating concrete.

IS:4656 Specifications for form vibrators for concrete.

IS:4925 Specification for concrete batching and mixing plant.

IS:11993 Code of Practice for use of screed board concrete vibrators.

G Formwork

IS:4990 Specifications for plywood for concrete shuttering work.

IRC:87 Guidelines for the design and erection of false work for road bridges.

IS:806 Code of practice for use of steel tubes in general building construction.

IS:1161 Specification of steel tubes for structural purposes.

IS:1239 Specification for mild steel tubes. Tubulars and other wrought steel fittings.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

279

H Handling and Storage

IS:4082 Recommendation of Stacking and Storage of construction materials

J Instruments For Testing Cement and Concrete

IS:5513 Specification for vicat apparatus.

IS:5514 Specification for apparatus used in Le-Chaterlier test.

IS:5515 Specification for compaction factor apparatus.

IS:7320 Specification for concrete slump test apparatus.

IS:7325 Specification for apparatus to determine constituents of fresh concrete.

IS:10080 Specification for vibration machine.

IS:10086 Specification for moulds for use in tests of cement and concrete.

IS:10510 Specification for Vee-bee consistometer.

K Joint Fillers

IS:1838 (Part 1) Performed fillers for expansion joint in concrete pavements and structures (non extruding and resilient type): Bitumen impregnated fibre

L Paints and Coatings

IS:102 Ready mixed paint, brushing, red lead, non-setting, priming

M Reinforcement & Structural Steel

IS:280 Mild steel wire for general engineering purposes

IS:432 Part I. Mild steel and medium tensile steel bars. Part II Hard drawn steel wire.

IS:814 Parts I & II. Electrodes for metal arc welding of structural steel.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

280

IS:815 Classification coding of covered electrodes for metal arc welding of structural steels

IS:816 Code of Practice for use of metal arc welding for general construction in mild steel.

IS:1566 (Part I) Specifications for hard-drawn steel wire fabric for concrete reinforcement.

IS:1786 Specification for high strength deformed steel bars and wires for concrete reinforcement.

IS:2502 Code of Practice for bending and fixing of bars for concrete reinforcement.

IS:2629 Recommended practice for hot-dip galvanising of iron and steel.

IS:2751 Code of Practice for welding of mild steel plain and deformed bars for reinforced concrete construction.

IS:4759 Hot-dip zinc coating on structural steel and other allied products.

IS:5525 Recommendations for detailing of reinforcement in reinforced concrete works

IS:9417 Recommendations for welding cold-worked steel bars for reinforced concrete construction.

IS:226 Structural steel (Standard Quality)

IS:800 Code of practice for use of structural steel in general building construction.

IS:813 Scheme of symbols for welding.

IS:814 Covered electrodes for metal arc welding of structural steel. (Part I & Part II)

IS:816 Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for general construction in mild steel.

IS:822 Code of practice for inspection of welds.

IS:961 Structural steel (High Tensile)

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

281

IS:1024 Code of practice for use of welding in bridges and structures subject to dynamic loading.

IS:1161 Steel tubes for structural purposes.

IS:1182 Recommended practice for radiographic examination of fusion welded butt joints in steel plates.

IS:2062 Structural steel (Fusion welding quality)

IS:3757 Specification for high tensile friction grip bolts.

IS:5624 Specification for foundation bolts.

IS:3600 Code of practice for testing of fusion welded (Part I) joints and weld metal in steel.

IS:4923 Hollow steel sections for structural use.

IS:6227 Code of practice for use of metal arc welding in tubular structure.

IS:801 Code of practice for use of cold formed light gauge steel structural members in general building construction.

IS:811 Specifications for cold formed light gauge structural steel sections

IS:8500 Structural Steel Micro alloyed (Medium and high strength qualities)

IS:8910 General requirements of supply of weldable structural steel

N Sand

IS:383 Coarse and fine aggregates from natural sources for concrete.

IS: 1498 Classification and identification of soils for general engineering purpose (first revision) (Amendments 2).

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

282

IS: 1500: 1983 Method for Brinell hardness test for metallic materials (second revision) (superseding IS 1789:1961, IS1790:1961 and IS 3054:1965).

IS: 1501: 1984 Method of Vickers hardness test for metallic materials

IS: 1586: 1988 Method of Rockwell hardness test for metallic material

(Scales A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-K) (second revision)

IS: 1786-1985 Specification of high strength deformed steel bars and wires for concrete reinforcement (third revision) (superseding IS 1139:1966) (Amendment 1).

IS 2062-1999 Steel for general structural purpose (fourth revision)

(supersedes IS 225:1975).

IS: 2386 (Part 1)-1963 Method of test for aggregates for concrete : Part 1 Particle size and shape (Amendments 2)

IS. 2386 (Part 11)-1963

Method of test for aggregates for concrete : Part 2 Estimation of deleterious materials and organic impurities (Amendment 1

IS: 2386 (Part 111)-1963

Method of test for aggregates for concrete: Part 3 , Specific gravity, density, voids, absorption and bulking.

IS: 2386 (Part IV)-1963 Method of test for aggregates for concrete. Part 4 Mechanical properties (Amendments 3).

IS: 2386 (Part V)-1963 Method of test for aggregates for concrete : Part 5 Soundness.

IS: 2386 (Part VII)-1963

Method of test for aggregates for concrete. Part 7 Alkali aggregate reactivity.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

283

IS: 2386 (Part VIII)-1963

Method of test for aggregates for concrete: Part 8 Petrographic examination)

IS: 2629-1985 Recommended practice for hot-dip.galvanzing on iron and steel (first revision) (Amendment 1 )

IS.2633-1986 Method for testing uniformity of coating of zinc coated articles (second revision).

IS 2645-1975 Rectification for integral cement waterproofing compounds (first revision) (Amendment 1 )

P Scaffolding

IS:2750 Specification for steel scaffoldings

IS:3696 (Part 1) Safety Code of scaffolds and ladders: Scaffolds

IS:3696 (Part 2) Safety Code of scaffolds and ladders: Ladders

IS:4014 (Part 1) Code of practice for steel tubular scaffolding: Definition and materials

IS:4014 (Part 2) Code of practice for steel tubular scaffolding: Safety regulations for scaffolding

IRC:87 Guidelines for the design and erection of falsework for road bridges

Q Bearing

IRC:83Part-II Standard specifications and code of practice for road bridges Pot Bearings

IRC:83 Part-III Standard specifications and code of practice for road bridges Elastomeric Bearings

R UPVC Pipe For Drain

IS 4985 Unplasticized PVC Pipes for portable water supplies

S PILING

IS :2911 PART-I to IV Bored Cast in-situ Concrete Piles

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

284

IRC:78 Standard specifications and code of practice for road bridges Foundation And Substructure

IS:3696 (Part 1)

Safety code for scaffolds and ladders.

IS:3696 (Part 2) Safety code for scaffolds and ladders Part II ladders.

IS:3764 Safety code for excavation work.

IS:4081 Safety code for blasting and drilling operations.

IS:4138 Safety code for working in compressed air

IS:5121 Safety code for piling and other deep foundations.

IS:5916 Safety codes for construction involving use of hot bituminous materials.

IS:7293

Safety code for working with construction machinery.

IS:7969 Safety code for storage and handling of building materials.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

285

Annexure-CLIST OF TEST REQUIRED FOR QUALITY ASSURANCE.

A. CONCRETE WORKS .

1. COARSE AGGREGATES

Test Frequency Laboratorie

s

Ref. Codes

Acceptance Standard

Particle Size and Shape

a) Sieve Analysis

b) Flakiness Index &

Elongation Index

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Sieve analysis once in day, Flakiness index and Elongation index once in a week

1

2A

IS: 383-1970

IS: 2386 (Part I)-1963

Sieve Analysis –IS:383-1970

35% Max. value of combined Elongation and Flakiness index

2.Deleterious Materials 1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Once in a month

1

2A/2B

IS: 383-1970

IS: 2386 (Par II)-1963

Table–I of IS:383-1970

3. Specified Gravity & Density

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Once in three month

1

2A

IS: 383-1970

IS: 2386 (Part III)-1963

Testing is required for maintaining uniformity of material brought from the source.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

286

4. Mechanical Properties

a) Aggregate Crushing Value

b) Impact Value

c)10 percent Fines

d) Abrasion Value

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Once in a month

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2.Once in a month

1

2A

1

2B

IS: 383-1970

IS: 2386 (Part IV)-1963

Test Frequency Laboratories

Ref. Codes

Acceptance Standard

5. Soundness 1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS: 383-1970

IS: 2386 (Part V)-1963

IS: 383-1970

6. Surface Moisture Content

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. At every change of mix design

3. Every time making the concrete

1

1/2A

2A

IS: 383-1970

IS: 2386 (Part III)-1963

Test required to adjust the water content in the mix design before starting any concrete mixing.

7. Alkali Reactivity 1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source.

1 IS: 383-1970

IS: 2386 (Part VII)-1963

Innocuous Aggregate

8.Petrographic Examination

a) Trade Group

b) Petrological name & Description

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source.

1 IS: 383-1970

IS: 2386 (Part VII)-1963

Information required for approval of source

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

287

c) Description of Bulk

d) Particle shape

e) Surface texture.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

288

2. FINE AGGREGATESTest Frequency Laboratories Ref. Codes Acceptance

Standard

1.Particle Sizes

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS: 383-1970

IS: 2386 (Part I)-1963

Table –4 of IS:383-1970

2. Once in a day 2A

2. Deleterious Materials

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS: 383-1970

IS: 2386 (Part I)-1963

Table –1 of IS:383-1970

2. Once in a week 2A/2B

3. Silt Content

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 As specified in 5.2.8

2. Once Daily 2A

4. Specific Gravity, & Density

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS: 383-1970

IS: 2386 (Part II)-1963

Test is required for maintaining uniformity of material brought from the source

2. Once in a month 2A

5. Water absorption

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS: 383-1970

IS: 2386 (Part II)-1963

Test is required for adjusting the water content in the mix design before starting any concrete mixing

6. Moisture Content

1. Daily at regular interval

2A

7. Soundness 1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS: 383-1970

IS: 2386 (Part II)-1963

IS: 383-1970

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

289

3. WaterTest Frequency Laborat

oriesRefer Codes Acceptance Standard

1 Chemical Analysis

1. Once at beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Once in 3 months

IS: 456:2000

IS:3025(Part24)

IS:3025(Part32)

IS:3025(Part22)

IS:3025(Part 23)

As specified in 5.2.9

As specified in 5.2.9

As specified in 5.2.9

CPWD Specifications

CPWD Specifications

a) pH value 1

b) Chlorides (as Cl)

2B

c) Sulphates (as SO3)

d) Neutralization with NaOH (with phenolphathalein as indicator)

e) Neutralization with H2SO4 (with mixed indicator)

2 Physical Analysis

a) Suspended matter 1. Once at beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS:3025(Part 17) As specified in 5.2.9

b) Organic matter Once in 3 months. at the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2B IS:3025(Part 18) As specified in 5.2.9

c) Inorganic matter IS:3025(Part 18) As specified in 5.2.9

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

290

4. Cement

(a) ORDINARY PORTLAND CEMENT (43/53 GRADE)Test Frequency Laborat

oriesRefer Codes Acceptance Standard

1. Chemical Tests1. At the beginning

for approval of each source and change of source

1

IS:12269 – 1987 (for 53 Grade) & IS: 8112- 1989 (for 43 Grade)

As per relevant IS Code for 43 Grade/53 Grade Cement

Total Chloride content

2. Once for every lot1

Ratio of Alumina to that of Iron Oxide

3. Once in 3 months3

Magnesia % by mass

Total sulphate content

Loss on Ignition

Insoluble Residue

Lime saturation factor.

2. Physical tests

Setting Timei) Initialii) Final

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1

IS:12269 – 1987 (for 53 Grade) & IS: 8112- 1989 (for 43 Grade)

As per relevant IS Code for 43 Grade/53 Grade Cement

Soundness 2. Once for every lot1

Compressive Strength

3. Once in 3 months3 At 3 days

At 7 days At 28 days

Fineness

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

291

(b) PORTLAND SLAG CEMENTTest Frequency Laborat

oriesRefer Codes Acceptance Standard

18.2 1) Chemical Tests

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1

IS:455-1989

IS:4032:1985As per IS:455-1989

18.3 Magnesium oxide (MgO)

18.4 Sulphur Trioxide (SO3)

2. Once for every lot1

18.5 Sulphide Sulphur (S)

3. Once in 3 months3

18.6 Loss on Ignition

18.7 Insoluble Residue

18.8 Chloride Content

2) Physical Tests

a) Fineness (Blain’s Air permeability method)

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS : 4031 (Part 2) : 1988

As per IS:455-1989

b) Soundness 2. Once for every lot1 IS : 4031 (Part 3) :

1988

3. Once in 3 months3

c) Setting timeIS : 4031 (Part5) : 1988

IS : 4031 (Part 6) : 1988

i) Initial

ii) Final

d) Compressive Strength

iii) 72 1h

iv) 168 2h

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

292

v) 672 4h

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

293

5. PLASTICISER (NORMAL AND RETARDING TYPE SUPERPLASTICISER)Test Frequency Laboratories Refer Codes Acceptance

Standard

Water content, percent of control sample

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source (for test at S.No.1 to 10)

1/3

IS:9103-1999

As specified in IS:9103 -1999

Slump

Time of Setting, allowable deviation from control sample

a) Initialb) Final

Compressive strength, percent of control sample

1 day 3 days 7 days 28 days 6 months 1 year

Flexural Strength, percent of control sample

a) 3 daysb) 7 daysc) 28 days

Length change percent increase over control sample

a) 28 daysb) 6 monthsc) 1 year Bleeding, percent

increase over control sample

Loss of workability Air content (%) over

control specimen Uniformity Tests

Dry Material Content Ash content Relative Density Chlorides ion content pH

For uniformity Test 1. Once for every lot

2A/2B As specified in IS:9103 -1999

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

294

B. ROAD WORKS .

1. AGGREGATES FOR ROAD WORK (NON BITUMINOUS SUB BASE AND BASE) GRANULAR SUB BASE (GSB)

Test Frequency Laboratories

Refer Codes Acceptance Standard

1. Graduation 1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works

Clause 401 of MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works (4th Revision) 20012. One test per 200 m3 2A

2. Deleterious Materials At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS: 383-1970IS: 2386 (Part II)-1963

Clause 401 of MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works (4th Revision) 2001

Once in 3 months 2B

3. Water absorption 1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS: 383-1970IS: 2386 (Part III)-1963

Clause 401 of MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works (4th Revision) 2001

4. 10 % Fines 1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 BS : 812 (Part 111)

Clause 401 of MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works (4th Revision) 20012. Once in 3 months 2B

5. Soundness (Test is required if water absorption is greater than 2 %)

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS: 383-1970IS: 2386 (Part V)-1963

Clause 401 of MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works (4th Revision) 20012. Once in 3 months 2B

6. Atterberg Limits for material passing 425 sieve

At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS : 2720 (Part 5)

Clause 401 of MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works (4th Revision) 2001

a) Liquid Limit One test per 200 m3

2A/Bb) Plasticity Index

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

295

2. WET MIX MACADAM (WMM)Test Frequency Laborator

iesRefer Codes Acceptance Standard

1. Sieve Analysis At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS: 383-1970IS: 2386 (Part I)-1963

Clause 406 of MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works

Once for 100 m3 of aggrega te

2A

2. Deleterious Materials 1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS: 383-1970IS: 2386 (Part II)-1963

Clause 406 of MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works

2. Once in a month 2B

3. Water absorption 1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS: 383-1970IS: 2386 (Part III)-1963

Clause 406 of MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works

4. Mechanical Properties 1. At the beginning for

approval of each source and change of source

2. Once for 200 m3 of aggrega te

12A/2B

IS: 383-1970IS: 2386 (Part IV)-1963

Clause 406 of MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works

a) Aggregate Crushing Value

b) Impact Valuec) Los Angeles

Abrasion Valued) Combined Flakiness

and Elongation Value5. Soundness(test to be conducted if water absorption is more than 2 %)

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS: 383-1970IS: 2386 (Part V)-1963

Clause 406 of MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works

2. Once in three months, if required

2B

6. Plasticity Index of Materials finer than 425 sieve

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS :2720 (Part 5) & MORTH

Clause 406 of MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works

2. Once for 200 m3 of aggrega te

2A/2B

7. Density of Compacted layer

One test per 500 sqm 2A/2B

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

296

3. AGGREGATES FOR ROAD WORK ( BITUMINOUS BASE AND SURFACE COURSES)

(a) Dense Bituminous Macadam (DBM)(b) Bituminous Concrete (BC)(c) Mastic AsphaltTest Frequency Laborator

iesRefer Codes Acceptance Standard

1. Sieve Analysis At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS: 383-1970IS: 2386 (Part I)-1963

Relevant clause of MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works

Once per 25m3 of aggrega te

2A

2. Deleterious Materials 1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS: 383-1970IS: 2386 (Part II)-1963

Relevant clause of MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works

2. Once in a month 2B

3. Water absorption 1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS: 383-1970IS: 2386 (Part III)-1963

Relevant clause of MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works

4. Mechanical Properties

At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

Once per 50m3 of aggrega te

12A/2B

IS: 383-1970IS: 2386 (Part IV)-1963

Relevant clause of MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works

a) Impact Valueb) Los Angeles

Abrasion Valuec) Combined Flakiness

and Elongation Value5. Soundness(test to be conducted if water absorption is more than 2 %)

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS :2720 (Part 5)

Relevant clause of MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works

2. Once in three months, if required

2B

6. Stripping Test Bitumen Aggregate Mixtures

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS: 6241 Relevant clause of MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works

2. Once a month 2B

7. Retained Tensile Strength

(test to be conducted if retained coating is less than 95 %)

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 Relevant clause of MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge Works

2. Once a month 2B

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

297

4. LimeTest Frequency Laborator

iesRefer Codes Acceptance Standard

1. CaCO3 content

2. Sieve Analysis

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. One Test for every 5MT of lime consumption.

1

2B

IS: 1195-1978 80% Minimum

100% through 75 micron sieve

C. REINFORCING BARS (TMT Bars).Test Frequency Laborator

iesRefer Codes Acceptance Standard

1. Chemical Tests 1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1 IS: 1786-1985

As specified in IS:1786-1985a) Carbon

b) Sulphur 2. Once for every lot 1

c) Phosphorus 3. Once in 3 months 3

d) Sulphur + phosphorus

2. Physical test 1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1

a) Ultimate Tensile strength

b) 0.2% Proof stress 2. Once for every lot 2A/2B

c) Percentage elongation

3. Once in 3 months 3

d) Bend and rebend test

e) Mass per meter run (Kg)

The lot shall be defined as under.

From each source for each dia.

a) For consignment below 100 MT.i) Under 10mm – One sample for each 25MT or part thereof.ii) 10mm to 16mm dia – One sample for each 35MT or part thereof..iii) Over 16mm dia – One sample for each 45MT or part thereof.

b) For consignment over 100 MT.ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

298

Under 10mm – One sample for each 40MT or part thereof. 10mm to 16mm dia – One sample for each 45MT or part thereof. Over 16mm dia – One sample for each 50MT or part thereof.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

299

D. MILD STEEL

Test Frequency Laboratories

Refer Codes Acceptance Standard

Chemical Composition 1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Once in a project for every source

1

3

IS:2062-1999 As specified in IS:2062-1999

E. THERMOPLASTIC PAINTS

Test Frequency Laboratories Refer Codes

1. Binder content

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Once in a project for every source

1

BS: 3262 and MORTH Specifications clause 803

2. Glass Beads

2B

3. Titanium Dioxide content

4. Calcium Carbonate & Inert fillers

5. Yellow Pigments6. Luminance (Daylight)7. Drying Time8. Skid Resistance9. Cracking Resistance

at low temperature10. Softening Point11. Flow resistance12. Yellowness IndexF. BENTONITE

Test Frequency Laboratories Refer Codes

Density 1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Once for every day of Piling

1 MORTH Specifications for Road & Bridge works

Marsh Cone Viscosity pH value Silt content

2A Liquid limit

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

300

G. GALVANISING

Test Frequency Laboratories Ref. code

1. Mass of Zinc

Coating

2. Visual Test

3. Free Bore Test

4. Uniformity of

Galvanised Coating

5. Adhesion Test

One Test per lot

One Test per lot

One Test per lot

One Test per lot

One Test per lot

3

3

3

3

3

IS:6745-1972

IS:2629-1985

IS:2633-1986

IS:4736-1986

IS:2629-1985

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

301

H. NON SHRINK GROUT

Test Frequency Laboratories Ref Codes

1. Compressive Strength (50mm cubes)

2. Compressive Strength with addition of aggregates.

3. Flexural Strength

4. Time for expansion (after mixing )

a) Start

b) Finish

5) Pull Out Bond Strength

6) Time for expansion

7) Freshwet Density

8) Young’s Modulus

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

ASTM C109-99

ASTM 469-94

BS 4551, 1998

ASTM C109-99

ASTM 469-94

BS 4551, 1998

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

302

9) Dynamic Load

resistance

10) Coefficient of thermal Expansion

11)Unrestrained Expansion

12) Pressure to restrain Plastic Expansion

13) Flow Characteristics

Grout Consistency

1

1

1

1

1

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

303

I. WATER PROOFING COMPOUND

Test Frequency Laboratories

Ref Codes

1. Permeability

2. Setting Time.

3.Compressive Strength

4. Chloride Content

5. Sulphate Content

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Once in a project for every source

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Once in a project for every source

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Once in a project for every source

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Once in a project

1

2B

2B

2B

2B

2B

IS:2645-1975

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

304

for every source

1.At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Once in a project for every source

G. ASSEMBLED ACCESSORIES

1. STAINLESS STEEL

Test Frequency Check Level Ref. Codes

Chemical Tests.

Carbon

Silicon

Manganese

Nickel

Chromium

Molybdenum

Sulphur

Phosphorus

Mechanical Tests

Tensile Test

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Once in a project for every source

1

3

IS-6911:1992

IS:1663:1972

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

305

Yield Strength

Hardness Test

Elongation

IS:1608:1972

IS:1500:1983

IS:1501:1984

IS:1586:1988

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

306

2. CHLOROPRENE ELASTOMER

Test Frequency Check Level Ref. Codes

Hardness

Minimum Tensile Strengths

Minimum Elongation at Break

Maximum Compression set

Accelerated Ageing

Maximum Change in Hardness

Maximum Change in Tensile strength

Maximum change in elongation

Shear Modulus

As per the requirement of the respective item

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

MORTH specification for Road & Bridge works.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

307

Ash Content 3

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

308

3. POLY TETRA FLOURO ETHYLENE (PTFE)

Test Frequency Check Level Ref. Codes

Form

Density at 23 20C.

Tensile Strength at break

Elongation at Break

Resistance to heat

Dimensional stability

As per the requirement of the respective item

3

3

3

3

3

3

BS:3784

BS:6564

Part 2 – 1991

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

309

4. CAST STEEL (FOR BEARING GRADE 280-250W)

Test Frequency Check Level Ref. Codes

1. Chemical Test

2. Physical Tests

Ultrasonic Tests

Magnetic Particle Examination

Liquid Penetration Examination

Radiographic Examination

1. Once in the beginning for source

2. During execution depending upon the nature of use

3. Once in a project for every source

1.Once in the beginning for source

2. During execution depending upon the nature of use

3. Once in a project for every source

1

3

3

1

3

3

IS:1030-1989

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

310

5. TESTS ON NEOPRENE SEAL (FOR STRIP SEAL EXPANSION JOINTS)

Test Frequency Check Level

Ref. Codes

1) Hardness

2) Tensile Strengths

Elongation at Break

Tar Propagation Strength

a) Longitudinal

b) Transverse

Shock Elasticity

Abrasion

Residual Compressive strain (22h/70 C /30 % strain)

Ageing in hot air

Maximum Change in Hardness

Maximum Change in Tensile strength

1. At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Once for every Lot

1.At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Once for every Lot

1.At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Once for every Lot

1.At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Once for every Lot

1

3

1

3

1

3

1

3

MORTHspecification for Road & Bridge works

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

311

Maximum change in elongation

Ageing in Ozone (24h/50 pphm/ 25C/ 20 % strain)

Swelling behaviour in oil

Volume Change

Change in Hardness

ASTM oil No. 3

Volume Change

Change in Hardness

Cold Hardening Point

1.At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Once for every Lot

1.At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Once for every Lot

1.At the beginning for approval of each source and change of source

2. Once for every Lot

1

3

1

3

1

3

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

312

6. POT-PTFE BEARINGS

Test Frequency Check Level

Ref. Codes

Dimensional Tolerance

Plan dimensions

Overall Height

Height of any steel component

Machined

Unmachined

Height of Elastomer

Stainless steel sliding surface

All bearing to be tested for overall dimension

All bearing to be tested for overall dimension

3

3

MORTHspecification for Road & Bridge works

IRC: 83 Part-I

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

313

Flatness

Surface finish

Load Test

Friction Test

Ultrasonic Test

Dye Penetration Test

Raw Material Testing

All bearing

Two bearings per lot

All castings

All welding

All raw material

3

3

3

3

3

7. STRIP SEAL EXPANSION JOINTS

Test Frequency Check Level Ref. Codes

Tests on Neoprene seal

Test on Edge Beams

Fatigue Strength

Test on Anchorage system

Dynamic Loading characteristics

1. Once for all joints

2. Once for each lot

1. Once for all joints

3

2B

3

MORTHspecification for Road & Bridge Works

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

314

Water Tightness test

Satisfactory Past Performance

2. Once for each lot 2B

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

315

Annexure - D

List Of Equipment In Site Testing Laboratory

Coarse Aggregates

1. Trays

2. Thickness Gauge

3. Length Gauge

4. Balance (more than 3 Kg capacity) with 0.1 % accuracy

5. Oven (100 to 110 C Capacity)

6. Wire Basket of lesser than 6.3 mm mesh,

7. A stout water container

8. Two dry soft absorbent cloths each not less than 75 x 45 cm.

9. A shallow trey not less than 650 cm2

10. An airtight container

11. Cylindrical metal measure of 11.5 cm , 18 cm height

12. 15 cm open-ended steel cylinder, with plunger and base plate

13. Cylindrical Tamping Rod of 16mm , 60 cm length and rounded at one end

14. Compressive Testing Machine capable of applying a load of 40 T

15. Seive Shaker

Fine Aggregates

1. Trays

2. Fine mesh, wire cloth sieves of size 3.35 mm, 2.36mm, 1.18mm, 600, 300, 150, 75

3. Balance (more than 3 Kg capacity) with 0.1 % accuracy

4. Oven (100 to 110 C Capacity)

5. Soft Brush

6. Wire Basket of lesser than 6.3 mm mesh,

7. A stout water container

8. Two dry soft absorbent cloths each not less than 75 x 45 cm.

9. A shallow trey not less than 650 cm2

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

316

10.An airtight container

11.Pycnometer

12.Means of warm air

13.Filter Papers

14.Funnel

15.Cylindrical metal measure of 3, 15 and 30 l capacity

16.Cylindrical Tamping Rod of 16mm , 60 cm length and rounded at one end

17.Flask of glass or non corrosive metal

18.1000 ml measuring cylinder

19.Sieve Shaker

20.Moisture meter

Water

Specialised Testing Kits for testing Chlorides and Sulphates

pH testing Strips

Titration Equipment with Pipette

Cement

1. Vicat Apparatus

2. Le Chatelier Test Apparatus

3. Vibrating Machine

4. Cube Moulds of 50 mm/75mm size

5. Standard Weights

6. Balance (for a load of 1000g 1g)

7. Water Bath

8. Gauging Trowel

9. Planetary Mixer

10.Flow Table

11.Tamping Rod

12.Pocking Rod

13.Graduated Glass Cylinder (150 to 200 ml capacity)

14.Standard Sand

Concrete

1. Cube Testing Machine

2. 150-mm size Cube moulds

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

317

3. Water Bath

4. Vernier Caliper

5. Micrometer

6. Weighing Balance

7. Tamping steel Bar 16mm in diameter, 0.6 m length and bullet pointed at the lower end.

8. Slump Cone

9. Calibrating Pneumatic hammer

Plasticiser

1. Cube Testing Machine

2. 150 mm size Cube moulds

3. Water Bath

4. Vernier Caliper

5. Micrometer

6. Weighing Balance

7. Tamping steel Bar 16mm in diameter, 0.6 m length and bullet pointed at the lower end

8. Slump Cone

9. Container with mixing arrangement

Bentonite

1. 75 micron sieve

2. Cassagranda Apparatus

Bentonite Slurry

1. pH strips

Earth Work/Embankment Construction:

1. Small sand Pouring Cylinder

2. Tools for excavating Earth

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

318

3. Cylindrical Calibrating container with an internal dia. 100mm and depth of 150mm

4. Balance

5. Plane surfaces: Glass or Perspex Plate

6. Metal containers (150mm dia. and 200mm deep)

7. Cylindrical Steel Core Cutter

8. Metal Tray (300mm square and 40mm deep) with 100mm Hole

9. Moisture meter

10.Bituminous works.

11.Core cutting machine

Any other instrument/equipment as desired by the Engineer-in-charge for site testing of materials

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

319

Annexure – D1

List Of Approved External Laboratories

Any of the following laboratories in and around Delhi shall be made use for external / independent testing of materials and products:

AES Testing & research Laboratories (AES)

Central Road & Research Institute (CRRI)

Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi (IITD)

National Council for Cement & Building Materials (NCCBM)

Regional Testing Centre (RTC)

Sunbeam Casting (SBC)

Shriram Institute of Industrial Research (SIIR)

DDA lab.

All laboratories approved by CE(QC) / DDA vide letter no. F73(36)/2003/QA/Parts/75dated 13/03/08 and time to time approved by DDA..

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

320

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

321

Annexure - EFORM OF BANK GUARANTEE TO SECURE A LUMPSUM ADVANCE

To

The DDA ____________________________

1. In consideration of the DDA of the state of (hereinafter called " the Government " which expression shall unless repugnant to the subject or context include his successors and assigns) having agreed under the terms and conditions of Contract No.,------------------------dated ------------------ made between * ------------------------------------------------ and the DDA in connection with ------------------------------------------------------------------- (hereinafter called " the said Contract") to make at the request of the Contractor a lump sum advance of Rs -------------------- (Rupees __________________________) for utilising it for the purpose of the Contract on his furnishing a guarantee acceptable to the DDA, we the ** --------------------- Bank Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as " the said Bank") a company under the Companies Act, 1956 and having our registered office at ------------------ do hereby guarantee the due recovery by the DDA of the said advance with interest thereon as provided according to the terms and conditions of the Contract. We** ----------------- do hereby undertake to pay the amount due and payable under this Guarantee without any demur, merely on a demand from the DDA stating that the amount claimed is due to the DDA under the said Agreement. Any such demand made on the ----------- shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the --------------- under this guarantee and the ---------- agree that the liability of the --------------- to pay the DDA the amount so demanded shall be absolute and unconditional notwithstanding any dispute or disputes raised by the Contractor and notwithstanding any legal proceeding pending in any Court or Tribunal relating thereto. However, our liability under this Guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs------------(Rupees ________________________).

We** ---------------------- Bank Ltd. further agree that the DDA shall be the sole judge of and as to whether the said Contractor has not utilized the said advance or any part thereof for the purpose of the Contract and the extent of loss or damage caused to or suffered by the DDA on account of the said advance together with interest now being recovered in full and the decision of the DDA that the said Contractor has not utilized the said advance or any part thereof for the purpose of the Contract and as to the amount or amounts of loss or damages caused to or suffered by the DDA shall be final and binding on us.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

322

3. We, the said Bank further agree that the Guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and effect during the period that would be taken for the performance of the said Contract and till the said advance with interest has been fully recovered and its claims satisfied or discharged and till ________ certify that the said advance with interest has been fully recovered from the said Contractor, and accordingly discharges this Guarantee subject, however, that the DDA shall have no claims under this Guarantee after ---------- years from the date of completion of the said Contract, as the case may be, unless a notice of the claim under this Guarantee has been served on the Bank before the expiry of the said period of ---------- years in which case the same shall be enforceable against the Bank notwithstanding the fact that the same is enforced after the expiry of the said period of ....... years.

4. The DDA shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability of the Bank under this Guarantee or indemnity, from time to time to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said contract or the advance or to extend time of performance by the said Contractor or to postpone for any time and from time to time any of the powers exercisable by it against the said Contractor and either to enforce or forbear from enforcing any of the terms and conditions governing the said Contract or the advance or securities available to the DDA and the said Bank shall not be released from its liability under these presents by any exercise by the DDA of the liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or by reasons of time being given to the said Contractor or any other forbearance, act or omission on the part of the DDA or any indulgence by the DDA to the said Contractor or of any other matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would but for this provision have the effect of so releasing the Bank from its such liability.

5. It shall not be necessary for the DDA to proceed against the Contractor before proceeding against the Bank and the Guarantee herein contained shall be enforceable against the Bank notwithstanding any security which the DDA may have obtained or obtain from the Contractor shall at the time when proceedings are taken against the Bank hereunder be outstanding or unrealized.

6. We, the said Bank lastly undertake not to revoke this Guarantee during its currency except with the previous consent of the DDA in writing and agree that any change in the constitution of the said Contractor or the said Bank shall not discharge our liability hereunder.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

323

Dated this ................... day of ...............19

For and on behalf of the Bank______________________ (Name and Designation).

The above Guarantee is accepted by the DDA of the state of ___________________________.

For and on behalf of the DDA ________________ Dated_____________ (Name and Designation).

Note :

*For Proprietary Concerns

Shri ----------------------------------------- son of ---------------------------------- resident of ------------------------------------------------------------ carrying on business under the name and style of -------------------------------------- at ---------------------------------- (hereinafter called the said Contractor which expression shall, unless the context requires or otherwise include his heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives).

*For partnership Concerns

1) Shri ----------------------------------------- son of------------------------------------- resident of------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2) Shri ---------------------------------------------------son of -------------------------resident of------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ and carrying on business in co-partnership under the name and style of --------------------- at ------------------------------------ (hereinafter collectively called "the said Contractors" which expression shall unless the context requires otherwise include each of them and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, and legal representatives).

*For Companies

S/Shri------------------------------------------------------- a Company under the Companies Act, 1956 and having its registered office at --------------------------------- in the State of --------------------------- (hereinafter called" the said Contractor" which expression shall unless the context requires otherwise include its successors and assigns).

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

324

** Fill in name of the Bank

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

325

Annexure - FGUARANTEE BOND FOR EXPANSION JOINT

The agreement made this------------------------day of------------------------------------Two Thousand eight between M/s -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(hereinafter called the Guarantor of the one part) and the DDA (hereinafter called the Government of other part)

WHEREAS THIS agreement is supplementary to a contract (hereinafter called the Contract) dated-------------------------and made between the GUARANTOR OF THE ONE part and the government of the other part, whereby the Contractor _________________________________in the said contract recited quality of single strip seal Modular strip seal expansive joints , Material , Manufacture and workmanship as per revised interim specification for expansion joint issued by MORTH upto the date of receipt of tenders.

AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee to the effect that the said strip seal expansion joint will remain satisfactorily functional for fifteen years to be reckoned from the date after the maintenance period, prescribed in the contract, expires.

During this period of guarantee, the guarantor shall make good all defects and for that matter, shall replace at his risk and cost such elements of the joints i/c cost of installation and fixing of the expansion joint to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge, at his cost and he shall commence the work for such rectification within seven days from the date of issue of the notice from the Engineer-in-charge calling upon him to rectify the defects, failing which the work shall be got done by the Department through some other contractor at the GUARANTOR’s cost and risk. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the cost payable by the Guarantor shall be final and binding.

That if the Guarantor fails to execute the replacement/rectification or commits breach thereunder, then the Guarantor will indemnify the Principal and his successors against all loss, damage, cost, expense or otherwise which may be incurred by him by reason of any default on the part of the Guarantor in performance and observance of this supplementary agreement. As to the amount of loss and/or damage and/or cost incurred by the DDA, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge will be final and binding on the parties.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

326

IN WITNESS WHEREOF these presents have been executed by the Obligor ----------------and by----------------------------------------------for and on behalf of the DDA on the day, month and year first above written.

Signed, sealed and delivered by Obligor in the presence of:

1 ______________________

2 ______________________

Signed for and on behalf of DDA by Executive Engineer, DDA, (F.O.D-4) in the presence of:

1

2

To be filled by the Executive Engineer

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

327

Annexure - GGUARANTEE BOND FOR BEARINGS

The agreement made this ------------------day of ----------------------Two thousand eight between M/s -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------son of--------------------------------------------------of---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(hereinafter called the Guarantor of the one part) and the DDA (hereinafter called the Government of the part)

WHEREAS THIS agreement is supplementary to a contract (hereinafter called the Contract) dated-------------------- and made between the GUARANTOR OF THE ONE part and the government of the other part, whereby the Contractor, _____________________________________________ in the said contract recited quality of POT cum PTFE bearings, Material, Manufacture and workmanship as per revised interim specification for POT cum PTFE bearings issued by MORTH upto the date of receipt of tenders.

AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee to the effect that the said POT cum PTFE bearings will remain satisfactorily functional for fifteen years to be reckoned from the date after the maintenance period prescribed in the contract expires.

During , this period of guarantee, the guarantor shall make good all defects and for that matter, shall replace at his risk and cost such elements of the POT cum PTFE bearings i/c cost of installation and fixing of the POT cum PTFE bearings to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge, at his cost and he shall commence the work for such rectification within seven days from the date of issue of the notice from the Engineer-in-Charge calling upon him to rectify the defects, failing which the work shall be got done by the Department through some other contractor at the GUARANTOR’s cost and risk. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the cost payable by the Guarantor shall be final and binding.

That if the Guarantor fails to execute the replacement/rectification or commits breach thereunder, then the Guarantor will indemnify the Principal and his successors against all loss, damage, cost, expense or otherwise which may be incurred by him by reason of any default on the part of the Guarantor in performance and observance of this supplementary agreement. As to the amount of loss and/or

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

328

damage and/or cost incurred by the DDA , the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge will be final and binding on the parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF these presents have been executed by the obligor --------------------and by -------------------------------------------------------for and on behalf of the DDA on the day, month and year first above written.

Signed, sealed and delivered by Obligor in the presence of:

1

2

Signed for and on behalf of DDA by Executive Engineer, DDA, Flyover Div-4 in the presence of:

1

2

To be filled by the Executive Engineer.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

329

Annexure - H FORM OF PERFORMANCE SECURITY/

BANK GUARANTEE BOND

In consideration of the DDA (hereinafter called " The Government") having agreed to accept the tender of M/s ………………………………… (herein after called "the said contractors") for the work ……………………………………………….. which on its acceptance shall be deemed as "Agreement" between …………………………………on behalf of the Government and the said contractors (herein after referred to as the said agreement) and having further agreed under the terms and conditions of the said tender/agreement to production of a irrevocable Bank Guarantee for Rs.………….(Rupees…………………………………………………) as a security/guarantee from the contractor(s) for compliance of his obligations in accordance with the terms & conditions in the said agreement , We ……………………………………….. (hereinafter referred to as "the Bank") (indicate the name of the Bank) hereby undertake to pay to the Government an amount not exceeding Rs. ……………… (Rupees ………………………………………. only) on demand by the Government.

2) We ……………………………………. Do hereby undertake to pay the amounts due and payable

(indicate the name of the Bank)

under this Guarantee without any demure, merely on a demand from the DDA stating that the amount claimed is required to meet the recoveries due or likely to be due from the said contractor(s). Any such demand made on the Bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the bank under this Guarantee. However, our liability under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs. ……………….(Rupees……………………………………………only).

We, the said bank further undertake to pay to the DDA any money so demanded notwithstanding any dispute or disputes raised by the contractor(s) in any suit or proceeding pending before any court or Tribunal relating thereto, our liability under this present being absolute and unequivocal.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

330

The payment so made by us under this bond shall be a valid discharge of our liability for payment thereunder and the contractor(s) shall have no claim against us for making such payment.

4). We ………………………………………… further agree that the guarantee herein contained

(indicate the name of the Bank)

shall remain in full force and effect during the period that would be taken for the performance of the said agreement and that it shall continue to be enforceable till all the dues of the DDA under or by virtue of the said agreement have been fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharged or till Engineer-in-Charge on behalf of the DDA certifies that the terms and conditions of the said agreement have been fully and properly carried out by the said contractor(s) and accordingly discharges this guarantee.

5) We ………………………………………… further agree with the DDA that

(indicate the name of the Bank)

The DDA shall have the fullest liberty without our consent and without effecting in any manner our obligations hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said agreement or to extend time of performance by the said contractor(s) from time to time or to postpone for any time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by the DDA against the said contractor (s) and to for bear or enforce any of the terms and conditions relating to the said agreement and we shall not be relieved from our liability by reason of any such variation, or extension being granted to the said contractor(s) or fore any forbearance, act of omission on the part of the DDA or any indulgence by the DDA to the said contractor(s) or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would, but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us.

6) This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank or the contractor(s).

We ……………………………………………… lastly undertake not to revoke this

(indicate the name of the Bank)ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

331

guarantee except with the previous consent of the DDA in writing.

This guarantee shall be valid upto _______________ . Unless extended on demand by DDA. Notwithstanding anything mentioned above, our liability against this guarantee is restricted to Rs. _______________ (Rs. ________________________only) and unless a claim in writing is lodged with us within six months of the date of expiry or the extended date of expiry of this guarantee all our liabilities under this guarantee shall stand discharged.

Dated the ___________________________ day of ________________________________for __________________________________________ (indicate the name of bank)

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

332

Annexure - ICUSTOMER NAME :

NAME OF WORK :

TENDER DUE ON :

PREQUALIFICATION WARRANTY

This is to certify that _______________________ High Intensity Retro Reflective

(Brand name of the sheet)

Sheeting, supplied by M/s __________________to M/s___________________________

(Name of the supplier) (Name of the authorized converter)

for retro Reflective signboards as mentioned above will conform to ASTM D-4956-01 Type-IV performance specifications. M/s ____________________________________

(Name of the manufacture or their subsidiary in India)

and M/s ______________________________________________ the sign fabricators,

(Name of the authorised converter)

jointly and severally agree to repair or replace, warranted retro Reflective Sign Board fabricated by M/s ________________________________________________.

(Name of the manufacture or their subsidiary in India)

If _______________________________ High Intensity retro reflective Sheeting which

(Brand name of the sheet)

has been processed and applied in accordance with the recommended procedure deteriorates within three and seven years as per test results, from the date of fabrication due to natural causes to the extent that:

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

333

The sign is ineffective for its intended purpose when viewed from a moving vehicle under normal day night driving conditions by a driver with a normal vision, and

The co-efficient of Retro reflection is less than as specified in the following table:

(Candelas per Lux per Square Metre)

Observation

angle

Entrance angle

White Yellow Orange

Green Red Blue Brown

0.10 -40 400 270 160 56 56 32 12

0.10 +300 120 75 48 13 13 7 3.0

0.20 -40 250 170 100 35 35 20 7.0

0.20 +300 80 54 34 9 9 5 2.0

0.50 -40 135 100 64 17 17 10 4.0

0.50 +300 55 37 22 6.5 6.5 3.5 1.4

The co-efficient of retro-reflection at the end of 3 years and 7 years will be at least 80% and 75% respectively of the values mentioned above.

All measurements shall be made after cleaning the retro reflective surface with soap and water in dry condition. For Screen printed transparent areas on white sheeting, the coefficients of retro-reflection shall not be less than 50% of the values for coloured sheeting as given in the above table.

Such failure must be solely the result of defects in the ________________________ High

(Brand name of the Sheet)

Intensity Retro Reflective sheeting or/and in the fabrication of the sign and not of outside causes such as improper handling, vandalism or malicious mischief. Cause of the failure shall be decided by the Engineer-in0Charge and shall be binding upon the parties.

(Sheet Manufacture (Authorised Converter)ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

334

Or their subsidiary in India)

AUTHORISED SIGNATORY AUTHORISED SIGNATORY

Annexure - JElastic Recovery Test For Bitumen

Scope: The elastic recovery of modified bitumen is evaluated by comparing recovery of thread after conditioning for 1 hour at Specified Temperature and the specimen is elongated upto 10 cm deformation in a ductility machine. This is intended to assess degree of bitumen modification and the quality of modified bitumen.

Significance & Use: This test is intended to optimise dose of polymeric or and rubber additive in bitumen and help in assessing quality of PMB.

Apparatus:

Ductility Machine – AS per IS 1208:1978.

Thermometer – An ASTM 630C thermometer or any other standard thermometer of equivalent range shall be used.

Scissors – Any type of conventional scissors capable of cutting modified bitumen at the test temperature.

Scale – Any transparent scale capable of measuring upto 25 cm with 1 mm accuracy.

Procedure:

Prepare the test specimens for one sample and condition as prescribed in Test Method IS 1208 at specified temperature. Elongate the test specimen at the specified rate to a deformation 10 cm at a rate of 5 0.25 cm/minute at specified temperature. Immediately cut the test specimen into two halves at the midpoint using the scissors. Keep the test specimen in the water bath in an undisturbed condition for 1 hour at specified temperature.

After the 1hour time period, move the elongated half of the test specimen back into position near the fixed half of the test specimen so that the two pieces of modified bitumen just touch. Record the length of the recombined specimen as X.

Report – Calculate the percent/ elastic recovery by the following procedure.

Elastic Recovery (%) = 10-X X 100

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

335

Annexure - K

Separation Test For Bitumen

Scope: The separation of modifier and bitumen during hot storage is evaluated by comparing the ring and ball softening point of the top and bottom portion samples taken from conditioned, polymer or rubber-modified bitumen in a sealed tube. The conditioning consists of placing a sealed tube of modified bitumen in a vertical position at 163 50C in an oven for a period of 48 hours.

Apparatus:

Aluminium Tubes – 25.4 mm (1 in.) diameter and 136.7 mm long blind aluminium tubes,

Oven, capable of maintaining 163 50C.

Freezer, capable of maintaining 6.7 50C.

Rack, capable of supporting the aluminium tubes in a vertical position in the oven and freezer.

Spatula and Hammer: - The spatula must be rigid and sharp to allow cutting of the tube containing the sample when at a low temperature.

Procedure: Place the empty tube, with sealed end down in the rack. Heat the sample carefully untill sufficiently fluid to pour. Care should be taken to prevent localized over-heating. Pass the molten sample through IS 600 micron sieve. After thorough stirring, pour 50.0g into the vertically held tube. Fold the excess tube over two times, and crimp and seal.

Place the rack containing the sealed tubes in a 163 50C oven. Allow the tubes to stand undisturbed in the oven for a period of 48 4 hour. At the end of the period, remove the rack from the oven, and place immediately in the freezer at 6.7 50C, taking care to keep the tubes in a vertical position at all times. Leave the tubes in the freezer for a minimum of 4 hours to solidify the sample completely.

Upon removing the tube from the freezer, place it on a flat surface. Cut the tube into three equal length portions with the spatula and hammer. Discard the centre section,

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

336

and place the top and bottom portions of the tube into separate beakers. Place the beakers into a 163 50C oven until the bitumen is sufficiently fluid to remove the pieces of aluminium tube.

After thoroughly stirring, pour the top and bottom samples into appropriately marked rings for the ring-and-ball softening point test. Prepare the rings and ball apparatus according to Test Method IS 1205. The top and bottom samples from the same tube should be tested at the same time.

Report – Report the difference, in 0C, between the softening points of the respective top and bottom samples as average of three specimens.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

337

Annexure - LGUARANTEE TO BE EXECUTED BY CONTRACTOR FOR REMOVAL OF DEFECTS AFTER COMPLETION IN REPSECT OF BITUMINOUS WORKS.

The Agreement made this ………**………… day of ………**……….. Two Thousand eight between …………**…………. son of ………**………. of M/S..………………………………….** (hereinafter called the Guarantor of the one part) and the DDA (hereinafter called the Government of the other part).

WHEREAS THIS agreement is supplementary to a contract (hereinafter called the Contract), dated …….…..** and made between the GUARANTOR OF THE ONE part and the Government of the other part, whereby the Contractor,_M/s __________, undertook to provide the Dense Bituminous Macadam and Dense Bituminous Concrete surfaces in the said contract recited completely crack-proof and impermeable without showing separation of construction joints and losing desired hardness.

AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee to the effect that the said road surface will remain sound as per above noted undertaking for two years from the date of record of completion certificate for the work.

NOW THE GUARANTOR hereby guarantees that Dense Bituminous Macadam and Dense Bituminous Concrete work carried out by him will render the road surface completely crack proof and impermeable wearing course and shall be defect free for two years to be reckoned from the date of record of completion certificate for the work.

The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge with regard to cause of crack formation, permeability, loss of hardness, separation of construction joints shall be final.

During this period of guarantee, the guarantor shall make good all defects mentioned above by Re-Executing the Dense Bituminous Macadam and Dense Bituminous Concrete work after removing the defective layer over the affected area, as per specifications of agreement. Repairing of the existing defective surface shall not be allowed. In case of any defect being found, render the rectification as described above, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge, at GUARANTER’S cost and he shall commence the work for such rectification within seven days from the date of issue of notice by the Engineer-in-Charge calling upon him to rectify the defects, failing which the work shall be got done by the DEPARTMENT through some other contractor at the GUARANTOR’S cost and risk. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the cost payable by the Guarantor shall be final and binding.

That if the Guarantor fails to execute Dense Bituminous Macadam and Dense Bituminous Concrete wearing course or commits breach there under, then the ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

338

Guarantor will indemnify the Principal and his successors against all loss, damage, cost, expense or otherwise which may be incurred by him by reason of any default on the part of the GUARANTOR in performance and observance of this supplementary agreement. As to the amount of loss and / or damage and / or cost incurred by the DDA, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge will be final and binding on the parties.

** To be filled in by the Executive Engineer.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF these presents have been executed by the Obligor …………………………………** and ……………………….………………** for and on behalf of the PRESIDENT OF INDIA on the day, month and year first above written.

Signed, sealed and delivered by Obligor in the presence of :

1.

2.

GUARANTOR

Signed for and on behalf of DDA by Executive Engineer (C) , Flyover Division-IV/DDA,Seed Bed Park,Shakarpur,Delhi-110092.

1.

2.

EXECUTIVE ENGINEER

** To be filled by the Executive Engineer.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

339

Annexure - M

GUARANTEE TO BE EXECUTED BY CONTRACTOR FOR REMOVAL OF DEFECTS AFTER COMPLETION IN RESPECT OF THERMOPLASTIC PAINT

The Agreement made this ……………………** day of ……………… **two thousand eight between ………………** son of ……………………**of M/S………………………**(hereinafter called the Guarantor of the one part) and the DDA (hereinafter called the Government of the other part).

WHEREAS THIS agreement is supplementary to a contract (hereinafter called the contract), dated ………….… **and made between the GUARANTOR OF THE ONE part and the DDA of the other part, whereby the contractor, M/s___________ undertook to render the road markings in the said contract recited completely conforming to quality specified in particular specifications of document .

AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee to the effect that the said markings will remain intact for two years from the date of record of completion certificate for the work.

NOW THE GUARANTOR hereby guarantees that quality control and assurance at every step during the manufacturing of thermoplastic compound & its application on the road surface, stand guaranteed for a period of two years against any defect in the material or its application. Guarantee period of two years shall be reckoned from the date of record of completion certificate for the work. If any defect is found during the above-mentioned period, the same shall be redone by the contractor including the cost of material and labour without any extra cost to the department.

Provided that the Guarantor will not be responsible for damage caused by earthquake or structural defects or misuse of road or alteration and for such purpose:

Misuse of road shall mean any operation that will damage thermoplastic treatment, like chopping of firewood and things of the same nature that might cause damage to the paint.

The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge with regard to cause of damage shall be final.

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

340

During this period of guarantee, the guarantor shall make good all defects and in case of any defect being found render the road markings to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge at his cost and shall commence the work for such rectification within seven days from the date of issue of the notice from the Engineer-in-Charge calling upon him to rectify the defects failing which the work shall be got done by the department by some other contractor at the GUARANTOR'S cost and risk. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the cost, payable by the Guarantor shall be final and binding.

** To be filled in by the Executive Engineer.

That if the Guarantor fails to execute the thermoplastic road marking or commits breach thereunder, then the Guarantor will indemnify the Principal and his successors against all loss, damage, cost, expense or otherwise which may be incurred by him by reason of any default on the part of the GUARANTOR in performance and observance of this supplementary agreement. As to the amount of loss and/or damage and/or cost incurred by the Government the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge will be final and binding on the parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF these presents have been executed by the Obligor ……………………………**. and ………………………………** for and on behalf of the DDA on the day, month and year first above written.

Signed, sealed and delivered by Obligor in the presence of --

1.

2.

GUARANTOR

Signed for and on behalf of the DDA by Executive Engineer (C), Flyover Division-IV/DDA, Seed Bed Park, Shakarpur, Delhi-110092.

1.

2.

EXECUTIVE ENGINEER

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

341

** To be filled in by the Executive Engineer

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

342

Annexure - N

P

RO

FOR

MA

FO

R C

EM

EN

T R

EG

ISTE

R

Rem

arks

E.E

.’s

13

Ast

t.

Eng

r’s

12

J.E

’S

initi

als

11

Con

tract

or’s

in

itial

s

10

Dai

ly

bala

nce

in h

and

9

Par

ticul

ars

of is

sue

Tota

l is

sued

8

Qua

ntity

re

turn

ed

at th

e en

d of

the

day

7

Item

of

wor

k fo

r w

hich

is

sued

6

Qua

ntity

is

sued

5

Dat

e of

is

sue

4

Par

ticul

ars

of re

ceip

t

Pro

gres

sive

To

tal

3

Qua

ntity

re

ceiv

ed

2

Dat

e of

re

ceip

t

1

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

343

Annexure - P

Abbreviations

S.No. Abbreviations Full Form

1 % Percentage

2 @ At the rate of

3 µ Micron

4 AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials.

5 AM Ante Meridian

6 ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials

7 BC Bituminous Concrete

8 BH Bore Hole

9 BIS Bureau of Indian Standard

10 BM Bituminous Macadam

11 BOQ Bill of Quantities

12 BS British Standard

13 C/o Construction of

14 CaCo3 Calcium Carbonate

15 CBR California Bearing Ratio

16 cc Cubic Centimeter

17 CC Cement Concrete

18 CD Compact Disk

19 CI Cast Iron

20 cm Centimeter

21 cm3 Centimeter Cube

22 CPM Critical Path Method

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

344

23 CPWD Central Public Work Department

24 CRCA Cold Rolled Closed Annealed

25 CRRI Central Road Research Institute

26 cum Cubic Meter

27 DBM Dense Bituminous Macadam

28 DDA Delhi Development Authority

29 DG Diesel Generator

30 Dia Diameter

31 DJB Delhi Jal Board

32 DMRC Delhi Metro Rail Corporation

33 DS Drained Direct shear

34 DTH Delhi Test House

35 DVB Delhi Vidyut Board

36 eg. For example

37 etc. Etcetera

38 FIP Federation International de la Pre-contrainte

39 FRC Fiber Reinforced Concrete

40 Ft Foot

41 GA Ground Anchor

42 GAD General Arrangement Drawing

43 GI Galvanized Iron

44 gm Gram

45 Govt. Government

46 GSB Granular Sub Base

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

345

47 HDPE High Density Poly Ethylene

48 IITD Indian Institute of Technology Delhi

49 IRC Indian Roads Congress

50 IS Indian Standard

51 km Kilometer

52 kN Kilo Newton

53 Lab Laboratory

54 lb Pound

55 M, m Metre

56 MC Medium Curing

57 MD&CE Managing Director & Chief Executive

58 MDD Maximum Dry Density

59 MgO Magnesium Oxide

60 Min Minimum

61 ml Milliliter

62 mm Millimetre

63 MN Mega Newton

64 MORTH Ministry of Road Transport & Highway

65 MOST Ministry of Surface Transport

66 MPa Mega Pascal

67 MS Mild Steel

68 MT Metric Tonne

69 N.A. Not Applicable

70 NCCBM National Council for Cement and Building Materials

71 NCT National Capital Territory

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

346

72 NCTD National Capital Territory of Delhi

73 No. Number

74 O.M. Office Memorandum

75 ºC Degree Centigrade

76 OMC Optimum Moisture Contend

77 OPC Ordinary Portland Cement

78 PCC Plain Cement Concrete

79 PERT Program Evaluation and Review Technique

80 PI Plasticity Index

81 PM Post Meridian

82 Ps Paisa

83 PSC Portland Slag Cement, Pre-stressed Concrete

84 PVC Poly Vinyl Chloride

85 PWD Public Work Department

86 QA Quality Assurance

87 QAM Quality Assurance Manual

88 QAP Quality Assurance Plan

89 Qty Quantity

90 RA Running Account

91 RCC Reinforced Cement Concrete

92 Rebar Reinforcement Bar

93 Rev Revolution

94 RL Reduced Level

95 RMC Ready Mix Concrete, Reverse Mud Circulation

96 Rs. Rupees

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

347

97 RTC Regional Testing Centre

98 S Sulphur

99 SH Sub Head

100 SO3 Sulphur Trioxide

101 SP Special Publication

102 SPT Standard Penetration Test

103 Sqm Square Meter

104 SRI Shri Ram Institute for Industrial Research

105 SS Stainless Steel

106 SSI Sub Surface Investigation

107 SW Storm Water

108 SWG Standard Wire Gauge

109 T&P Tools and Plants

110 T, t Tonne

111 TMT Thermo Mechanically Treated

112 UC Unconfined Compression

113 UP Bridge

114 UUT Unconsolidated Undrained Triaxial

115 VFB Voids filled with Bitumen

116 VMA Voids in Mineral Aggregates

117 WC Wearing Course

118 WMM Wet Mix Macadam

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

348

Annexure - RFORM OF EARNEST MONEY/ BANK GUARANTEE BOND

In consideration of the DDA (hereinafter called “ the Government”) having agreed under the terms and conditions of agreement No ___________ dated ________ made between __________________ and ______________________{ hereinafter called “ the said contractor (s)”} for the ___________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________ (hereinafter called “ the said agreement”) having agreed to production of an irrevocable Bank Guarantee for Rs. ______________ (Rupees _______________________ only) as a security / guarantee from the contractors (s) for compliance of his accordance with the terms and conditions in the said agreement.

We _____________________________________

(indicate the name of the bank)

hereinafter referred to as “the Bank”) hereby undertake to pay to the government an amount not exceeding Rs. _____________ /- ( Rupees _________________ only) on demand by the government.

We ______________________________________________ do hereby undertake to

(indicate the name of the Bank

pay the amounts due and payable under this Guarantee without any demure, merely on a demand from the DDA stating that the amount claimed is required to meet the recoveries due or likely to be due from the said contractor (s). Any such demand made on the Bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the bank under this Guarantee. However, our liability under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs. ________ /- (Rupees ________________ only).

We, the said bank further undertake to pay to the DDA any money so demanded notwithstanding any dispute or disputes raised by the contractor(s) in any suit or

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

349

proceeding pending before any court or Tribunal relating thereto, our liability under this present being absolute and unequivocal.

The payment so made by us under this bond shall be a valid discharge of our liability for payment thereunder and the contractor(s) shall have no claim against us for making such payment.

We ________________ ________________________ further agree that the guarantee

(indicate the name of the Bank)

herein contained shall remain in full force and effect during the period that would be taken for the performance of the said agreement and that it shall continue to be enforceable till all the dues of the DDA under or by virtue of the said agreement have been fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharged or till Engineer-in-Charge, on behalf of the DDA, certifies that the terms and conditions of the said agreement have been fully and properly carried our by the said contractor(s) accordingly discharges this guarantee.

We________________________ ______________ further agree with the DDA

(indicate the name of the Bank)

that the DDA shall have the fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting in any manner our obligations hereunder to very any of the terms and conditions of the said agreement or to extend time of performance by the said contractor(s) from time to time or to postpone for any time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by the DDA against the said contractor(s) and to forbear or enforce any of the terms and conditions relating to the said agreement and we shall not be relieved from our liability by reason of any such variation, or extension being granted to the said contractor(s) or for any forbearance, act of omission on the part of the DDA or any indulgence by the DDA to the said contractor(s) or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would, but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us.

6. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank or

the contractor(s).

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

350

We _____________________________________________ lastly undertake not to

(indicate the name of bank) revoke this guarantee except with the previous consent of the DDA in writing.

This guarantee shall be valid upto ____________ unless extended on demand by DDA. Notwithstanding anything mentioned above, our liability against this Guarantee is restricted to Rs. _______/-( Rupees ____________ only) and unless a claim in writing is lodges with us within six months of the date of expiry or the extended date of this guarantee, all our liabilities under this guarantee shall stand discharged.

Dated the _______ day of ______________________

For ______________________________

(indicate the name of the Bank )

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

351

Annexure - SCUSTOMER NAME :

ADDRESS :

NAME OF WORK :

EFFECTIVE DATE :

WARRANTY

This warranty is in effect on ____________________________ High Intensity Retro Reflective Sheeting for the Agreement number stated above.

M/s _________________________warrants to Executive Engineer, DDA, Delhi,

(Name of Sheeting manufacture)

an agency engaged in purchasing signs from a ‘Qualified Sign Converter’ that

_____________________________________High Intensity Retro Reflective Sheeting

(Brand name of Sheet)

used in the fabrication of signs will remain effective for its intended used and meet the stated minimum 80% & 75% of the original retro-reflective values (given below) at the end of 3 and 7 years respectively.

Table for Minimum co-efficient of Retro-reflection.

(Candelas per Lux per Square Metre)

Observation

angle

Entrance angle

White Yellow Orange

Green Red Blue Brown

0.10 -40 400 270 160 56 56 32 12

0.10 +300 120 75 48 13 13 7 3.0

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

352

0.20 -40 250 170 100 35 35 20 7.0

0.20 +300 80 54 34 9 9 5 2.0

0.50 -40 135 100 64 17 17 10 4.0

0.50 +300 55 37 22 6.5 6.5 3.5 1.4

All measurements shall be made after cleaning the retro reflective surface with soap and water in dry condition.

For Screen printed transparent areas on white sheeting, the coefficients of retro-reflection shall not be less than 50% of the values for coloured sheeting as given in the above table.

If____________________________________High Intensity Retro-reflective Sheeting.

(Brand name of Sheet)

Which has been processed and applied in accordance with the recommended procedures deteriorates within 7 years from the date of fabrication due to natural causes to the extent that:

The sign is ineffective for its intended purpose when viewed from moving vehicle under normal day and night driving conditions by a driver with normal vision, or

The coefficient of retro reflection is less than the minimum herein specified,

M/s_______________________________ will furnish the necessary amount of

(Name of sheeting manufacture)

______________________________ High Intensity Retro Reflective Sheeting

(Brand name of Sheet)

to restore the surface to its original effectiveness. Such failure must be solely the result of defects in the ______________________________ High Intensity Retro

(Brand name of Sheet)

Reflective Sheeting and not of outside causes such as improper fabrication, handling, maintenance or installation, failure of sign substrate, vandalism or

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

353

malicious mischief. M/s ____________________ reserves the right to determine the method of replacement.

(Name of sheeting manufacture)

(Sheet Manufacture)

AUTHORISED SIGNATORY

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)

354

Annexure - TCUSTOMER NAME :

NAME OF WORK :

TENDER DUE ON :

CERTIFICATE FROM SHEET MANUFACTURE

This is to certify that ________________________High Intensity Retro Reflective Sheet

(Brand name of Sheet)

is to be supplied by M/s ___________________________________________ to

(Name of sheeting manufacture)

M/s ________________________

for Retro Reflective Sign Boards as mentioned above

(Name of Indian Subsidiary)

conform to the provisions of ASTM-D-4956-01 Type-IV performance specifications. It is further certified that the Sheeting has been tested from the reputed laboratory in an unprotected outdoor exposure for three years and no significant change in the manufacturing process and in any ingredient after the initial development and obtaining the outdoor exposure test reports, have been made. I/We indemnify the Government against any losses arising out of inferior material so supplied and agree to replace the defective sheeting within seven years with no cost to the department.

(Sheet Manufacture)

AUTHORISED SIGNATORY

ACDOW

AE (P) EE (P)